Mark Dice has loved to read nonfiction books since just after he graduated High School in 1996 as he tried to figure out the world and find his place in it. Some things didn’t quite make sense to him until he learned about the powerful elite private organizations and secret societies that hold the true power in politics, banking, and the media.
After countless hours of research Mark has written several books on the subjects of secret societies, Big Brother, and the New World Order. His passion and dedication of educating others has been covered by numerous mainstream media outlets, many of which have simply attacked Mark for his beliefs that a global criminal mafia called the Illuminati operates under the cover of various organizations and manipulate political and financial arenas, slowly eroding the Constitution and America’s sovereignty and leading us into a New World Order.
Mark Dice believes that the Illuminati are fulfilling Bible Prophecy by creating a global government called the New World Order, that will one day be the infrastructure that the Antichrist will use to become a global dictator. He also believes that the New World Order promotes immorality, selfishness, materialism, and purposefully aims to keep the population entertained with television and issues of little significance in order to separate them from the political process, thus allowing the Illuminati to operate without much opposition.
Whatever religion you are, or if you consider yourself agnostic or atheist, you will find the information Mark brings forth in his writings to be extremely thought provoking and enlightening.
Through his books, radio interviews, and YouTube videos, Mark hopes people will become enlightened to the hidden realities of the New World Order, and can more effectively manage their lives after becoming aware of the agendas and mechanisms used to keep people mentally enslaved.
Mark is a nondenominational Christians and has respect for a wide variety of faiths and belief systems. He has a bachelor’s degree in communication and lives in San Diego, California.
The original version of The Resistance Manifesto was self-published in late 2005 by Mark Dice under the pseudonym “John Conner.” The book consisted of 416 pages, and contained various spelling and punctuation errors that weren’t caught by the spell checker. In order to get the valuable information available to the public as soon as possible in an attempt to thwart the destruction of the rights of humanity, the book was not sent to an editor prior to publishing.
Slowly over the course of several years, more and more information kept being added to the book and it was expanded by dozens of pages. As more evidence was discovered about the 9/11 attacks, and as the New World Order was being constructed, the information was assembled and added to the appropriate chapters within the manifesto. This author’s expanding knowledge and understanding of the spiritual world and the political world, has also been added.
Several reviews by an editor has also helped to ensure that most, if not all, spelling and punctuation errors have been corrected.
As the years progressed from the time of the original publication, The Resistance Manifesto proved to accurately and precisely predict the course of world events. The more time passed, the book did not become out-dated with old information, but instead became a record of history, and a way for new individuals who began to see the truth to get up to speed on what is happening in our world.
With this revised edition, the readers will be able to gain a thorough understanding of the institutions, people, and powers that are at work in our reality. May the Lord be with you, and power to The Resistance!
Resistance to oppression and tyranny has been present in various forms continuously back through time. The terms resistance and resistance fighter have been attached to these opposition groups. Hence the term resistance has been applied to a wide variety of applications, groups, and individuals. With this said, the current situations in the world still involve organized opposition and resistance to the same forces of evil that have been fought generation after generation. Matched with the incremental increase of tyranny of the New World Order, the strength and size of The Resistance has been growing worldwide. People with similar beliefs can be found in nearly every walk of life.
The beginning of a new resistance movement occurred on September 11, 2001 when the devastating terrorist attacks shook America and the world like never before. These events would catapult society rapidly into the New World Order as the truth surrounding these events has been hidden.
The very essence of The Resistance is that each person can act individually, yet simultaneously be in concert with others who are fighting for the same cause. The Resistance lives within each one of us in its entirety. The spirit of The Resistance is felt and understood by all who have accepted it or who have seeked it.
“Resistance meetings” are held daily, anywhere and everywhere by current members and we are continuously accepting new believers. Whether a passing comment made between employees at the office, or an in-depth discussion into the early hours of the morning, “meetings” flow freely with the spirit.
In fact, modern versions of The Resistance to the New World Order have been thriving for decades, perhaps longer in the forms of various Christian groups, citizen organizations, and within the Militia. The Christian Resistance (also known as The Resistance for Christ) maintains a versatility which can be accommodated or assimilated into previous or different organizations with compatible beliefs and objectives.
Over the years there have been many doomsday predictions and theories often spawning bizarre tales of UFOs and “the grays,” or “the reptilians.” Some ideas either being blatant works of fiction or written by clearly mentally deranged people. Some of these false ideologies, taught by a charismatic leader, have turned into small cults with devoted believers who are lost souls who found meaning in the most abnormal ideas. The Resistance maintains its purity by being grounded in Scripture.
The facts, ideas, and analysis of Prophecy by The Resistance was founded on the Holy Bible and the teachings therein. The very term “resistance” will likely come to encapsulate the omnipresent Resistance for Christ. We resist evil because we are committed to the golden rules of life. As momentum builds across the Earth to resist the New World Order, perhaps in time the only people who will continue to resist, are those in the name of Jesus, with the large majority led like marionettes into the symphony of destruction.
All of us are given near infinite chances in the eyes of the Lord to repent and to live by the laws He has designed for humanity. Moments of decision that change our destiny are abundant, but for some, the one decision they soon face is of utmost importance, and the eternal consequences are real. God help us all and thanks to everyone who stands up for what is right. Power to The Resistance!
An underground organization engaged
in a struggle for national liberation
in a country under military
or totalitarian occupation.
A public declaration of principles,
policies, or intentions, especially
of a political nature.
When in the course of human events it becomes necessary for people to dissolve the satanic chains which have connected them with one another and to the dark powers of this Earth, the separate and equal station to which the laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them, a decent respect to the souls of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to resist. We hold the truths in the Holy Bible to be self-evident, that the Lord God Almighty created every-thing and everyone, and that we are endowed by our Creator with certain unalienable rights, that among these are life, liberty, the pursuit of happiness, and the right to privacy.
To secure these rights, Christians have united among the Earth, deriving their just powers from the consent of the Lord and announce that whenever any form of government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the right of The Resistance to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new government, laying its foundation on Biblical principles and organizing its powers in line with them, as to they shall seem most likely to effect our safety and happiness.
Do not doubt the importance of this document. Mere words on paper mean more than meets the eye. Past revolutions have been given credit to a handful of people who boldly declare their stance and course of action. The Constitution of the United States of America and Bill of Rights on the surface are words on paper, but it is the message these words convey and the conviction of the people behind them that matter most.
God’s word is found on paper but transcends all understanding when read. These words here capture ideas, beliefs, and more as they reach from this page into your eyes and are linguistically represented in your mind where thoughts are stimulated and actions follow.
Those who read this document and those who back it have been called for enlistment into The Resistance. And The Resistance calls the enlisted to action. This is a Holy war against Satanism. This is a fight of faith against the condemned world and against the seven deadly sins, against pride, envy, gluttony, lust, anger, greed and sloth. It is a fight against evil. “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world.” (Ephesians 6:12)
This Crusade is a Holy war not under papal sanction, but under direction from the Lord Jesus as The Resistance moves in concert with the Holy Spirit. This is the final Crusade, and in the declared battle of Armageddon we are the soldiers, fighting for our souls as Agents of the Lord marching toward the valley of death, turning words into action, unafraid as we bring glory to God’s name as we march to martyrdom. Power to The Resistance!
With the final Crusade, the boundaries between words and action must be crossed, commitments must be renewed, and prophecy must be fulfilled. Despite any threat we must not become paralyzed or immobilized from the storms of battle. Verbs explain us as the rebellion bellows. No one in this world has authority over us. No pope. No president. No person. No government. Nothing in this world.
If we choose not to acknowledge the self-proclaimed legitimacy of “authority” of persons and government institutions, it’s a personal decision by those in The Resistance. God the Almighty is the only authority to us and is the only power we need to answer to. Our testimony is that of bearing witness for the Lord. Now is the time to stop retreating. Now is the time to stop forfeiting. Now is the time to stop sitting idle as we watch our lives and our rights stolen by Satanists as they usher in their New World Order. We must cleanse ourselves of these unwanted parasites. We pray for release from this world, and that the Lord’s return is soon.
Do not think The Resistance is anti-American, un-patriotic, or intolerant of other religions. We love all, and it is for this reason we take up our crosses and follow Him, sacrificing ourselves for the greater good. Jesus said there is no greater gift than to lay your life down for a brother and by doing so we bring His message of love and salvation to all who have ears.
On every block, in every city, in every county, Christians are becoming more aware that we are living in the End Days. We have calmly continued with our lives as people have done throughout the generations, going to work, school, attending family functions, dealing with the struggles of life, but something is different.
We’re living with a daily expectation of glory, justice, and hope. We’re seeing events unfold before our very eyes that have been written about thousands of years ago in the Bible that had been dismissed by many for generations as a depiction of the continuous struggle between good and evil, used as a teaching tool to perpetuate social norms, or even mere fairy tales.
Today, even many non-Christians have an uneasy feeling about the rapid pace at which society is advancing and the implications of the unbalanced power amongst society. It leads many to ask what exactly is happening on macro and micro levels that is perpetuating the system into the direction it is headed? Why is this happening? Where is mankind ultimately headed with regards to our place in this perplexing universe?
While throughout history mankind has been constantly advancing from generation to generation on a micro level, there is a pinnacle (culminating point) which we are racing towards. For those who know precisely what that pinnacle is, we continue to see the world in which we live manifest into the very infrastructure which is built containing a double-edged sword capable of being abused in ways previously inconceived, and inconsistent with its original intention.
This very infrastructure for which its purpose and intent of most participants is for good and the improvement in quality of life for all, will eventually be the ultimate tool of deception and destruction when the Antichrist seizes power and turns against mankind and God. In Daniel 8:23, 24 the Bible says “And in the latter time of their kingdom, when the transgressors have reached their fullness, a king shall arise, having fierce features, who understands sinister schemes. His power shall be mighty, but not by his own power; he shall destroy fearfully, and shall prosper and thrive; he shall destroy the mighty, and also the holy people.”
Lord Acton’s famous phrase explains that power tends to corrupt and absolute power corrupts absolutely. The breadths of corruption align incrementally with increases in power in these very institutions. From the local police, to high ranking military officials, to the President of the United States of America, exponential increases in scope are seen with each step up the hierarchy. The chains of command are difficult to resist, and the orders given, hard to question.
“Then the king shall do according to his own will; he shall exalt and magnify himself above every god, shall speak blasphemies against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the wrath has been accomplished; for what has been determined shall be done. He shall regard neither the God of his fathers nor the desire of women, nor regard any god; for he shall magnify himself above them all.” (Daniel 11:36, 37)
The regulation of narcotics, weapons, and other items with high potential for abuse illustrate attempts to thwart their harmful consequences. Prevention often is impossible, and reduction and education is a continuous struggle. One main danger the globalists overlook in their utopian dreams is the very sinful nature of Man.
Just as our Lord has the ability to take something bad, or evil, tragic, or horrible, something that seems the worst inescapable pit of Hell, and He with his almighty power and love can change that in a moment’s notice into something amazingly positive and powerful and loving, Satan has similar powers.
Just like the Lord has this power to negate evil, to reverse evil, Satan, the negation of God, has the ability to take great and wonderful and loving things, and in a moment’s notice transform them into the opposite, into something straight from Hell, something completely horrific and unimaginable. The Bible says, “And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindrends, and tongues, and nations. And all that dwell upon the Earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world.” (Revelation 13:7-8)
Repeated references to Satan and Satanism are made in the Manifesto and a detailed definition of the concepts are included. Clear distinctions between the different kinds and degrees of Satanism and satanic worship must be drawn to aid in understanding the use of the term. Often, too broad of a definition is assumed with the term, and non-valid associates are added.
The very term Satanism conjures up images of black robes and human sacrifices. While high numbers of recent human sacrifices have been proven, it is generally thought of as something practiced in the ancient past. The term Satanism is used in the Manifesto to mean anything that is not of God. A travesty. Anything that is not in or from His Word. Satanism encompasses many other terms. Paganism, Gnosticism, Freemasonry, and Mormonism all have satanic elements.
Satanism is not necessarily the worship and practice of evil, rather Satanism revolves primarily around secret knowledge, nature, and sex. Satanism is the love of the physical world, and the belief that enlightenment comes through knowledge that is being withheld by God. Satanism is worshiping the creation instead of the creator. Satanism is turning one’s back on the golden rules of life, and ruthlessly taking advantage of others with no regard for their feelings, safety, or well-being. Under this definition we all at times are guilty of Satanism. We all at times think and act satanic. Yes, we devoted Christians commit Satanism in our daily lives. Satanism is sin.
It is under this definition that Satanism is accepted as a valid religion, and allows the overt worship of Satan. Without believing in an objective right and wrong, these beliefs open the door to a world where morality and right and wrong are matters of perspective.
Without a strong foundation of God’s Word and a continuous study and mediation on His principles, material that follows can seem on the lunatic fringe and can lead one to the edge of insanity.
Radical Aryans and other racist, anti-Semitic, misguided movements only recoil and aid in the construction of the New World Order, and are pawns of Satan; believing lies and fueling hate, which reverses the momentum they expect. We are all human beings and this powerful lie has damaged humanity for thousands of years. One thing that these individuals need to know is that they follow a lie when they hate someone else for simply being a different race or ethnicity. Hate Satan himself, if anyone, not another human being.
The Devil’s hate caused the Holocaust to attempt to bypass God’s plan of redemption for the world by trying to eliminate the Jews, only to cause the creation of Israel in 1948 after World War II, helping to fulfill Bible prophecy and placing the Jews back in the Promised Land.
Satan perpetuates lies of racism and anti-Semitism to all he can, turning man against man, when in reality, we are all descendants of Adam and Eve. If the reader is currently involved with a cult, gang, racist organization, etc., let this be a wakeup call! The Resistance Manifesto is not only a spotlight for identifying satanic behavior in the world, it is a mirror which reflects back upon ourselves for introspection. If one is in bondage with such a group, now is the time to correct your errors and align with the Truth as your compass and turn from your past. Our enemy is not another race, or religion. The evil we fight does not come so easily identified. These stereotypes and lies are doing nothing but help Satan usher in his New World Order.
Many scholars, theologians, and intellectuals in modern history have been predicting these kinds of prophetic events with varying degrees of success. While a hindsight conclusion of “wrong” is often falsely attributed to the short-comings of such predictions, a more accurate term of “premature” should be applied.
The Preterit view of the Bible, that Nero was the Antichrist and the writers spoke of the current time in which they were writing have been widely discredited. The living Word of the Bible says there are many Antichrists preceding the final one. Skeptics fail to see that the messages are often accurate, and only delayed until their realization.
In Christian theology, a branch called “eschatology” studies the conclusion of God’s purposes, and the concluding destiny of created things and especially of Man and of the Church, according to God’s plan. As we take an eschatological approach to the subjects at hand, important aspects are highlighted.
The clichés run endless of how seemingly impossible tasks are realized through vision, dedication, and hard work. Landing Man on the Moon, building a nationwide interstate freeway system, and even the creation of cell phones were at one time impossible, or ideas that had never even entered the consciousness of Man. Yet today our very ways of life rely on these achievements.
One of the keys to understanding what exactly has shaped the motives and ideologies of the secret societies which now have a stranglehold over the world is to go to the birth of their belief system regarding the Garden of Eden and the Fall of Man. Many religions other than Christianity are widely practiced and known throughout the world today. Elements of these religions are often taught in school as part of religious studies courses to educate people about the array of beliefs, religions, and customs, throughout history.
In many of these religions, particularly many of the prominent ones, the beliefs and practices are well documented and known to the public. Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam, all of these are very popular and most people have some concept of the belief systems, cultural influences, and their effects on society. It is “less prominent” and the less published secrets of the numerous factions of secret societies, or “orders” that must be expanded on in more detail. Widely accepted representations of these organizations are quite different from the realities they cover. Behind these distortions, and secrets of these Orders, lies a core of Luciferian influences.
This must be dealt with in some detail in order to gain a comprehensible understanding of the satanic forces that are at work behind much of the physical world today. Christianity is often criticized for being an exclusive religion because many Christian Churches and pastors exclude many other belief systems that are still prominent today. While it may be interesting and even historically significant to study other major religions, it must be stressed again the importance of the fact that New Age philosophies overshadow the weight of nearly all other religions combined, and are some of the cosmic primal centers and residence of the spirit of Satan.
The dedication of Muslim extremists to suicide bomb innocent people perhaps displays most evidently the satanic forces at work in Islam, as we approach the end of time. Radical Muslims have been funded and encouraged by the hidden forces at work in the New World Order, in an attempt to create a clash of civilizations, which the Antichrist will then deliver a solution to by claiming to be the Messiah of all religions.
It is pivotal to understand that Gnostics and Satanists regard the serpent in the Garden of Eden as good, and as a heroic figure. Their logic behind this is because they believe the serpent wanted to help humanity free itself from the chains of ignorance by giving knowledge and wisdom to Man. They believe that God enslaved humanity in ignorance, and that Satan is our savior. This one dimension is at the base of Satanism and is how Satanists justify overtly worshipping Satan. They say Satan is just the symbol for the spirit of knowledge or self-awareness.
The sections on Satanism and the Illuminati mafia give the details, but in short the Satanist view is that the serpent brought the gift of knowledge (Gnosis) which caused the wrath of the God, who became angry that humans would not be under his complete control anymore because they could see “the truth.” The original sin is actually considered the moment of enlightenment in this belief system, which allowed the possibility of humans to become Gods.
The difficulties in discerning actual historical factual information from distortions, misunderstandings, and falsities makes creating a concise conceptual map a strenuous process. Historians and scholars disagree on the authentication of documents, teachings, and artifacts across the ages, com-pounding the complexities and contexts in which they are viewed.
It is widely acknowledged that Satan rules planet Earth, but many don’t understand exactly how sly and covert he really is, and has been, in nearly every corner of history. Many people believe that Satan only inflicts pain, suffering, despair, and everything that is embodied in evil. What many people, Christians alike, fail to realize is the awesome power that Satan has to fool us by the most intricate deceptions masquerading with good intentions.
We think of Satan’s deceptions as sudden events that simply occur in a moment of evil, chaos, or Hell. Perhaps these moments stretch into months and years for some. What feels like a lifetime on Earth in our flesh and blood is a millisecond on God’s calendar. But God is not the only one capable of reading His calendar. Satan has been working throughout the millennia waiting for what he thinks will be his opportunity to rise above God and control Earth and all of the souls in it.
This is not some mystical fairy tale, but is ancient wisdom passed down through the ages and found in the Holy Bible. Only to people living today does the dark picture begin to come into focus of what has been in the works since the beginning of creation. In short, in order to achieve his ultimate goal of taking over a human being, controlling the Earth, and all that is in it, he can’t be an evil tyrant all the time. He has to not only allow good and great things to happen, but he has to give them abundantly himself.
Yes, evil must give good in order to achieve its final end. This dichotomy is difficult to conceptually and logically understand. It is this difficult paradigm that has caused many to be led astray and follow the dark side, dismissing objective evil and Truth altogether. These issues are thoroughly discussed in the matrix of the Manifesto.
If you follow the ideas of Gnosticism and secrecy from the Mystery religions of ancient Babylon and Egypt, to the Knights Templar, Rosicrucians, Freemasons, Illuminati, and the Skull and Bones society, to the United Nations, the World Council of Churches to the secret meetings of the Bilderberg Group, the Trilateral Commission, and the Council on Foreign Relations; you have a blue print backed up by enough money, manpower, and infrastructure to usher in the New World Order in its entirety, concentrating the majority of power, wealth, and political control into a small group of individuals.
This, combined with the suppression of technology to the public, the construction and maintenance of top secret underground cities across the globe, and the stripping away of our civil liberties and Constitutional rights through new legislation, puts us on a crash course with Hell.
This is what a police state looks like. The control grid is almost in place. Countless cameras are now eyeing our streets and buildings equipped with facial recognition algorithms that can pick you out of a crowd of tens of thousands in a fraction of a second. Big Brother is everywhere. RFIDs (Radio Frequency Identification Devices) have become mass-produced. VeriChip, the implantable microchip has been gaining support by large numbers of prominent people and institutions which have implemented its reliance.
The use of cash will be made an enormous inconvenience. Millions and millions of eyes watch everywhere we go and pilotless drones patrol the skies. Video cameras are watching, logging, and preparing. You won’t be able to participate in modern society anymore unless you submit to the new system implemented. This is ultimately the source of the great schism in society; between The Resistance, and the lost.
People behind the scenes, people we would never even imagine, have unprecedented access to an infinite amount of information about any subject, in any form. The terms “personal,” “private,” and “confidential” have no meaning anymore. Wireless cameras the size of a pencil eraser with infinite battery life will soon spread across the modern world spying into our every corner.
With the utterance of a few words, people already have at their will via the Internet, access to communication with nearly anyone, access to any piece of information, any video camera in the world, any song, TV show, commercial, news clipping, nearly anything they have clearance to retrieve. This technology is rapidly approaching the commercial level and will be available for public use. You can feel the rapid escalation increasing every second. You are literally a word away from talking with a friend, or if granted, a view into their living room.
What about stalkers? What about hackers? What about sociopathic stalking hackers? What vulnerable parts of this new infrastructure will be abused by rogue mad geniuses who only need a computer terminal and their IQ to technologically cripple another person, institution, or country? How can cyberghosts and attacks possibly be prevented once we rely completely on this system?
On the same note, how can the abuse of power by a political figure be prevented? Unbeknown to many at the time, anything created and intended for good also, unfortunately, often has equally the opposite potential. Sometimes despite countless safety mechanisms and the best intentions by designers and operators, some devices or systems contain near limitless potential for being abused in heinous ways on a mass scale.
The Office of Information Awareness, Interpol, Echelon, CIA, NSA, FBI, and Homeland Security, all instill doubts and fears as they grow. Deep down inside, many of us know where things are heading. We have either felt it, seen it, or heard vague stories or conversations about it. It’s been taught in the Church since its creation, and is written plainly in the Bible for everyone who desires to see.
Black helicopters are topics often scoffed and laughed at when spoken of. They have become the symbol of the lunacy behind conspiracy theorists’ talk of the New World Order. In reality, black helicopters have been used extensively for urban and covert operations. Their existence and use has been documented extensively, yet still denied or made the topic of ridicule.
Killer robots manufactured for the Department of Defense are now being implemented in battle and conflicts. These first generation killer robots known as TALON robots or SWORDS, were sent to fight insurgents in Iraq and their invasion on American streets and in public schools isn’t far off in the future. Cybernetic computers made of real neurons and advanced Artificial Intelligence technology is paving the road to perdition.
As frightening as this knowledge is about the climax that the world will experience, we know it is inevitable, it can’t be stopped nor delayed and is the Divine plan of our Father in Heaven. Each and every one of us is sadly a part of this and can’t easily be extracted from the system. Quitting your job to devotedly wage an informational outreach campaign, or violently opposing the New World Order may be of no effect, or drastically skewed from what was anticipated. It is our duty to survive what is happening, and to ensure that our family and friends don’t get sucked into the trap that is being set.
It is pivotal to understand that The Resistance is not necessarily criticizing or blaming institutions, organizations, or individuals with regards to the events that have unfolded, are unfolding today, and will continue to unfold. As we analyze all facets of infrastructure, ideology, and personnel involved in the New World Order, we realize that the machine which is at work is much too large and complex for us to isolate the cancerous parts. Like a spreading virus, soon every organ, system, and cell will be infected completely, but in this case there is no cure or recovery.
Is the secretary at a tobacco corporation held responsible for the deaths related to smoking for being a cog in the machine? Is the scientist who works as a researcher held responsible for the deaths caused from weapons built from the factory at which he works? The fruitless attempts to accurately define boundaries and incremental degrees of blame would be maddening. We find many suspects but little consensus.
Right before Jesus died on the Cross he said, “Forgive them father, they know not what they do.” He was talking about all of us. We don’t know what we’re doing. We’re all awash in sin, and God the Father, and Jesus Christ the Son understand this. From the theft of a candy bar, to the embezzlement of millions of dollars, its cause is the same. Sin, and our struggle to resist it while in this flesh and blood, still remains.
While Jesus paid the price and connected us with the Holy Spirit as our guide, we still face battles that will continue until the end of time. But unlike us, there are large groups of people who have turned their back on God’s rules, and have decided to ruthlessly take all the worldly riches they can, and trample anyone in their way. “So they worshiped the dragon who gave authority to the beast; and they worshiped the beast, saying “Who is like the beast? Who is able to make war with him? He was given a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies” (Revelation 13:4, 5)
All of us sin and fall short of the glory of God. It is not our aim to avert Bible Prophecy from being fulfilled. We are not only concerned with a revolution, we are concerned with Revelation. While we may alter or change things within our own lives, the end result of the prophecies will nevertheless be seen. However, we are to see things, not only do things. Daniel 12:10 says, “Only the wise shall understand.”
We are to know things, and by knowing things, we will change things. The time to move will be apparent. Offensive resistance must be honorable. The Fists of Resistance must be used only in self-defense and to defend others in a just manor. Adopt these words as your own as they fit. We are defending our right in accordance to the Word of God, Jesus Christ and the promise He bestowed upon us as believers. Formulated mechanisms of rebuttal have now been designed for the anticipated opposition we face.
We are preparing those who are willing throughout the world to resist the dark and evil cloud which has been materializing for millennia and will soon be discernible before our very eyes, preceding the return of the Lord Jesus Christ. Spiritually, mentally, and physically, we must be ready at all times. Jesus said in Luke 12:51, “Do you think I came to bring peace to Earth? No indeed! I came to make people choose sides.”
The ideas, concepts, and history within these pages are difficult to digest, to say the least. The enigma of the trails connected to the Manifesto can be infinitely complex. It must be reinforced that, despite the insecurities and fears that may well up, we must trust that God is in complete control. Knowing this, everything will turn out as He has intended if we follow His commands.
Despite during even the worst of circumstances, the Bible says trust in the Lord with all your heart. Lean not on your own understanding, acknowledge Him in all your ways and He will direct your path. From every atom in the world, the Truth pours out faster than many can digest it. Often it is laced with poison by the Illuminati controllers and incrementally dispensed, achieving mass toxicity to all who partake.
The Christian Resistance and all our supporters declare our commitment to the Lord for our cause and intend to spread the Word to all who have ears. The Resistance will prevail. Our symbols shall be displayed prominently in the physical world which we currently inhabit, in every city, in every home; their exhibit must be sustained to symbolize our strength and commitments.
As the great reformer Martin Luther boldly assembled his declaration and nailed it to the front door of the Wittenberg Church, The Resistance is staking our claim in the timeline of history and the door we choose to nail our Declaration of Resistance to is none other than that which is hinged upon the frames where the world leaders in Washington D.C. pass at the Capitol building of the United States of America. This symbolic blow signifies the beginning of the Revolution of The Resistance.
These confessions of faith founded the Resistance Reformation and our doctrine is here published for the world to read. You have been told. Everyone has been told. This catalyst is designed to spark a reaction in the hearts of men and the effect reflects our validity. All opposition is resisted. Our transparency is here for all to read and understand. We shall now stand together and speak loudly the Truth of the world in which we live and its inhabitants! When we are born again the old self is shed and left behind. How we respond to what is thrown at us demonstrates our new commitments.
It should not surprise onlookers that Satan uses the most powerful and prosperous nations on the planet to achieve his ultimate goals. He tried and failed to use the most perfect thing ever created, the Word Jesus Christ, to his own ends by having him nailed to a cross and martyred, but the Almighty God succeeded again by pouring out his Holy Spirit to the world from Jesus’ death, causing his message of love and salvation to spread around the globe.
This is a formal declaration of the Christian Resistance Revolution. Let these words be the blueprint to be carried on until the last day, taught to our children, discussed at Bible studies, addressed on the public airwaves, and at city council meetings.
This is the official political policy of The Resistance; a living, growing, enlightening spirit. Those who do not have it are the walking dead. The human soul is drowning in fiction, lies, and misconceptions, many reveling in sin and finding pleasure in destruction. While we love all, we are not concerned with the opinions of others, or ideals when pushed upon us. They are fully resisted. Our own core beliefs dictate our actions. We will not spend all our time and energy defending our beliefs. We spend our resources living them. The defensive strategies laid forth herein may be a good supplement to the current rebuttals we have formulated. With this strength, the imposition of the opinion of other values and ideals mean absolutely nothing to us.
A campaign of Resistance must be waged unfalteringly against the corruption of the New World Order, from its pawns to its leadership.
As Agents of the Lord, we are not only responsible for saying these things, but we must demonstrate our faith by backing them with works. The Bible says faith without works is dead. God’s prophets carried the message as far as they could, and as Agents we pick up and continue the mission until our day has come.
As John the Baptist announced the 1st coming of the Lord, we as Agents announce the 2nd eminent coming. Under the bondage of sin we are stuck in this world until the Lord calls us home. Jesus is the tie that binds and The Resistance shall be heard by all. “I can do all things through Christ who strengthens me.” (Philippians 4:13)
Not communicating at times is a strategy we must often employ to protect ourselves from getting distracted from the barrage of messages emanating from the media and Satanists everywhere. We may choose to not engage in politically correct behavior to make our message clear. Heckling public officials, and organizing marches and phone mobs are only a few of the actions we may take. We need not explain our-selves further.
The psychological mind control emanating from the Beast’s system has become the norm. While fully engaged, the media is more than entertainment, and more than a news source. It shapes and controls the perception of populations, sculpting public opinion with its every move; with the monopoly of power being controlled by the Beast.
A philosopher named Louis Pierre Althusser defined what he called Repressive State Apparatuses (RSAs) and Ideological State Apparatuses (ISAs). These multilevel conditioning systems include schools, the family, legal systems, and more. Althusser theorized mediums “interpellate” people by hailing them and forcefully making them the subject of the message. Tune out the propaganda and resist the enticements.
We must produce, not only consume. Our creative skills should lend us to the design of stencils of the Holy Cross and the Mark of Resistance (the symbol featured on the cover of this book). We should display them everywhere. We create stickers, posters, and billboards that prominently display our message. We send personal emails; create websites, and pierce the mainstream media with our voice.
Magic Markers are used to publish the Word in view for all to see. Resisters must call in and get on the air of local and national television and radio programs to get our voices heard, every day, on every show.
Nonviolent resistance can be accomplished honorably in countless ways. Nonviolent protest has been used to achieve various social and political goals in the past, even when the obstacles and opposing ideologies seemed too powerful and deeply rooted to move. Through symbolic protests, even small numbers of dedicated people have achieved tremendous social and political goals without the use of physical violence, vandalism, or the use of threats. They manifest in various forms and degrees depending upon the force they oppose.
Strategies may include boycotts, picketing, information wars, pamphleting, creating protest art, using underground railroads, and many more. Using the system against the system is necessary in our fight and allows countless tactics which can easily be implemented by The Resistance.
Gene Sharp is a political scientist and founder of the Albert Einstein Institution, a non-profit organization which studies and promotes various forms of nonviolent action as methods used in political and social conflicts. His book, The Politics of Nonviolent Action (1973) provides abundant information on strategies that can be easily employed.
In his writings he identifies over 100 methods of non-violent action which can be honorably used to challenge unjust social practices, undermine dictatorships, defend countries from foreign invasion, and much more. Several important strategies The Resistance can use follow:
· Symbolic protests
· Hunger strikes
· Political noncooperation
· Paralysis of transportation
· Social boycotts
· Information wars
· Creating websites
· Calling into TV/Radio talk shows
· Judicial resistance
· Electronic civil disobedience
· Publication of banned newspapers
· Specific and general strikes
· Civil disobedience
· Public demonstrations
· Children’s demonstrations
· Student defiance
· Broadcasts about resistance on radio and television
· Economic shutdowns
· Maintenance of autonomy of independent organizations and institutions
· Persistent continuation of old policies and laws
· “Disappearance” under false identity
· Economic boycotts
· Refusal of collaboration
· Systematic slow-downs
· Individual and mass resignations
· Deliberate inefficiencies
· Assistance to persecuted people
· Defiance by the government
· Denial of legitimacy to opponents
· Legislative procrastination and delays
· Declaration of defiance and resistance
· Subversion of usurpers’ troops, and incite them to mutiny
As it is known, many people in the past have addressed the issues herein, in various forms or another. Often directly as in sermons, Bible studies, or at the family dinner table. The Christian community has been working hard, producing videos and countless books on the subject, sometimes making it to the masses and winning new Christians.
Various forms of these ideas have occasionally permeated pop culture in the form of science fiction movies or books gaining worldwide popularity. The Skulls (2000), Lara Croft: Tomb Raider (2001), The Manchurian Candidate (2004), etc. Part of the intrigue of these titles are the bits of truth that are sprinkled in the storyline, sparking in the back of our minds a sense of possibility and reality behind the facade of a fictional story.
Due to our increasing and rapid enlightenment, where we’ve been laying dormant for ages, will suddenly be the place of a new awakening. What we see and what we do is going to be considered irrational to those accepting the mark of the Beast. “Don’t be afraid of people. They can kill you, but they cannot harm your soul,” Jesus said. (Matthew 10:28)
Many important people have been killed in attempts to quiet their message, only sparking the worldwide spread of their cause. Jesus, Martin Luther King, JFK and countless others have been martyred. Jesus gave His life for the ransom for all of our lives, and he said one of the most selfless acts one can do is to lay down his life for his brothers. We have learned that suffering is not the worst thing in the world; disobedience to God is the worst.
One challenge many will soon face is whether or not to accept the mark of the Beast. Explored in-depth later, many precursors to the actual mark of the Beast are being implemented today. When and what “the” mark will be, is currently unknown. The line to be crossed has grayed and blurred, and for many is difficult to distinguish at a distance.
At what point are we to walk away and divorce ourselves from the system despite its grave effects? At what point are we to physically resist enslavement into the grid and face death? At what point are we to surrender our lives to escape the eternal consequences the alternative holds? At what point do we use the Fists of Resistance? Only God knows and only through the right relationship with Him, will we know.
Jesus told us, “Because of me, you will be dragged before rulers and kings to tell them and the Gentiles about your faith.” (Matthew 10:18)
This Manifesto is more than a record of our intentions and beliefs. These missions, beliefs, and faith are deeply engrained within each of our souls and it is not our intention to explore them here. This book is more of a record and discussion of Mankind’s modern history and the apocalyptic significance of certain events, ideas, infrastructures, people, and places as we travel faster down the timeline to our ultimate destiny. The essence is a combination of anthropological, sociological, and theological aspects assembled from an array into a conceptual framework with emerging themes leading to the inclination that the Almighty Lord God is working in ways beyond our understanding.
Our resistance encompasses resistance and opposition to every form of social, political, and spiritual injustice and encroachment.
A mathematical equation is offered for simplification. Christianity = Resistance. The Resistance is Christianity and the two terms equally define our actions, beliefs, and the epiphany of our vision of the completion of God’s plan. Beyond that, this Manifesto contains theoretical and practical information regarding the isolation of power within the political, technological, and information systems in our society which lead us to logically induce the reality of the coming prophetic events.
Knowledge of Scripture combined with a discerning look at current events is culminated in our objectives. Updated Manifestos and additional volumes may be published in the future to continue mapping current events and their prophetic significance in our lives. The time depends entirely on the turn of events in the months and years ahead. Regardless, this Resistance Manifesto: Revised Edition (2008) will suffice for generations as a foundation and platform for understanding the array of satanic events and consequences which are apparent in our world.
Despite the greatest Biblical insight, education, wisdom, or level of top secret government clearance, no one will be able to pinpoint the exact time that certain events will occur. It is widely assumed that most of the third world countries in the remote regions of the Earth must be infiltrated and modernized with the same technology currently regulating and controlling advanced countries.
While America has “prospered,” the technological infra-structure will no doubt spread rapidly as third world countries are catapulted into an ultra-modern way of life. “Modern life” keeps us more distracted and the technology that was supposed to simplify life has only made it more complex. The labor that is required to merely get by, consumes most of our time and energy. This is no accident, and the international bankers who control currencies, inflation, interest rates, and economies have specifically designed the system to keep people in debt and out of their way.
This comprehensive guide has been compiled to save others the countless hours of searching in the dark corners that paths of this information lead. To protect others from the maddening hunt and cross referencing, fact finding, and the utterly sickening aspects of the realm of Satanism and the occult, it is this author’s intent to include all pertinent information regarding secret societies and Bible Prophecy, compiled into one source. As we get closer to the end of time, the events discussed within these pages will clearly materialize.
Much of the information in The Resistance Manifesto merely demonstrates the fact that behind the seeming chaos, or randomness, and sheer mystery and complexity of Nature, lies the intricate and meticulous planning of the Almighty God.
When searching for Truth, information, regardless of accuracy, is often disseminated as fact, and facts are often difficult to separate from fiction. High profile criminal court cases repeatedly demonstrate how difficult it can be to sift through two different versions of a story. The defendant’s arrest and trial is a product of an actual event, but when hearing the conflicting defense and prosecution versions, both backed with witnesses and physical evidence, discovering the truth can be difficult. In some difficult cases, doubts are often cast on both versions of the “facts,” leading to a hung jury. The five senses, combined with our ability to reason and process information, often can’t allow us certainty in our own environment. We cannot be “sure” of things. At this point Faith enters.
Faith alone has led to endless exploration by a multitude of philosophers and theologians. It surpasses the constraints of science and logic. This is where we must surrender our hearts to the Lord. In science, “facts” are really just an organization of principles, statements, and definitions that are widely accepted as “facts” because of their usefulness in regards to their application.
Even the “facts” found in history books in schools are strictly regimented and censored. Selective history and teachings often give only one side of the story, and the facts given paint a slanted view in the minds of students. A Peoples History of the United States and Declarations of Independence are two outstanding works by Howard Zinne, filling in gaps and setting the record straight about American History. Because we haven’t been given accurate information about where we’ve come from, we often can’t accurately assess where we are, or where we are going.
Jesus said no one other than the Father would know of the day or hour of His return. It was said there would be clear signs when the time was getting near. “Learn a lesson from a fig tree. When its branches sprout and start putting out leaves, you know summer is near. So when you see all these things happening, you will know that the time has almost come.” (Mark 13:28-29)
Watch out and be ready He said. Be alert! There are no longer subtle signs of cosmic shifts heeding indications that Satan’s army is strengthening. The warnings are the words spoken daily on the evening news, the latest fodder in pop culture, and perceived with our own eyes and ears everywhere we go. Jesus told us, “nation will go to war against one another, and kingdoms will attack each other. There will be great earthquakes, and in many places people will starve to death and suffer terrible diseases.” (Luke 21:10-11)
In Matthew 24:4-14 Jesus gave several characteristics of the age in general. It would include: many who claim to be Christ but are imposters; wars and rumors of wars; famines; pestilences; (Matthew 24:7) earthquakes; many martyrs; many false prophets; increasing wickedness and decreasing love for God; and the Gospel of the kingdom would be preached to all nations around the world.
It is for this reason that The Resistance Manifesto is a matrix of information, and a considerable amount of time must be spent exploring and tracing multiple leads in multiple directions to develop a clear picture. In time, all of the connections will begin to unfold and can clearly be understood, and may then be articulated to others in a condensed verbal format.
Volumes could be spent engaging the conflict in the Middle East and the lead role this region plays in the grand plan of humanity. This focal point of prophecy remains one of the most difficult and exhausting examinations. We see daily headlines and live updates as the conflict in this area continues.
Another exhausting subject is the role of the media in society and its influence on the hegemony. Objective news is hard to find. It must be seen that most information read in the newspapers is simply capitalistic propaganda with large portions of text and information lifted directly from press releases without much analysis or change, and then published as factual and accurate, only to further the agendas of such corporations.
Adding to the problem are reporters who are on deadlines to pump out tomorrow’s story, and have little time to corroborate the claims being made, and the assignments they are given only reflect the establishment’s agenda. Because of the vast media empire in the world today and the regulation (or lack of regulation) of the companies who control television, radio, Hollywood, and magazine and book publishers, the kind and depth of the information given to the masses is controlled by editorial policies created and enforced by the power brokers who own the monopolies. Policies passed down from the top influence every level of organizations from the climate of the newsroom to the focus and topics of individual reporters and editors.
Chills run through the spines of people worldwide as idols of unprecedented evil in the media are raised on pedestals and given wealth, fame, and worldly riches beyond comprehension. In today’s media, many “artists” embody the very essence of evil and their putrid rotten fruit spews from every cell in their body through the airwaves and LCD screens into nearly every corner of the globe. From covers of magazines at the newsstands to billboards on buses and buildings, we find their garbage littered across the globe. Their “art” is hailed, sells millions of copies worldwide, and gains the faithful following of legions of fans often mimicking the filth that they consume.
What was evil is now considered good. What is good is now considered evil. Murder, materialism, and crime are now reveled. We need to just turn on a radio, TV, or in some cases just walk outside to be bombarded by such filth. Sexual promiscuity, homosexuality, rape, and worse are promoted and awarded as pornography continues to infiltrate home computers around the world. The destruction of the individual and the family is increasing, and appalling reprehensible behavior continues to be celebrated. The erosion of morals in television and movies, the plethora of violence, and explicit sexual imagery must be denounced and decency must be restored.
As people scapegoat the media or Hollywood, much of their production reflects the desires and appetites of the consumers. We see and hear its influence in every aspect of society, from children reenacting horrific and dangerous acts they had seen on television, to the unregulated dark forces that lurk in the midst of cyberspace. An indescribable evil continues to grow and is gaining in strength at an unprecedented rate across the world as it pierces our consciousness. Despite at times a seemingly picture perfect landscape, our cities and towns hide an appalling reality within. Like the product of a Hollywood studio, it is an illusion. Lurking is darkness. Everyone feels it but we try to dismiss it as we distract ourselves with trivial activities and petty concerns.
We lock our doors with a habit, we’re afraid to be on the street after dark, and our biggest fears are broadcast on the evening news with an almost scheduled realization of our worst nightmares. Kidnappings, serial killers, thieves, and rapists are around every corner. This is how many people feel deep down inside, but we try not to think about it. Those things happen to “other people” we think. When over-whelmed with the reality of statistics, our mind overloads and dismisses the information as incomprehensible.
Decent people must be aware that walking dead roam the Earth and kill, rape, and steal without a second thought. These people may live right next door to you. People who slip drugs into drinks, people who kidnap, molest, and murder children. People who do not fear God, and don’t care about anything including themselves. Not thinking about anything but the moment and giving in to the darkest carnal desires, these Satanists threaten our safety everywhere.
We simply don’t want to believe it. It scares many of us to death, so we are in denial and indulge ourselves with the comforting fictional, manufactured dream world of television and media, losing our grip even more. Some, if not most people, as they increase in age have experienced some of these horrors first hand, and know they are all too real.
With life at its primitive stages, how could the Apostles have envisioned exactly what Jesus was talking about when he spoke of these things? Could they have envisioned today’s society with all of its complexities and technology? Many of the Scriptures are coming into a new light as we march to Armageddon. As momentum builds, many more will see that light, and many more will continue to deny it and despise it.
Many Christians have found enjoyment and entertainment in these very aspects of evil, without realizing the gradual erosion of morals and perception it has on us, on both an individual and societal level.
We’ve become hypnotized by the lives and trials of celebrities, dismissing our own reality and experiences as mundane and futile.
It’s interesting to note that the term star refers to a heavenly body. The word star in regards to celebrities embodies god-like inclinations, suggesting that the star is somehow super human and often portrayed as a mythological figure. Someone is a star when they are raised on a pedestal above the rank and file and into the celebrity limelight for any one of numerous reasons, whether through notoriety, fame, or simply the recognition of a touching dramatic performance in a pop culture artifact.
In the limelight, the star becomes an idol, complete with the “worship” of adoring fans, sometimes with dangerous and deadly obsessions. Such idols are used as puppets by the media to spread their message in accordance with their satanic goals.
People worship these idols and emulate their styles of dress, mimic their behavioral indiscretions, and subscribe to their warped belief systems. The profanity and destruction of the traditional family continues to erode decency. Any idol of national stature can confess the inability of some fans to distinguish between a character that the celebrity plays, and a real person: the actor. Advice about how to conduct the character’s “life” is given when seen unguarded in public, and the name they are addressed is not their own, but the character’s.
These examples only begin to reflect the inability of masses of people to distinguish reality from a manufactured, fictional, entertainment driven machine, fueled by greed, and controlled by the Illuminati.
Our own ignorance has been our demise, substituting personal experience for the sort of first person experience we have with this medium, creating and implanting false memories that we have perhaps seen or experienced these manufactured things for ourselves, supplementing real activities and experiences.
Real feelings of pain, fear, excitement, and more can all be felt simply from passively absorbing this medium with our eyes and ears. The pain that causes audiences to cry from a movie is the same pain felt from a personal experience with the same result. Physiologically, the experience can actually “happen” to you. If you let down the critical distinctions between fact and fiction, accepting the medium and its sources as delivering reality, this is exactly what happens.
Using this powerful medium, the puppet masters are shaping societies’ interests, values, and goals. The systematic and scientific distortion of our conscience has incrementally destroyed any sense of right and wrong in the brainwashed masses.
The creation of the Church of Satan, and the existence of NAMBLA (North American Man Boy Love Association; a public organization of pedophiles who publish pedophiliac literature on how to entice young boys into sexual acts) point to an unending attack against decency. Prostitution, teen pregnancy, drug abuse, sexual promiscuity, adultery, and divorces are far too common.
Satanic homosexuals and the recruitment of homosexual behavior and the novelty of it are dangerous poisons that have been spreading. The antidote is the Word, which is mocked by many sick with the toxicity of homosexuality and blind by their denial of their illness.
The celebration of homosexuality and other forms of perverted sexual behavior is so reprehensible that it often defies the conceptual framework of understanding just how far-reaching their effects are. Now in public schools and even churches, homosexuality is accepted as a legitimate lifestyle and opposition is regarded as discriminatory and unjust. Leviticus 18:22 plainly says “It is disgusting for a man to have sex with another man.”
Romans 1:26-27 explains, “God let them follow their own evil desires. Women no longer wanted to have sex in a natural way, and they did things with each other that were not natural. Men behaved in the same way. They stopped wanting to have sex with women and had strong desires for sex with other men. They did shameful things with each other, and what has happened to them is punishment for their deeds.”
And we will not allow the homosexuals to ruin the meaning of marriage. The very people who are pushing for “tolerance and acceptance” of an array of perverted behaviors and beliefs, show their hypocrisy when they deny that same tolerance and acceptance to the opposing beliefs and behaviors as they deny the same rights to those with alternate views.
Many people who continuously participate in sexual activity with a variety of partners feel they are not doing anything wrong, that their hedonism is what is normal, and others oppress these natural behaviors and desires. From the petty thief to mass murderers, the denial and justification for their behaviors make them seem perfectly rational to the participants.
The poisons of drug abuse plague many in the attempt to escape reality by intoxication, only speeding the downward spiral of destruction. This is particularly disturbing knowing that the crack-cocaine boom in the 1980s was the result of the CIA shipping in hundreds of tons of cocaine. Covert government operatives continue to be the biggest narcotics traffickers around the world who operate with the approval and protection of the highest levels of public office.
Some of the clearest references made in the Bible to our near future are as follows. “As Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to him privately. “Tell us,” they said, “when will this happen, and what will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age?” Jesus answered, “Watch out that no one deceives you. For many will come in my name, claiming, ‘I am the Christ,’ and will deceive many. You will hear of wars and rumors of wars, but see to it that you are not alarmed. Such things must happen, but the end is still to come. Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be famines and earthquakes in various places. All these are the beginning of birth pains.” (Matthew 24:3-8)
“Therefore keep watch, because you do not know on what day your Lord will come. But understand this: If the owner of the house had known at what time of night the thief was coming, he would have kept watch and would not have let his house be broken into. So you also must be ready, because the Son of Man will come at an hour when you do not expect him.” (Matthew 24:42-44)
Particular attention has been paid to Hitler and the rise of the Third Reich in modern history, not only because of the crimes against humanity that were committed, but the study of what factors within the institution of Germany’s government sanctioned the cold blooded murder of over 6 million people is vital. Besides the chilling numbers of victims, and the sanctions of the Third Reich for them, knowledge and understanding of the rise of the Third Reich is of critical importance for understanding the construction of the New World Order and the rise of the Antichrist! The rise of Hitler and the Third Reich was a trial run of the Antichrist. Hitler was the prototype.
If you study Hitler and his close associates, one learns the satanic motivations behind the Third Reich and how Hitler dreamed of being the one man that ruled the entire world with his 1000 year empire. And he came close, and this was in the 1940s. By eliminating the Jews, Hitler thought he could trump God’s plan for the return of Jesus, and take His place as ruler of the world.
Much has changed since WWII and the blueprint for destruction has been mapped and charted, waiting for the opportunity to strike again, led by the charisma and vigor of the true Antichrist.
If there is ever any doubt that our own government is capable of committing large scale atrocities against its own people today and institutionally lying about it, all we need to do is take a brief look at history, or the headlines. The National Security Archive is full of declassified documents which only begin to shed light on the covert activities of our own government. One can only imagine the horrors of the reality we just never hear about.
Perhaps the morning of September 11th 2001 all of our intelligence officials were preoccupied with other important matters. Perhaps they truly weren’t able to assemble all the pieces of intelligence that had been gathered preceding the attacks. Perhaps it was all one big “intelligence failure.” Or perhaps some very powerful people or group, somewhere, wanted the attacks to happen to set the stage for something so big it would transcend the War on Terror.
Could it have been in the global elite’s interest to allow the attacks to be carried out, or to have aided in the plot? What are the larger implications of occupying Iraq and other Middle Eastern countries? Upon even a brief look at the evidence, any educated unbiased person will conclude that the 9/11 attacks were not only allowed to happen on purpose by those in power, but one realizes that individuals within intelligence agencies and law enforcement agencies aided in the attacks and blocked investigations that would have prevented them. This strategy has been used by tyrants and dictators throughout history, and is not out of the ordinary. Most people are too busy slaving away at the daily grind, and too in debt to be able to get involved in an organized movement to demand justice for such crimes.
The historical and current social systems are designed to enslave expendable people at the bottom of the pyramid and use them as worker bees. They are often considered “peasants” and “useless eaters.” Whether a “democracy” or a dictatorship, the system works the same. Those in control and in power remain protected, educated, and wealthy. Certainly not all, but a notable number of powerful people and families have reached their heights because of ruthless and unconscionable illegal practices, stepping all over other people on their way to the top.
The ultra-elite of any society don’t have the same concerns as the upper middle class, or even many “rich” families. They don’t have the same pressures that seem to be a common thread between people across the globe, and across generations. Imagine having the kind of wealth and power to control entire economies, and business sectors, and populations. Most of us can’t even fathom how it would feel to not only have enough money to retire and never work again, but imagine having accumulated enough wealth so no one in the family would have to work a day in their lives for generations and generations.
The ideas of the ruling class are in relation to the ruling material force they have on society. The ownership and control of material force is used to advance their propaganda and maintain psychological control over others. Whoever owns the means of production often controls critical cornerstones of society. Back in history, we can track the agricultural age, industrial age, and how we advanced to an information age and service age.
Those who own and control the means of production in any age, control the power. They control the masses. The means of production are needed to produce goods. Those goods are now primarily information in this information age, to be visually and auditorily consumed. Those who own the means of control of the production and distribution of information, control what kind of goods are created, to what specification, and how many of a particular unit of information.
We are now a consumption society, consuming ourselves to a slow death through our insecurities and obsession with materialism. Dizzy from the rhetoric, we forget that there are real conditions, and there are the ways we represent these conditions to ourselves. We are taught to believe that exploitation and oppression are universal necessities that are inescapable, and that evil is just ignorance of knowledge.
The ability to stretch and distort the meanings of words, and then the restriction of invoking what the new meanings describe, will be the tool that is ultimately used to eliminate any legal form of opposition to the policies of the New World Order. Through these semantic shifts and doublespeak, the most benign ideas, beliefs, and practices will be labeled “irrational,” “discriminatory,” “dangerous,” and even “violent,” and will be institutionally and ideologically stifled and punished.
Prominent semantically distorted labels used to polarize and categorize The Resistance are: radical, fundamental, sensationalistic, paranoid, lunatics, and worse. Insurgents, contras, conspiracy theorists, etc.
Regardless of the attacks we face, our Manifesto is now issued and our diatribes will be harsh. We must set aside all other trivial differences for the purpose of uniting for the grand mission. We must release all political affiliations, racial, ethnic, cultural, and linguistic differences. All socioeconomic, class, education, regional, and generational gaps must be joined. Let us celebrate our unique cultural and racial identities while remaining brothers and sisters in The Resistance as we are in Christ. We are all family. We are all children of God and must respect and understand others who are different than us.
The overdoses of Illuminati propaganda have mentally enslaved most of the population into a false-consciousness of acceptance and lethargy. People have come to accept limitations and the theft of their privacy and civil rights. The desires and dreams of the masses, which have been installed in them by the Beast, only contribute to their psychological and spiritual enslavement.
Marshall Mcluhan coined the term that the medium is the message. And that medium is controlled to maintain the perpetuation of the dominant ideologies of the Illuminati. As defined by Antonio Gramsci, hegemony is the power or dominance that some social group holds over others. This power is not entirely physical, but psychological.
Hegemonic theory focuses on the ideology producing institutions which require that ideologies become self-evident assumptions. The ruling class persuades the underclass that their ideas, morals, political, and cultural practices are the correct ideas. Even to those not familiar with the specifics of hegemonic theory, there is an awareness by some individuals of hegemonic and counter hegemonic ideologies and behaviors. While the term hegemony isn’t used, these individuals use more generic terms to describe what academics call dominant ideologies. The term “anti-establishment” is also used parallel with the ideas of counter-hegemony. While these generic terms do not entail the specifics contained within hegemonic theory, they still function in a similar fashion.
It’s important to understand that the cultural hegemony system is not a closed system. It leaks. Its very structure leaks, at the least because it remains to some extent competitive. Hegemony is not a permanent thing. It must constantly be kept up and reinforced to fend off any change. This idea that it must work to be maintained suggests that there are counter forces at work in opposition to the hegemony. Gramsci suggests that it is crucial to the concept that hegemony is not a “given” and permanent state of affairs, but it has to be actively won and secured, and it can also be lost. Hegemony can fail when the dominant ideology weakens as the strength of social resistance increases.
And again, mechanisms used to produce the medium that largely perpetuates the hegemony and reinforces the dominant ideologies lies in the hands of the powerful Illuminati.
This technology is at the whim of those in the Inner Circle, and the system is able to instantly create a realistic digital image synced with sound that appears in the form of anyone, or anything. The power structure that controls this technology can, in cyberspace, appear visually and auditorily like anyone they want, living or dead, in three dimensions seemingly in real time, capable of engaging in conversations with the corresponding matching physical characteristics. They can create news broadcasts or conduct video calls in anyone’s identity. With advanced technology, people have the power to sculpt reality like never before.
The ability to determine whether something visual and auditory is authentic, is only going to be able to be decided by your own two eyes and ears, and what you see in the physical reality that is before you. That is, given ELF and Infrasonic waves and holographic projections in the atmosphere aren’t used to stage a phony alien invasion or second coming.
What comes from cyberspace can’t be trusted for authenticity or validity. Frauds, lies, and false statements are abundant. We are now living the Orwellian nightmare of 1984. The propaganda matrix permeates and controls the consciousness of most. It is unknown how far the Earth will “progress.” As you can read in the sections on Neural Interfaces and cybernetic (living tissue) computers, if allowed to advance at the current rate, it will not be long before portions of mankind will give up their own individual mind and become physically and neurologically linked to cybernetic computers through cyberspace. This is not science fiction, this is not insanity, these are the facts that mankind inevitably faces.
Some of the greatest minds in the world from Stephen Hawkings to Bill Joy have warned of the inevitable consequences of the rate of technological advancement in the world today. These consequences ultimately lead to our extinction or transformation into a new kind of being or cybernetic organism. Living computers physiologically linked to our central nervous system, and then attached to the network of the Beast. A sort of collective consciousness of humans in cyberspace.
Such developments have sparked Transhumanism. With the technology applied by the search engines of the Internet combined with voice recognition and interaction software, retrieving nearly any bit of information is available with current technology. The verbal interaction with Cybernetic computers will change the meanings of life and intelligence. Computers may no longer be considered inanimate objects as the Beast manifests itself. It’s sad, and hard to admit, but certain elements can’t be slowed or stopped by resistance. The issues of satanic science such as creating Chimeras, Parahumans, and Neural Interfaces are expanded in sub-sequent sections.
We must thwart all satanic sciences when we see them such as the genetic creation of Chimeras (hybrid animal-humans) and the implantation of electrodes and computer chips in our brains! (Neural Interfaces) If allowed to progress, this technological phenomena will undoubtedly occur, absent of the return of the Lord. This is speculatively how the Antichrist could fulfill Biblical prophecy by controlling the thoughts, actions, and physiology of those who are connected (those who have accepted the mark) to the system.
It is unclear at what point “the mark” will be implemented. Many precursors are bound to open the door to implementation and acceptance. With current knowledge of science, and Man’s tinkering with the secrets of Nature, combined with an unquenchable thirst for power from the global elite, this system is closer to a realization than many think.
Where are we to draw the line in regards to technology blending with biology? At what point will Neural Interfaces be needed to function in modern society? Where is the line between advancement and Satanism? How will we manage and contain the forces of Nanotechnology and Cybernetic organisms? How will we protect our own physiology and neurology from being blended into Cybernetic silicon networks?
What will happen to humans who resist these invasions? This is the unfolding of the End of Days. This is the climax of all that has been passed down for generations.
Countless people in the generations preceding us have lived and died without seeing a trace of the near completion of God’s plan for His creation. They lived by faith and passed that onto us, trusting we would do the same with the next generation. Now is the time! Jesus said, “Whatever I say to you in the dark, you must tell in the light. And you must announce from the housetops whatever I have whispered to you.” (Matthew 10:27)
As you read beyond these words you will find detailed research, in-depth explanations, and blueprints for a New World Order Hell on Earth. God help us all! It is almost the time where our faith will be put to the ultimate test. Soon there will be a difficult choice given. Take the mark of the Beast, or be killed. As our persecution increases, we feel not fear, but freedom as we see through the lies. Our anointing has set us free from spiritual slavery. We will not tolerate being attacked anymore. Our campaign of resistance must echo from every corner, and every hall, in every building, in every city, in every country in the world. Let it be impossible to mute our voice.
Is The Resistance faced with opposition from within the Christian community? Surely. The countless factions of the church and dogmas through the ages reflect the different beliefs, ideologies, and opinions of clergy and members within them. As the church has faced a great schism in the past, it will no doubt widen. From the acceptance of contraception, to the acceptance of openly homosexual clergy, it is anticipated that the church will continue to schism in the face of paradigm shifts on social, intellectual, and legal levels.
Apostate Churches and blind pastors will no doubt lead their flocks to the slaughter, and deny the truths that are shown within these pages. By using a 501C3 tax exempt license, almost every Church in America is prevented from discussing political issues and speaking the entire truth to their congregations. For this reason, the Christian Resistance denomination should be implemented or incorporated into currently existing Christian bodies. Out of the currently existing Churches and factions of Christianity, few are able to completely embrace the truth or tie the Bible’s teachings to today’s events. Thus, out of this Manifesto, the Christian Resistance denomination is born.
The term resistance is simply used as a noun to describe an awareness; a set of feelings, and a level of discernment that very few people embody. It is a verb when Cells of The Resistance organize to influence public policies and suggested courses of action, and it is not necessarily the group titled, “The Resistance,” rather a titleless cohesion of the human spirit that is the driving force behind the movement.
Members wishing to identify their geographic location may attach the name of their city, town, or neighborhood to the subject resistance for easier identification. “The 5th Street Resistance,” for example.
Nonlinear expansion of The Resistance will no doubt spread continuously. The highest authority of The Resistance is the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit. When the need arises for a cohesion of The Resistance to ensure our basic civil rights and liberties, those decisions and recourse should be made at the appropriate time as to who will fill what positions, etc. Provisions to ensure our physiological needs are met in harmony with our spiritual needs must also be assessed at the proper time as threats against us increase.
Maslow’s hierarchy of needs must be defended. Fortifications must be strong. Special tactics and techniques must be used for securing our objectives. By employing strategies involving directing Cells, deploying Reconnaissance missions, instructing Agents, and other courses of action, The Resistance will secure our strongholds to defend our liberties.
Individual and unaffiliated resistance groups have been engaging in these struggles with varied success. Burdens will no doubt be created by resisting aspects of the New World Order as the elite control the evolutionary development of the human species. The resistance of critical aspects of the system will be deemed illegal. Physical access to both public and private buildings will be regulated. Registration and integration into the New World Order’s system will be necessary to buy gas, food, and even restrictions on public transportation will be tightly regimented and controlled. These unfolding struggles must be continuously addressed as our freedoms are stolen.
The Resistance Territories must be created and their sovereignty guarded. Under orders from corrupt leaders, the storm troopers and enforcement officers of the police and military branches will descend in the twilight, circumventing legislation previously used to defend such advances. Through corrupt legislation cleverly approved and legitimized by the government, the erosion of inalienable rights bestowed by our Creator are circumvented, marginalized, or ignored. We may need to lead an Exodus from certain areas to remote regions of the world to preserve our way of life in the flesh and blood. As we do, we will eventually be trailed and hunted, though united we will prevail.
While considered the most advanced and just legal system ever created, the system in the United States is far from perfect. Each year innocent people are convicted, and guilty parties walk free. The prison system has been a booming business with a lot of profit to be made. In America there are millions of people in jail or prison, and the USA incarcerates a larger portion of its population than of any other country in the world. In fact, many people are serving long-term prison sentences for minor drug offenses, while in many cases violent offenders, child molesters, and mentally unstable people are released, only to attack again.
This injustice must end. To slow this destruction of our communities and to hopefully save them, we must usher in a new era of resistance. We must achieve diplomatic recognition to fight the legal challenges and confront civil rights concerns as they are threatened.
Sociologists have used two terms for the process of minority religions existing within the context of another religious majority. The first term, resistance, signifies that a minority tradition resists the majority and fights for its own identity, and its integrity. The other term, accommodation, suggests that the minority tradition accommodates, or adjusts to, the new cultural order.
As sure as the sun rises and sets every day, the galvanization of The Resistance has circled the globe, and we will not accommodate! We must openly apply our wisdom, skill, and faith. Marches and parades must formulate as we bring our feet to the steps of capitol buildings and political offices around the world as banners and effigies fill the air, dispersed with synchronized chants of slogans of resistance aimed at the ears of our oppressors.
Just as a press release was emailed to the president of the United States announcing the Declaration of Resistance by this author, it is encouraged that citizens of every country flood their leaders and lawmakers with emails and phone calls announcing our mission. The official White House website, www.WhiteHouse.gov provides a link to an email address to the president, (of course, not his personal address, but someone reads the emails that are sent there) and the website also provides the comments line at the White House which is 202-456-1111. The switchboard is 202-456-1414.
We must continuously denounce corruption whenever we see it. Contacting local and state officials and personally pointing out their satanic behavior will awaken them to our power and dedication.
A proclamation not to underestimate The Resistance is made to all who may be blind to the Truths we bring to light. Agents of the Lord participating in The Resistance have arrays of responsibilities. Each case is individually unique, and our duties are found around every turn. The lies by opposition and non-believers resonate with disturbing tones as their falsities are purported as Truths.
For our protection, Bases of operation must be fruitfully established and used as meeting places, archives, and for logistical support. Bases are to be named in coordinates with their geographical location, or given a code name known only to those involved in its use. Resistance Cells must remain attached to the body of Christ to keep aligned with the Truth. Those not familiar with the Bible are urged to buy one immediately, and study it often. Aside from being God’s Word, the Bible is a very interesting book filled with countless historical facts, and gems of information regarding the human condition. Even though it was written thousands of years ago, the messages are timeless and their lessons applicable to life today.
Radical Resistance Cells that may be under the command of megalomaniacs with a weak or nonexistent commitment to Jesus can misguide easily influenced members into actions and beliefs that are of Satan. Specific distortions of Scripture, blatant blasphemy from people, organizations, and behavior are exposed and expanded upon individually in the different sections of this book.
We, therefore, The Resistance, assembled under the orders of the supreme judge of the world, and by the authority vested in us by the Lord God, we the good people of The Resistance solemnly publish and declare that Cells of Resistance are right. We are Agents of the Lord, and we are absolved from all persecution from unjust governments and political and judicial institutions. As Agents of the Lord, we have full power to levy war, conclude peace, contract alliances, establish commerce regulations, worship our God, and to do all other acts and things which free souls have the right to do.
And for the support of this Declaration, with a firm reliance on the protection of the Lord Jesus Christ, we mutually pledge to Him our lives, our hearts, and our souls.
The official story of the September 11, 2001 attacks is a complete fraud and full of lies. After looking at just some of the evidence, to say that this was a surprise attack which could not have been prevented becomes laughable.
On one level, the attacks were let to happen on purpose, and on another level, elements within the CIA and Department of Defense, pulled strings to make sure they happened. Evidence prior to the attacks had been purposefully suppressed, ensuring they would happen, and the Bush crime family’s involvement with Al-Qaeda is shocking even at a glance. For those who have never contemplated such treason and evil within our own government, the truth about the September 11th attacks is difficult to digest.
Once someone realizes the power of the forces at work, the Illuminati’s manufactured terrorist attacks become clear. (See The Illuminati) This is the ruthlessness of the Hegelian dialect that has been applied by tyrants and dictators throughout history. While we will never know all the facts, we do know this: Factions within the United States government; the neocons, the Bush administration, the CIA, and the Military Industrial Complex did everything they could to ensure the success of the attacks on September 11th 2001.
What makes this plot even more sinister is a closer look at the players involved, which reveal generations of Skull and Bones and Bohemian Grove members, such as George W. Bush and Bush 41, former Director of the CIA. It’s important to note that key players in the Clinton administration are part of the same Illuminati crime syndicate that the kingpins of the Bush administration are.
This world-changing event was designed and used to launch America into war and create a climate of fear that would allow the government to take any measure they deemed necessary to jump-start the construction of the Big Brother surveillance grid, and the New World Order.
The following anthrax attack and barrage of terror threats held the public in a constant state of fear, allowing the Patriot Act to be passed and scaring the population into allowing our freedoms to be taken, and the Constitution to be rendered null and void.
Operation Northwoods
In 1962 a plan was drafted which outlines several tactics the U.S. military considered would create events which would justify an invasion of Cuba in the minds of the population. These tactics would be carried out as covert operations and included creating terrorist attacks on American soil reading:
“Blow up ammunition inside the base; start fires,” “Burn aircraft of air base (sabotage),” “Sabotage ship in harbor; large fires –naphthalene,” “We could blow up a U.S. ship in Guantanamo Bay and blame Cuba,” “We could develop a Communist Cuban terror campaign in the Miami area, in other Florida cities, and even in Washington,” “The terror campaign could be pointed at Cuban refugees seeking haven in the United States,” “We could sink a boatload of Cubans enrout to Florida (real or simulated),” “Hijacking attempts against civil air craft surface craft should appear to continue as harassing measures condoned by the government of Cuba.”
The plan was even discussed on ABC news in 2001 where they plainly wrote, “In the early 1960s, America’s top military leaders reportedly drafted plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in U.S. cities to create public support for a war against Cuba.”[1]
For people still skeptical about the September 11th inside job, all they need to do is read the Northwoods documents, and understand that plans like this have actually been put on paper, with the intention of carrying them out, and of course, similar attacks have been carried out in the past by governments throughout history. (See Operation Northwoods)
The Anthrax Attack
Shortly after America was put in shock by the September 11th attacks, yet another unthinkable act of terrorism occurred. Numerous letters were laced with anthrax and mailed to various news outlets and political offices with phony Al-Qaeda-type messages written on them. The media immediately reported Iraq or Al-Qaeda were possibly connected to the anthrax.
The letters had “9-11-01” written up at the top of them, and “Death to America, Death to Israel” and “Allah is Great.” The first mailing was postmarked September 18th, 2001 and a second set of mailings were dated October 9. On October 16, the Senate office buildings were shut down, followed by the House of Representatives, after 28 people tested positive for exposure to anthrax.
On October 16th reports came out that President Bush thought Bin Laden may be behind the attacks,[2] and on October 23, 2001, the Associated Press ran a story quoting the former director of the CIA, R. James Woolsey naming Iraq as the likely source of the anthrax.[3]
Letters were sent to the New York Post, Tom Brokaw, Dan Rather, Senator Tom Daschle (Senate Majority leader), Patrick Leahy, and others. None were sent to President Bush, John Ashcroft, Donald Rumsfeld, Colin Powell, the IRS, or FBI. Many wonder why not. Many wonder why other prominent Democrats such as Hilary Clinton, Ted Kennedy, and Joe Lieberman were not targeted as well. If Al-Qaeda, Iraq, or other terrorist organization sent the letters, one would assume various individuals and institutions would have been targeted at the highest levels of our government.
Later, when the anthrax was analyzed by authorities, many concluded whoever created it was, “an American microbiologist who had, or had been taught by a US defense expert how to make it,” as molecular biologist Barbara Hatch Rosenberg wrote.
Colonel Arthur Friedlander of Fort Detrick Maryland said the FBI had been asking questions about possible insider suspects.
Could it be? Could the anthrax attacks have been perpetrated by someone, or some group within the intelligence community to ensure the Patriot Act was passed, and to instill more fear in the American people, turning them to the government to do something about the “terrorists?”
Could the anthrax attack have been part of a modern day Operation Northwoods to ensure the War on Terror and the following invasion of Iraq would go forward? Could the entire September 11th attack have been a setup or allowed to happen by the same people? This is exactly what happened.
As the investigations went on, authorities discovered that the sophisticated weapons-grade anthrax matched the U.S. Army’s stock of weapons-grade anthrax at Fort Dietrich Maryland.
“The Utah Spores, grown and processed at the 800,000-acre Dugway Proving Ground about 80 miles from Salt Lake City, belong to the Ames strain – the same strain used in the deadly letters sent to media outlets and two Senators in September and October. No other nation is known to have made weapons-grade Ames.”[4]
The History Channel aired a show titled Conspiracy?, which covered the anthrax attacks saying it was a drill gone bad, or someone wanted more funding for the biological weapons program so they sent the letters to scare the government to increase funding so a ‘real’ attack could be thwarted. Yeah right. Ironically, this episode of Conspiracy? hasn’t aired since, and at the time of this writing, a copy of the episode wasn’t available to purchase at the History Channel’s store, www.ShopHistoryChannel.com
A&E also ran an episode covering the fact that the anthrax attacks were an inside job. Both shows stopped short of saying who was behind them and why.
Blocking Investigations
Shortly after George W. Bush became president in the year 2000, he signed Presidential Decision Directive 199i wf213589 prohibiting the FBI from investigating certain suspected terrorists with Saudi and Bin Laden ties, in an attempt to allow the terrorists to carry out their goal of attacking the U.S.[5]
FBI Deputy Director John O’Neil resigned from his job because he believed the administration was blocking the FBI from investigating the Bin Ladens and others. It’s reasonable to ask why Bush would block investigations into suspected terrorists, yet we have been given few answers.
After O’Neil resigned, he was appointed Security Director of the World Trade Center towers in New York. His first day on the job was September 11, 2001 where he was killed by the very attack that he had tried to get the government to prevent.
The so-called 20th hijacker, Zacarias Moussaoui was taken into custody on August 17, 2001, but the Justice Department denied approval to look at the hard drive on his computer.[6] All the evidence is clear, and one foreign paper ran an article saying, “America was itself to blame for the events of September 11 because the US administration was using “kid gloves” in tracking down Osama Bin Laden and other fanatics linked to Saudi Arabia.”[7]
Ironically, George W. Bush’s youngest brother, Marvin P. Bush was on the board of directors for Securacom, formerly named Stratesec, from 1993 to fiscal year 2000, the company in charge of the security for the WTC, until as CEO Barry McDaniel said, “up to the day the buildings fell.”
After residing on the board of directors for Stratesec, Marvin worked on the board of HCC Insurance, formerly Houston Casualty Co., one of the insurance companies for the WTC. He left the HCC board in November 2002.
David Schippers
David Schippers, who was Chief Council for the House Judiciary Committee and the lead prosecutor responsible for conducting the impeachment against former President Clinton, went public months before the September 11, 2001 attacks saying FBI agents supplied him with names of several terrorist suspects, possible targets, and even sources of funding.
The agents claim they were pulled off their investigations of these terrorists and threatened with the National Security Act if they talked about any of the information pertaining to them. All this was happening so the terrorists could carry out their work.
Several agents came to Schippers hoping somebody in the U.S. government would take action against these terrorists before their plans could be carried out. Schippers spoke with several Congressmen and Senators, getting nowhere. People said they would get back with him, and simply never did.
He has legally represented at least ten of these FBI agents in a suit against the U.S. government in an attempt to subpoena their testimony so they can legally tell what they know and get it on record. The truth will come out.
Phoenix Memo
On July 10, 2001 (2 months before the attacks) an FBI agent in Phoenix, Arizona sent a memo to FBI headquarters in New York citing suspicions and evidence that Osama Bin Laden was actively aiding several operatives in the U.S. who were attending flight school. The infamous memo has become known as “the Phoenix Memo” and later, according to investigators, it was ignored and became part of what officials called the 9/11 “intelligence failure.”
In her testimony, staff director Eleanor Hill, of the joint inquiry stated that FBI Agent Williams, (whose testimony was not made public) wrote in the memo, “there were an ‘inordinate number of individuals of investigative interest’ attending this type of training [flight training] in Arizona and speculated that this was part of an effort to establish a cadre of individuals in civil aviation, who would be in a position to conduct terrorist activity in the future.”
Richard Clarke’s Memo
Richard Clarke, former counter-terrorism adviser on the U.S. National Security Council, wrote a memo dated June 25, 2001 to Condoleezza Rice with the subject, “Presidential Policy Initiative/Review – The Al-Qida Network”
The memo started, “Steve asked today that we propose major Presidential policy reviews or initiatives. We urgently need such a Principals level review on the al Qida network.”
Apparently Rice and others had already been briefed on the threat, because the memo goes on to say, “As we noted in our briefings for you, al Qida is not some narrow, little terrorist issue that needs to be included in broader regional policy.”
Richard Clarke seemed to have a clear view of exactly what Osama Bin Laden and his followers were capable of, and what their goals were. He goes on saying, “al Qida is the active, organized, major force that is using a distorted version of Islam as its vehicle to achieve two goals: to drive the US out of the Muslim world, forcing the withdrawal of our military and economic presence in countries from Morocco to Indonesia; to replace moderate, modern, Western regime in Muslim countries with theocracies modeled along the lines of the Taliban.”
Clarke and others explained the urgency and importance of these matters, for all at the appropriate levels of government to understand. Despite his efforts, those in positions to take action did little or nothing. Clark obviously was not in on the plan the Illuminati was about to carry out.
Robert Wright
Robert Wright is an FBI agent with over ten years’ experience investigating terrorist funding, who stated that the “FBI was merely gathering intelligence so they would know who to arrest when a terror attack occurred.”[8] This mirrors the actions of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, only in 1993 the FBI actually provided the explosives to the individuals and then arrested them after they successfully bombed the WTC.[9]
The FBI placed a gag order on Robert Wright so he couldn’t divulge all that he knows. During a national television conference he was standing with Larry Klayman, the President of Judicial Watch and said, “We can’t tell you what we know. Here’s a letter threatening to arrest us,” then added, “all we can [tell you] is the Bush’s vacation with the Bin Ladens.”
Presidential Daily Briefing (PDB)
After pressure from the September 11th Commission, the White House declassified the Presidential Daily Briefing (PDB) from August 6th 2001 which had a two page section titled “Bin Ladin Determined to Strike in U.S.[10] The memo outlined multiple indications showing Bin Ladin’s network was planning hijackings and other attacks against America and may have had a cell working in New York recruiting for attacks.
The briefing explains, “Clandestine, foreign government, and media reports indicate bin Ladin since 1997 has wanted to conduct terrorist attacks in the US. Bin Ladin implied in U.S. television interviews in 1997 and 1998 that his followers would follow the example of World Trade Center bomber Ramzi Yousef and “bring the fighting to America.”
“Al Qaeda members – including some who are U.S. citizens – have resided in or traveled to the U.S. for years, and the group apparently maintains a support structure that could aid attacks.”
“Two al-Qaeda members found guilty in the conspiracy to bomb our embassies in East Africa were U.S. citizens, and a senior EIJ member lived in California in the mid-1990s”
“A clandestine source said in 1998 that a bin Laden cell in New York was recruiting Muslim-American youth for attacks.”
“Nevertheless, FBI information since that time indicates patterns of suspicious activity in this country consistent with preparations for hijackings or other types of attacks, including recent surveillance of federal buildings in New York.”
Warnings from Foreign Governments
Aside from having our own intelligence agents warn the government about the coming attacks (and being stopped by our government from investigating the information); several foreign governments gave the United States warnings about the coming attacks, as well. The British,[11] the French,[12] the Egyptians,[13] the Italians,[14] the Russians,[15] the Indians,[16] and the Israelis,[17] all handed information over to the U.S. about the coming attacks, yet those in power still say they never heard of such a plan.
Key officials got warnings years before, and the day before. Still they say, it was an “intelligence failure.”
Even the Taliban in Afghanistan told the U.S. two months before the attacks that Osama was going to attack.[18] The FBI had known of such plots since at least 1995 from the arrest of Ramzi Yousef and his Project Bojinka, which was nearly the same as what happened on 9/11.[19]
NORAD and CIA “Drills”
The government called it a “bizarre coincidence” that the morning of September 11, 2001 they were running a “drill” where a plane was to crash into one of their buildings.[20] The “drill” in fact, was to cover up and confuse NORAD so the jets would hit their targets.
It also came out almost a year after the attacks that, “In the two years before the Sept. 11 attacks, the North American Aerospace Defense Command conducted exercises simulating what the White House says was unimaginable at the time: hijacked airliners used as weapons to crash into targets and cause mass casualties.”[21] The World Trade Center and the Pentagon were among the imagined targets in those drills.
Let us recall President Bush’s televised statement at a news conference on April 14th 2004 saying, “Nobody in our government, at least, and I don’t think the prior government, could envision flying airplanes into buildings on such a massive scale.”
Lies. Not only did the Department of Defense envision the attacks, but drills were actually carried out revolving around those exact scenarios in the months and years before 9/11.
On April 19th 2004, ABC News ran a segment on these facts saying, “U.S. Military planners did envision and practice those very scenarios…NORAD conducted exercises with fighter jets simulating hijacked planes flown into the World Trade Center in the two years before the attacks. Pentagon planners also envisioned the attack on the Pentagon, five months before it happened.”
NORAD Stand Down
The United States Secretary of Transportation under George W. Bush’s Cabinet, Norman Mineta, had witnessed a surprising exchange between Vice President Dick Cheney and an aid regarding Flight 77, the aircraft which struck the Pentagon. In testimony to the 9/11 Whitewash Commission, Norman recalls and explains the exchange.
“During the time that the airplane was coming into the Pentagon, there was a young man who would come in and say to the Vice President…the plane is 50 miles out…the plane is 30 miles out…and when it got down to the plane is 10 miles out, the young man also said to the Vice President “do the orders still stand?” And the Vice President turned and whipped his neck around and said “Of course the orders still stand, have you heard anything to the contrary!?”
While some may assume that “the orders” in question were the orders to shoot down flight 77, the fighter jets were still too far away to accomplish this. But surface to air missiles launched from the Pentagon itself would have been able to take down the jet. After all, officials knew that two hijacked jets had already been flown into the World Trade Center towers, so they knew the hijacking of flight 77 wasn’t a hijacking for some kind of ransom. They knew it was on a kamikaze mission, like the others, and let it succeed.
Ray McGovern, who is a retired CIA intelligence analyst who presented the morning intelligence briefings to the White House for several U.S. presidents over 27 years said, “Am I prepared to believe that Dick Cheney would be capable of knowing about this kind of attack on the Pentagon for example, and allowing it happen? Well, from what I know about Dick Cheney, yeah!”[22]
Ironically Norman Mineta resigned the day after his testimony and its implications were brought up by a guest on Fox News’ Hannity & Colmes show on June 22nd 2006.
Fighter Jet Launch Procedure Changed
Just three months before the 9/11 attacks, the procedure for dealing with hijackings within the United States was changed. The New York Observer reported that the new policy states that military assistance for a hijacking must be approved by the Secretary of Defense [Donald Rumsfeld at the time].[23] Rumsfeld later said it was law enforcement’s responsibility to protect against a domestic terror attack.
What this new procedure did was slow the response time that fighter jets could be ordered to respond to such a scenario. By slowing the response time, it increased the likelihood that such attacks would be carried out without interruption, and the hijacked jets could hit their planned targets.
Hijackers Trained in America in Late 90s?
Just days after the attacks, MSNBC reported five of the alleged hijackers may have trained at secure U.S. Air Force bases, and that three of the alleged hijackers listed the address on their drivers licenses and car registrations as the Naval Air Station in Pensacola, Florida.[24] One military source trying to cover up the facts said it was possible that the hijackers may have stolen the identities of the foreign nationals who studied at the U.S. installations.
Even Newsweek reported U.S. military officials gave the FBI information suggesting that five of the alleged hijackers received training in the 1990s at secure U.S. military installations. They reported that three of the men listed 10 Radford Blvd. on Pensacola NAS as their address, a base road where foreign flight trainees reside during training.
Those names are: Saeed Alghamdi, who helped hijack United Airlines Flight 93 that crashed in rural Pennsylvania. Ahmad Alnami, who also was aboard Flight 93; and Ahmed Al-ghamdi, who was aboard United Airlines Flight 175, which hit the south tower of the World Trade Center.
Saeed Alghamdi listed the address in March 1997 to register a 1998 Oldsmobile. Five months later, he used the same address to register a late-model Buick. The other two used the address on driver licenses issued in 1996 and 1998.[25] The Newsweek article cites two other suspects with possible U.S. military training.
One is believed to have trained in strategy and tactics at the Air War College in Montgomery, Alabama, and one is believed to have received language training at Lackland Air Force Base in San Antonio.
Explosives in the WTC
Many people believe that explosives were used to bring down the Twin Towers in a controlled demolition, or that cutting charges were used to weaken the support columns, ensuring the buildings would collapse after the planes had hit. Many firefighters said they heard bombs going off and believe there were secondary devices which caused the buildings to collapse. Other eye witnesses, including janitor William Rodriguez, reported the same suspicions.
Video footage of the towers collapsing also raises many suspicions with what looked like blast points or squibs shooting out of the tower from floors far below the sections of the towers which were collapsing.
The World Trade Center Construction and Project Manager, Frank A. DeMartini, is on record stating that each tower was designed to have a fully loaded 707 crash into it and still stand. The 707 was the largest commercial jet at the time of construction. He actually said he believed the towers could take multiple impacts from jets, and still stand.
In late 2005, Brigham Young University physics professor, Steven E. Jones, went public and stated that there was “direct evidence for the use of high-temperature explosives, such as thermite,” which were used to deliberately bring down the WTC towers.[26] Jones’ research shows that without explosives there would have been “insufficient directed energy to result in melting of large quantities of metal.”[27]
“It is quite plausible that explosives were pre-planted in all three buildings [WTC1, 2, and 7] and set off after the two plane crashes — which were actually a diversion tactic,” he writes in one of his research papers. “Muslims are (probably) not to blame for bringing down the WTC buildings after all.”
After more research, Jones concluded that an incendiary substance called thermite, bolstered by sulfur, was used to cut the steel beams supporting the towers. “It looks like thermite with sulfur added, which really is a very clever idea.”[28] The government requires most explosives to contain identification elements so they can be easily traced, but no tags are required for the materials used to make thermite.
Another anomaly in the collapse of the buildings is the fact that molten pools of steel were reported by numerous eyewitnesses and temperatures were detected extremely higher than would have been caused by the jet fuel or subsequent fires from debris.
Molten Steel Found
Not only was there no mention at all in the 9/11 Commission Report, or the official reports by FEMA[29] or NIST,[30] but the lead forensic scientist for NIST, Dr. Frank Gayle actually denied that there was any molten metal saying, “Your gut reaction would be the jet fuel is what made the fire so very intense, a lot of people figured that’s what melted the steel. Indeed it didn’t, the steel did not melt.”[31]
Contrary to this statement, New York firefighters reported “heat so intense they encountered rivers of molten steel.”[32]
A member of New York Air National Guard’s 109th Air Wing who worked at Ground Zero from September 22 to October 6, said, “One fireman told us that there was still molten steel at the heart of the towers’ remains. Firemen sprayed water to cool the debris down but the heat remained intense enough at the surface to melt their boots.”[33]
A public health advisor named Ron Burger who arrived at Ground Zero on September 12 said that “feeling the heat” and “seeing the molten steel” there reminded him of a volcano.[34]
William Langewiesche, a journalist with unrestricted access to Ground Zero during the cleanup described, “in the early days, the streams of molten metal that leaked from the hot cores and flowed down broken walls inside the foundation hole.”[35]
Leslie Robertson, who was the structural engineer for the WTC, described fires still burning and molten steel still running 21 days after the attack.[36]
Ken Holden, who helped organize the demolition and removal of debris at Ground Zero told the 9/11 Commission, “Underground, it was still so hot that molten metal dripped down the sides of the wall from [WTC] Building 6.”[37]
Alison Geyh, who was the head of a group of scientists studying the health effects of 9/11, reported, “Fires are still actively burning and the smoke is very intense. In some pockets now being uncovered, they are finding molten steel.”[38]
In February 2002, several months after 9/11, firefighter Joe O’Toole reported seeing a steel beam after it was lifted from underground at Ground Zero, which “was dripping from the molten steel.”[39]
Building Number 7
Many people also suspect Building 7 was destroyed deliberately to eliminate evidence that could implicate elements within the U.S. Building 7 is further away from the twin towers than buildings across the street such as the Millennium Hilton and others. Inside Building 7 were offices of the Department of Defense, CIA, FEMA, Secret Service, Securities and Exchange Commission, and other important high level government offices.
The official story is that the structure somehow caught on fire and burned for 6 hours, and then collapsed symmetrically. Owner Larry Silverstein stated on PBS television’sAmerica Rebuilds: A Year at Ground Zero, aired September 2002, that he gave the order to “pull it,” which is the demolition term for imploding a building.
So if it was admitted that Building 7 was demolished and brought down with explosives, why? And how did they strategically place demolition charges inside Building 7 when it was on fire? And who placed the charges? And why hasn’t this been talked about?
Inside Building 7 (and the bunker under the White House, and Site R) was likely where the entire operation took place regarding the “drills” of hijacked planes that morning. (See Underground Bases and Tunnels) The “drills” were likely carried out from the systems within these super-structures, and then after the first act of this treasonous operation was set in motion, all evidence was destroyed by demolishing the building. Remember, it’s on the record that morning that a “drill” of a plane crashing into a building on the East coast was being run.
This was the propaganda which was spun to cover any inside leaks of CIA involvement, and that the “drills” weren’t drills at all, they were the actual attacks themselves. These drills also confused response teams as to what was happening, causing a slower reaction in implementing procedures to actually shoot down the aircraft.
The History Channel’s popular series, Modern Marvels: Engineering Disasters covered Building 7’s collapse and opened the segment by admitting that its sudden and shocking collapse had been overshadowed by the collapse of the twin towers.
Jonathan Barnett, PHD, a Fire Protection Engineer stated in the segment, “We were surprised that tower seven collapsed. We, being the team that investigated what occurred on that day. There was some damage to tower seven caused by the debris that hit it from tower one, but the damage was not certainly similar in scope or magnitude to that caused by the aircraft hitting towers one and two.”
He went on to say, “normally when you have a structural failure, you carefully go through the debris field looking at each item, photographing every beam as it collapsed and every column where it is on the ground and you pick them up very carefully and you look at each element. We were unable to do that from tower seven.”
Why were they not allowed to analyze the debris? The answer is clear.
The Lone Gunmen
The ridiculous lies about never having imagined such an attack become shameful when one learns of all the prior warnings, cover ups, and blocked investigations. It becomes pathetic when one learns of a TV show on Fox called The Lone Gunmen which aired an episode March 4, 2001 (pilot # 1AEB79) with a plot of a corrupt faction within the government hijacking a jet and trying to crash it into the World Trade Center to further the objectives of the Military Industrial Complex.
Watching the episode is like watching a made for TV movie about September 11th, only it was made months prior to the attacks.
$ 100,000 Wired to Mohammed Atta
The former head of Pakistani Intelligence, Lt. General Mahmoud Ahmad was meeting with top Bush Administration officials in Washington on September 11th 2001, and shockingly he used his aid, Ahmad Sheikh, to wire the lead hijacker Mohammed Atta $100,000 in the months preceding the attacks.[40]
He arrived in the U.S. on September 4th and had meetings at the State Department “after” (so they say) the attacks on the WTC, and also had regular consultations with the CIA and the Pentagon during the week prior to September 11th.
Bush Denounces “Conspiracy Theories”
The Bush administration was aware of criticisms immediately following the September 11, 2001 attacks citing “security failures” and prior knowledge, and with a small number of people suspecting that something was fishy, President George W. Bush made an unusual statement at a United Nations meeting saying, “Let us never tolerate outrageous conspiracy theories concerning the attacks of September the 11th; malicious lies that attempt to shift the blame away from the terrorists themselves, away from the guilty.”[41]
Since a small segment of the population was aware of governments attacking their own people and blaming it on another country, the Bush administration had a lot of explaining to do, and the propagandists were already trying to label anyone asking serious questions as a “conspiracy theorist.”
Phony Terror Alerts
Aside from the initial attacks, as well as the anthrax attacks being orchestrated by the Illuminati, America was continuously bombarded with terror alerts to make sure the public was completely submissive to the government’s new demands. There was a continuous stream of fear from the media, naming every possible kind of threat anyone could imagine.
Years later, in May 2005, Secretary of Homeland Security Tom Ridge confessed that the administration often overruled him to raise the alerts with no solid information or using old evidence.
“More often than not we were the least inclined to raise it,” Ridge said. “Sometimes we disagreed with the intelligence assessment. Sometimes we thought even if the intelligence was good, you don’t necessarily put the country on (alert)....There were times when some people were really aggressive about raising it, and we said, ‘For that?’”[42]
This is the level of control the government has over the mass media, starting with Operation Mockingbird in 1948. (See Mind Control)
It shouldn’t be of any surprise if ELF waves, and other infrasonic waves, are used to create anxiety or lethargy in the masses in combination with such terror alerts.
Such plans were discussed in a U.S. Army document, From PSYOP to MindWar which notes, “MindWar should take full advantage of such phenomena as atmospheric electromagnetic activity, air ionization, and extremely low frequency waves [ELF]…Infrasound vibration (up to 20Hz) can subliminally influence brain activity to align itself to delta, theta, alpha, or beta wave patterns, inclining an audience toward everything from alertness to passivity. Infrasound could be used tactically, as ELF-waves endure for great distances; and it could be used in conjunction with media broadcasts as well.” (Aquino, Michael – From PSYOP to MindWar p. 9-10) (See Mind Control)
Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) is likely the source of such systems, and devices should be created by The Resistance for their detection.
PNAC’s New Pearl Harbor
This attack was precisely the “new Pearl Harbor” event discussed in the Project for the New American Century’s own documents, titled Rebuilding America’s Defenses. From this Illuminati front organization, came the very plan explaining their need for a “catalyzing event–like a new Pearl Harbor” (p. 51) which would be used to set the stage for America to carry out the Illuminati’s agenda to take over the Middle East, and to create a New World Order. (See Project for the New American Century)
Able Danger
Years after the September 11th attacks, Curt Weldon, the vice chairman of the House Armed Services and Homeland Security committees came forward and said several of the 9/11 hijackers were identified in 1999 by a classified military intelligence unit known as “Able Danger.”[43] This unit also determined those individuals could be members of an Al-Qaeda cell.
Weldon also stated that the pre 9/11 intelligence collected identified Mohamed Atta, the 9/11 ringleader, 13 different times.[44] He also explained on CNN that the classified Able Danger unit had provided important information to the 9/11 Commission, but such information was never mentioned by the panel’s members, nor in the final report.[45]
Weldon has also stated publicly that George W. Bush’s grandfather, Prescott Bush helped fund Adolph Hitler. (See Skull and Bones)
The agent who caught Zacarias Moussaoui, the so-called 20th hijacker, testified that his efforts to determine the scope of Moussaoui’s connections with regards to a possible larger plot were blocked by higher-ups. “They obstructed it,” he told the jury during Moussaoui’s trial, and stated those actions were decisions “that cost us the opportunity to stop the attacks.”[46]
Code Name Grill Fire
Possibly a well-crafted hoax, or the work of a government disinfo agent, shortly after the attacks, an interesting story started to circulate. Tim McNiven claims he took part in a U.S. military study to improve U.S. air travel security while stationed on Strassberg Kasern in Idar-Oberstein, West Germany assigned to C-Battery 2/81st FA, US Army 1975-76.
One study, he says, included drills which were exactly like the events of the September 11th 2001 attacks. He says it involved hijacking aircraft by men using knives and hypothetically using the aircraft to crash into the World Trade Center.
Read his testimony on www.CodenameGrillfire.com.
In June 2002 he passed a polygraph exam in regards to his claims, but then on May 24, 2005 he appeared on PAX TV’s Lie Detector and failed the test, adding to the controversy.
McNiven has made public a detailed list of about 40 names of those individuals who he says took part in the mock terrorist plan, including Col. Robert Morrison, Maj. Joe Dipiero, Sgt. Middleton, Sgt. Arroyo and many others.
“I remember Lt. Teague changed the scenario of the supposed study from a 100 story building to the Twin Towers,” recalled McNiven, saying that Lt. Teague was acting on specific orders from unknown superiors. “There were also people from the Defense Department and the CIA who were monitoring the study, but I wasn’t able to get their names,” he added.
Tim McNiven’s testimony was cited in a lawsuit filed by 9/11 widow Ellen Mariani, against members of the Bush Administration blaming them for the attacks, including: President George W. Bush, Dick Cheney, John Aschroft, Donald Rumsfeld, George Tenet, Peter G. Peterson (Chairman of CFR) Condoleezza Rice, and George H.W. Bush.
If his claims are false, either McNiven is a disinfo agent offering up another straw-man argument to distract people from the real issues, or an opportunist concocting a horrific lie with ill motives. Whatever the case, Code Name Grill Fire, needs to be acknowledged in the 9/11 investigations, and more information about McNiven’s claims must be found to discover the truth surrounding these allegations.
George W. Bush & His Pet Goat
On the morning of 9/11, a Secret Service agent who was on duty, Andy Card, walked over and told Bush when the second plane had hit the World Trade Center and that America was under attack, yet Bush stayed sitting in the classroom for a total of five minutes before he got up and left. Many wonder why he wasn’t hauled off immediately to not only fulfill his duties as Commander in Chief, but to get to a secure location to protect his life and that of his staff.
Many people also criticize Bush for staying so long because his appearance at E. Booker Elementary School in Sarasota, Florida was publicly known, and he could have very well been a target of the attacks, endangering an entire school of innocent children.
A bizarre side note to this story is that the book Bush was reading at the time, titled My Pet Goat, is considered by some to be a reference to Baphomet, the satanic goat which represents the Devil. (See Satanism)
Attack on the Pentagon
A lot of controversy, speculation, and conjecture has circulated around the 9/11 attack on the Pentagon, fueling suspicions about what really happened there. Some skeptics believe that no 757 had hit the pentagon, and the cause of the damage was from a remote controlled drone or a missile. These theories stem from Operation Northwoods, which indicated actual planes could be swapped for drones and then blown out of the sky, giving the appearance that actual planes were destroyed.
Proponents of the drone or missile theory claim no wreckage from a 757 was found at the crash site and list other reasons for their beliefs as well. Most of the wreckage presumably went inside the building, just like the wreckage from the WTC attacks. A quick look at the footage shows almost all of the wreckage went inside the buildings of WTC towers one and two. Proponents of these theories also demand the wreckage be shown to the public ‘proving’ it was actually a 757, as wreckage from past plane crashes are pieced together in a warehouse in order to identify the cause of the crash.
In the case of the Pentagon attack, the cause of the crash was known…a kamikaze suicide attack (or possibly by remote control). It wasn’t some mystery as to if there was a bomb on the plane, or if something malfunctioned, causing the crash. In past airline accidents, pieces are reassembled to figure out the cause of the crash or explosion. With regards to flight 77, the cause of the crash was known, and it was not necessary to resemble the wreckage to investigate this.
People who still cling to the missile theory or drone theory weren’t convinced by sketchy video released shortly after the attack, or by other video released after Judicial Watch persuaded the government to release a second video.[47] Skeptics fail to realize that the security camera footage is not broadcast quality, and the plane was traveling at a high speed, preventing a clear image from being captured on video.
Interestingly, the Pentagon ‘no plane theory’ has been the most popular conspiracy theory to be addressed on the mainstream news. The reason is that it is most likely an incorrect theory, and so when uninformed people hear about the 9/11 ‘conspiracy theories’ they can be easily dismissed as wrong because many people will have only heard this incorrect theory, or new clear footage will be released of flight 77 striking the building, putting an end to the debate, and also attempting to put an end to all 9/11 ‘conspiracy theories.’
Regardless of what actually happened at the Pentagon, the larger issue should be why was anything allowed to hit the building at all? And as was previously discussed in the NORAD Stand Down section, Vice President Dick Cheney allowed the plane to hit without being shot down from the Pentagon’s surface to air missiles.
Flight 93
Some skeptics believe flight 93 was shot down by fighter jets and not brought to the ground by the passengers breaking into the cockpit in an attempt to prevent the terrorists from flying the jet into another building, possibly the White House or the Capitol building. Such beliefs stem from reports of wreckage found miles from the crash site and reports that military fighter jets were seen close to the jet at the time of the crash. Others question the capability of cell phones to operate while at the altitude of the plane when the calls were said to have been made.
It is not our intention here to analyze flight 93 at length, since there is much speculation and there are other areas of the 9/11 attacks which provide clear and more concrete evidence of what actually happened, and what didn’t happen.
The 9/11 Truth Movement
Alex Jones from Infowars.com went on his nationally syndicated radio show and his local Austin, Texas Public Access TV show July 25th 2001 and gave out the number for the White House and Congress, frantically urging his listeners to call and tell the government not to carry out their terrorist attacks using their CIA asset Osama Bin Laden in New York. He called it Operation Expose the Government Terrorists.
While most Americans still hadn’t heard of Osama Bin Laden, Alex Jones was predicting the next likely terrorist attack because he knew the history and the operations of the Illuminati. He simply had seen the reports warning of the attack, that so many others purposely ignored. Long before that morning, and continuously following the attacks, Jones was exposing this Illuminati operation down to the very details.
Despite other’s claims, Alex Jones is the founder of the 911 Truth Movement. He started it before the event, and has proved a tremendous force for truth in the fight against the Illuminati and their New World Order. His films Terror Storm, Endgame, and many more document the crimes and agenda of the Illuminati like no others, and should be studied by all people, everywhere.
911truth.org, 911blogger.com, and countless other websites and individuals were also aware, or learned about this treasonous crime, and are continuously working to get the truth out. David Ray Griffin’s book, 9/11 Commission Report: Omissions and Distortions, Webster Tarpley’s book 9/11 Synthetic Terror, and Paul Thompson’s The Terror Timeline are several works which deserve recognition and should be mandatory reading.
On April 28, 2005 David Ray Griffin gave a speech about his book at the University of Wisconsin, Madison. C-SPAN2’s Book TV then broadcast that speech on May 7, 2005, marking possibly the first time such an in-depth presentation had been shown on national TV regarding the September 11th inside job.
In the years after 9/11, more and more people began to understand what really happened and why. Dozens of independent film makers produced DVDs on the subject, and countless numbers of people started forming organizations to get the word out to the masses through meetings, marches, and handing out free DVD copies of documentary films on the subject.
As time went on, the mainstream news started covering university professors such as Steven E. Jones and Kevin Barrett, who had spoken out about the 9/11 attacks being a possible inside job. Later, various Hollywood celebrities voiced their conclusions of the attacks being allowed to happen on purpose, or raised difficult questions surrounding the events.
Charlie Sheen, Rosie O’Donnell, Christine Ebersole, Daniel Sunjata, Jesse Ventura, and many, many others have made headlines for their statements, often being personally attacked or ridiculed by the mainstream media talking heads.
Countless experts, including CIA analyst Ray McGovern, former program director of Advanced Space Programs Development Lieutenant Colonel Bob Bowman, former German Minister of Technology Andreas von Buelow, as well as large numbers of firefighters, engineers, and architects, also started asking damaging questions about the events of September 11th or concluded that the attacks were allowed to happen on purpose, or aided by elements of the CIA and Mossad (Israel’s intelligence agency) to advance a political agenda.
We Are Change
In 2006, Luke Rudkowski founded a new kind of activist organization in New York which soon spread to other cities around the world. Previously, he and others had been involved with information outreaches at Ground Zero and handed out DVDs and literature to people informing them of the hidden facts surrounding the 9/11 attacks.
His organization, We Are Change, and its members worldwide have continuously confronted political leaders and mainstream media talking heads about a variety of issues concerning 9/11 and the New World Order. They heckle them during public speeches, they question them at book signings, and have even crossed paths with them by chance when walking down the street.
Many confrontations are videotaped and uploaded to YouTube for others to see. They ask the questions that the mainstream media is afraid to ask. Occasionally their confrontations make their way into the mainstream news. Bill and Hillary Clinton, David Rockefeller, Arnold Schwarzenegger, David Gergen, Alan Colmes, and dozens of other confrontations have been caught on video and posted on the Internet.
Luke’s motto is the Gandhi quote, “be the change that you want to see in this world.” Several of We Are Change’s videos, along with this author’s and others, are featured in Alex Jones’ film The 9/11 Chronicles Part 1: Truth Rising. The organization’s website is WeAreChange.org.
Scripps Howard News Service Poll
In August of 2006, one of the most respected scientific polling organizations, the Scripps Howard News Service, published a poll showing, “more than a third of the American public suspects that federal officials assisted in the 9/11 terrorist attacks or took no action to stop them so the United States could go to war in the Middle East.”[48]
Bill O’Reilly on his August 7, 2006 show said, “I have trouble believing this, but a new poll by Scripps-Howard and the University of Ohio, says 36 percent of Americans believe it is likely or somewhat likely that the U.S. government either assisted in the 9/11 attacks, or did nothing to stop them. Some nutty college professors are trotting that nonsense. And apparently, some Americans are buying it.”[49]
This poll validated what many in the 9/11 truth movement, and in The Resistance, had felt for years. The fact that more than 1/3 of the American people agree that 9/11 was an inside job speaks volumes showing that supporters of these ideas are not on the fringe of society, but a large and undeniable part of the population.
Zogby Poll
Previously a Zogby poll had been the first scientific survey of American’s belief in a 9/11 cover-up and a need to investigate U.S. complicity. 42% believed there was a cover up and 45% thought “Congress or an International Tribunal should reinvestigate the attacks, including whether any U.S. government officials consciously allowed or helped facilitate their success.”
The poll was conducted from Friday, May 12 through Tuesday, May 16, 2004 and has a margin of sampling error of +/- 2.9.
9/11 Truth Music
Various musicians used their art form to express their thoughts about 9/11 being an inside job, in what many call 9/11 truth music. The songs come in a variety of flavors from rap to techno, each decibel piercing the listener’s soul with hard to answer questions and undeniable truths.
One of the most popular songs is What Would You Do? by rapper Paris as he mixed the Illuminati’s agenda into a venomous poem and is delivered with the precision and quality of any chart-topping single.
Another popular artist is Immortal Technique, a rapper whose every word is a blistering attack on the 9/11 inside job in songs like Bin Laden and Cause of Death which inundate the listener with hard facts and evidence delivered with the power and poise of Martin Luther King.
Neil Young’s Let’s Impeach the President made main-stream news with lyrics referring to the shadow government, spying on American citizens, and George W. Bush hijacking Christianity to get elected.
While mainstream media mockingbirds do their best to gatekeep and whitewash the facts surrounding September 11th, more well-known bands will join in the chorus. Bands like Ministry which are shouting 9/11 truth in their album ‘Rio Grande Blood’ which features a barrage of blistering Bush bashing and sound samples of Dylan Avery from the film Loose Change 2nd Edition.
While Don Henley’s Inside Job speaks universal truths regarding government corruption and inside jobs in general, the song was recorded and released before the September 11th inside job, but has become a theme song for what really happened that fateful day and a warning for what lies ahead.
Eminem’s Mosh is also a song which will go down in history as one of the foundational songs in 9/11 truth music. Eminem roars “look in his eyes it’s all lies” as the music video cuts from President Bush to Osama Bin Laden on a soundstage controlled by Rumsfeld and Cheney as a painted prop falls to the ground.
For those who don’t have the time to analyze the powerful documentary films about 9/11, or read over count-less pages of news articles and declassified documents, a quick listen to any 9/11 truth music will give the listener the ‘cliff’s notes version’ of what really happened regarding the attack on September 11th 2001 and is a great way to introduce the topic to friends and family who are still in the dark or denial.
Loose Change
Online video sharing services such as Google Video and YouTube became an instant success in 2006, providing a way for individuals and independent film producers to make their work available for the entire world to view with the click of a mouse.
One film which became one of the most downloaded films in history was Loose Change 2nd Edition, and in May of 2006 the film had been viewed over 10 million times. The film was written by Dylan Avery, and produced with the help of his two friends, Jason Bermas and Korey Rowe. Due to its popularity, the film was featured in mainstream news articles such as USA Today[50], Vanity Fair[51], and Time Magazine[52], helping to break through the wall attempting to keep the 9/11 “conspiracy theories” from going mainstream.
In November 2007, Loose Change Final Cut was released on DVD which was a completely new film from the previous versions, and featured mainstream news casts and interviews with intelligence experts and firefighters, showing dramatic inconsistencies between the 9/11 Commission Report, and what actually happened regarding the attacks.
Oliver Stone’s World Trade Center Film
Oliver Stone directed a film titled, World Trade Center which was released in theaters in 2006, starring Nicolas Cage, in what turned out to be a sad whitewash of the 9/11 attacks. Many had suspected and even feared that Stone would produce a conspiracy type movie similar to his film JFK (1991). He sadly did not, blowing a tremendous opportunity to reach millions of people with 9/11 truth. The film instead focused on the true story of two Port Authority police officers who were pulled from the rubble.
Was Stone used by the Illuminati as an unknowing pawn to whitewash the 9/11 conspiracy theories to the masses? Was he approached with the project and coerced into a commitment to occupy his time in attempts to thwart any other 9/11 angle from being used? Is Stone a pawn in the game? Perhaps Stone didn’t know at the time, and found out too late. Perhaps production had begun, and he was already on board when he found the 9/11 rabbit hole. Or perhaps Stone too, has sold his soul.
False Flag Operations
A false flag operation is terrorism committed through black ops designed to appear as if the attacks were carried out by someone other than the perpetrators. The term comes from an army, fleet, ship, tank, etc, flying a flag of a country or organization other than their own with attempts to fool witnesses as to the truth about events and operations carried out by the perpetrators.
Individuals on government payrolls or undercover police or FBI agents, called agent provocateurs, commit false flag operations by secretly sabotaging or undermining a group which assumes the perpetrators are supporting. The Resistance must be very cautious of agent provocateurs attempting to frame or discredit others, or the movement as a whole by committing false flag operations which are designed to make us appear as violent criminals.
The FBI has a special department dedicated to such activities named COINTELPRO (Counter Intelligence Pro-gram) and openly admits that the goals of this program are to investigate and disrupt political organizations and movements which are deemed obstacles or problems to the Illuminati’s agenda and policies.
Resist State Sponsored Terrorism
It’s very important to understand that this is only a fraction of the evidence which clearly shows that the terrorist attack of September 11, 2001 was an inside job created to scare the American people into submission to the New World Order.
The government has been caught lying, covering up evidence, manufacturing evidence, and stopping serious leads to the truth in numerous cases. Stupid and even silly straw-men arguments have been handed up attempting to discredit the serious issues and cover-ups of this inside job.
Knowing what the Illuminati are capable of, we must continuously be on the guard against orchestrated terrorist attacks in the future, as they continue building their prison planet by applying the Hegelian dialect of problem, reaction, solution and committing crimes against humanity.
Officials have gone on record saying it’s not if, but when America will be attacked with a nuclear or biological weapon. Whether fear mongering, or an omen of what’s to come, we must see through the lies, and realize who and what is at the heart of the problem. Power to The Resistance!
Operation Northwoods was a top-secret military operation drafted in 1962. It contained numerous “pretexts” (reasons) for a military invasion into Cuba. The documents titled, Justification for U.S. Military Intervention in Cuba describe various Top Secret operations that were designed to justify an invasion of Cuba in the eyes of the American people, who at the time would not support such action. These operations include perpetuating a terrorism campaign on American soil, while blaming the Cubans.
Proposals included the CIA developing a terror campaign in Florida and Miami, and even Washington D.C. with the intention of uniting the American people behind a forceful resolution. The plan also included faking, or possibly carrying out actual attacks on civilian jets and boats. Only a brief outline of the corrupt nature of this operation is made here, but once one realizes that such plans were actually put on paper, and then approved by the Joint Chiefs of Staff during the Kennedy administration, one can begin to understand the mindset of the individuals who are in control of this government.
James Bamford, in his book Body of Secrets (2001), describes in detail who was involved, the implications, as well as many other corrupt elements within the National Security Agency. Bamford himself writes that Operation Northwoods “may be the most corrupt plan ever created by the U.S. government.”
The plan was even discussed by ABC news in 2001 where they plainly wrote, “In the early 1960s, America’s top military leaders reportedly drafted plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in U.S. cities to create public support for a war against Cuba.”[53]
Northwoods Terrorist Plots
National Security Archive
The File for Operation Northwoods, which can be found at the National Security Archives online is named: Chairman, Join Chiefs of Staff, Justification for US Military Intervention in Cuba [includes cover memoranda], March 13, 1962, TOP SECRET, 15 pp.
http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/news/20010430/
Oklahoma City Bombing
Many people had suspected that there was at the least a cover-up of the 1995 Oklahoma City bombing especially when few leads were followed up on about “John Doe number 2.”
“We need to answer some very serious questions in order to have confidence that the truth of this monstrous crime is fully known,”[54] said Republican Rep. Dana Rohrabacher in a statement months before several bombshells would be dropped surrounding the case.
In March 2007 mainstream news stories broke about Oklahoma City bombing conspirator Terry Nichols reporting that a high-ranking FBI official apparently was directing Timothy McVeigh in the plot.[55] These reports surfaced after a new affidavit was filed in the U.S. District Court in Utah. Nichols claimed that the official may have also changed the original target of the attack. McVeigh revealed the name of his FBI handler, as Larry Potts,[56] who was the FBI agent in charge of the Ruby Ridge standoff in 1992 and also happened to be involved in the 51-day siege of the Branch Davidian compound in Waco, Texas in 1993.
So here we have yet again corrupt elements within our own government, helping make sure terror attacks go forward, or actively aiding in the attacks themselves. This is another example of how an Operation Northwoods type of plan can be used in order to further a particular political agenda, that would not succeed unless such an event were to occur.
Resist Government-Sponsored Terrorism
With such disturbing and criminal plans drawn up by the highest level of the Department of Defense, such as Operation Northwoods, it leads many to see similarities in the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, the War on Terror, and the following War in Iraq.
In the Northwoods documents, a phony Cuban terror campaign is planned against our own country, cities, and citizens. Creating riots, fires, and even blowing up aircraft and ships, all while blaming our “enemies,” again the ruthless Hegelian strategy which has been employed by tyrants throughout history.
Many believe this plan bares a bizarre resemblance to the September 11th attacks and the following years of vague terror alerts with no specific or corroborated information. Factions within our own government have been involved in manufacturing terror threats to scare the population into submission and accepting the loss of freedoms for a long period of time. And it’s time that we see through their lies and propaganda and expose them for who they are. Power to The Resistance!
It may baffle the mind of someone to think that today, in America we have secret Guantanamo Bay Camp X-ray style concentration camps. Dozens, perhaps hundreds of them, fully stocked, staffed, and ready for implementation. Razor wire fences, guard shacks, bathroom, sleeping, and eating quarters, and even chains and shackles are already in place.
These prisons are more than an urban legend. They in fact exist. Remember, it was only at the onset of World War II that America put the Japanese-Americans in “Internment Camps.” Many of these camps were created on old Army Installations.
Project Rex 84, short for Readiness Exercise 1984, was a plan by the federal government to accommodate the detention of large numbers of American citizens in the case of an “emergency.” Its existence was revealed during the Iran-Contra Hearings in 1987 and was extensively reported by the Miami Herald on July 5, 1987.[57]
Through the Rex-84 project, an undisclosed number of concentration camps were set up throughout the United States, for internment of large numbers of dissidents and others potentially harmful to the government.
It has since been reported that there are still numerous concentration camps in the United States today, many fully operational and ready to have prisoners trucked, bused, or flown in, mirroring Camp X-ray in Cuba. It’s no surprise some of these “camps” are currently staffed and surrounded by fulltime guards. The activities within can only be imagined.
Many of the camps have been set up and are operated by FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency) (See FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency) for the time when martial law will be implemented in the United States, and perhaps hundreds of thousands of American citizens will need to be detained for resisting the New World Order.
We know that protecting our borders has been little or no concern despite the War on Terror. Elements of the Rex 84 program were officially created under the false pretext that a mass exodus of illegal aliens may rush in from Mexico, and if that were to happen, they would need to be detained in the detention camps until they could be deported. The Rex 84 program basically allowed numerous military bases and airport hangers to be secretly turned into concentration camps for American citizens, for the time when the Illuminati sees fit to jail whomever it wishes.
The Presidential Executive Orders outline the legal language and framework which allows this to “legally” happen. Some camps have railroad facilities leading next to them, and many have an airport nearby, and of course have the ability to land helicopters. The majority of the camps can house an estimated 20,000 prisoners, although with the expanding budgets for the ‘War on Terror,’ it wouldn’t be surprising if the camps were expanded ten times their size to hold several hundred thousand people each.
One can find the most up-to-date information on the Internet about where these facilities are located around the country. The fences run for miles and have razor wire or barbed wire on the top that points inward.
The unclassified government document titled Army Regulation 210-35 Installations Civilian Inmate Labor Program (Revised January 14, 2004) details the plans of operating concentration camps located on military bases, and outlines that prisoners may come from Federal, State, and even local correction facilities. Under section 1-1, the purpose of the documents is stated, “This regulation provides Army policy and guidance for establishing civilian inmate labor programs and civilian prison camps on Army installations. Sources of civilian inmate labor are limited to on- and off-post federal corrections facilities, State and/or local corrections facilities…”
On July 25, 2002 Newsmax reported that FEMA had plans to create emergency, makeshift cities that could house hundreds of thousands, possibly millions of people in the event that Americans would have to flee their homes in the event of a nuclear, chemical, or biological terrorist attack.[58]
Back at that time, the agency had already developed plans with various contractors who would handle aiding the logistics of the project. The claims by FEMA that the current secret concentration camps are to accommodate residents during a massive disaster and evacuation must be read with much skepticism.
If these FEMA camps are for emergency evacuations, directions to the camps, and information about procedures should have been made public and part of the public’s safety procedure in case of an attack.
What is the government planning to do if there is an emergency and massive numbers of people need a place for shelter? Release the maps and procedures then, to a terrified and confused public? Doesn’t it make more sense to inform the public about the closest shelter from their city or community before such an event happens? And why would these shelters need barbed wire fences? The fact that these emergency “shelters” or “prison camps” are top secret speaks volumes about their true intentions.
It is reasonable to conclude that these prison camps will be turned into death camps at the direction of the Antichrist, where Christians who refuse to accept the mark of the Beast will be exterminated. (See the mark of the Beast)
While the majority of this Manifesto focuses on America’s role in the New World Order, it can be assumed that the same horrors are hidden in countries across the globe, waiting for the time when they will be put to use. The Nazi death camps in Germany, the Gulag in the former Soviet Union, and the Phoenix Program in Vietnam set up by the CIA only hint at the horrors to come.
On January 1, 2005 a Washington Post report shed light on further plans of the U.S. administration in the permanent War on Terror. According to the plans, the government was constructing detention centers on U.S. soil and abroad to hold indefinitely thousands of detainees “whom the government does not have enough evidence to charge in courts,” but does not want to release.[59] Amnesty International has criticized the U.S. over allegations of mistreatment at Camp X-Ray in Guantanamo Bay.
History of U.S. Camps
The first large-scale imprisonment of people in America in detention centers began in 1838 when President Andrew Jackson ordered the U.S. Army to round up Cherokee Indians and enforce the Indian Removal Act of 1830. Large numbers of Indians were placed in prison camps and then later “relocated.”
These camps were not intended to be death camps and there was no policy to kill prisoners, but many Indians were raped and murdered by U.S. soldiers. Many more died in these camps due to starvation and bad sanitary conditions.
Throughout the Indian Wars, various populations of Native Americans were rounded up and put into detention camps and later relocated. Some people were imprisoned for years.
WWII American Camps
Following the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor on December 7, 1941, President Franklin D. Roosevelt issued Executive Order 9066, similar to the Patriot Act of 2001, which allowed the military to circumvent the protections of the constitution. Innocent American citizens were then imprisoned in the name of national security. (See Patriot Act)
The order called for rounding up and incarcerating approximately 120,000 Japanese Americans living in the U.S., mostly on the West Coast, most of whom were also U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens who were documented and perfectly legal, many of them children.
They were forced to evacuate their homes, and leave their jobs and lives, and were incarcerated into what President Roosevelt himself called concentration camps.
Many of the Japanese were incarcerated for up to 4 years, without any due process of law, effectively shredding the bill of rights. These camps were complete with barbed wire fences and armed guards in the typical fashion.
Nazi Concentration Camps
The first Nazi camps were used frequently within Germany, and were primarily work camps which were later used to murder Jews, homosexuals, Soviet POWs, and others. It is estimated that up to ten million people died in Nazi concentration camps, approximately 6 million of them Jews, in places like Auschwitz. Concentration camps have since become notorious from their use in Nazi Germany.
The Nazis built and operated both labor camps and extermination camps, but it was difficult to draw a distinct line between the two categories. Prisoners in Nazi labor camps were often worked to the point of exhaustion and death, where prisoners in extermination camps were scheduled to be killed in gas chambers in large numbers. Guards were also known to engage in target practice by randomly shooting prisoners for amusement.
Soldiers in charge of concentration camps wore the symbol of the Death’s Head or a skull and cross bones on their hats, the same symbol that marks the Skull and Bones secret society in America today. (See Skull and Bones) (See Nazism)
Gulag
Gulag is an abbreviation of “Glavnoye Upravleniye Ispravitelno-trudovykh Lagerey,” or “The Chief Directorate [or Administration] of Corrective Labor Camps.” The Gulag was the prison camp program operating in the Soviet Union from 1917-1991.
The term Gulag is often used synonymously with camp, although Gulag technically refers to the entire system of camps, and were created as slave labor camps supposedly for typical criminals. The Gulag became known primarily as a system used to repress political opposition in the Soviet Union, and held many political prisoners.
After the Bolshevik revolution of 1917, Lenin declared anyone who opposed the state, a “class enemy” and said they couldn’t be trusted, and were no better than criminals, and placed them in the Gulag. The term Gulag has since been used to refer to concentration camps in North Korea, and America.
There were three so-called levels of the labor camps. Mild Regimen (which were unpleasant), Medium Regimen (which were hard-labor), and Strict Regimen (which were horrific).
The Gulag held a total of approximately 2,750,000 prisoners.[60] The total documented deaths in the system was approximately 1,054,000 from 1934 to 1953, including political and regular prisoners, which doesn’t include approximately 800,000 “counterrevolutionaries” who were executed outside the camp system. Also, from 1932 to 1940, an estimated 390,000 people died in places of so-called peasant resettlement. [61]
Certain scientists and people with academic skills who became prisoners were placed in a sharashka, which were camps where inmates worked on scientific research and experiments for the state.
There is a growing body of evidence that American soldiers from WWII and the Korean War were secretly held in prison camps in Russia. Norman Kass, a leader of the Pentagon project to expose these horrors wrote, “Americans including American servicemen were imprisoned in the former Soviet Union.” No “definitive, verifiable information” on their fate has been found.[62]
The Phoenix Program
The Phoenix Program was a CIA covert intelligence operation involving the South Vietnamese intelligence during the Vietnam War. The program was created to identify and neutralize the noncombatant infrastructure of the Viet Cong who were aiding the North Vietnamese. The term neutralize was used to define people being captured or killed.
The Phoenix Program, originally created by the CIA, was later turned over to the U.S. Army and Republic of Vietnam military, where they continued their murder machine. Vietnam’s President Nguyen Van Thieu announced its existence publicly on October 1, 1969, and declassified the operation.
Former Phoenix officer Bart Osborne, testifying in 1971 before Congress said, “I never knew in the course of all those operations any detainee to live through his interrogation. They all died. There was never any reasonable establishment of the fact that any one of those individuals was, in fact, cooperating with the VC, but they all died and the majority were either tortured to death or things like thrown out of helicopters.”…“It [Phoenix] became a sterile depersonalized murder program... Equal to Nazi atrocities, the horrors of “Phoenix” must be studied to be believed.”
Pier 57
During the Republican Presidential Convention of 2004 in New York City, protesters were rounded up and taken to an old dilapidated terminal used for cruise ships, and a bus garage on the Hudson River which was converted into a concentration camp by the NYPD in preparation for the convention.[63]
There was motor oil on the ground and the building was contaminated with asbestos. People were held in crowded conditions for long hours, and the facility was dubbed “Guantanamo on the Hudson” in reference to Camp X ray in Cuba. Such facilities are now plentiful in America as the New World Order continues to be constructed.
Email from FEMA
The Resistance received the following email in reply to a question to FEMA regarding current concentration camps in America.
Your Feb 14, 2005 email was forwarded to me for reply. I get several emails similar to yours several times a month, and for the life of me, I don't understand how these urban legends persist.
FEMA does NOT have any detention or concentration camps, do not, never have nor never will have any such properties. Ours is a responsibility of responding to natural and man-made disasters in the 50 United States and its territories under the legislative authority of the Robert T. Stafford Act. Please review the www.fema.gov Web site for information on the Stafford Act.
REX84 is another legend that will not die. Let me explain. In the 1980's, the government conducted regional, biennial exercises around the country, naming each one after the year in which it occurred. The regional exercise in 1984 became known as "R" for regional, "EX" for exercise and 84 for 1984. REX84 had as a scenario, the U.S. responding to a large influx of illegal aliens from Mexico coming into Arizona and New Mexico.
The scenario was roughly based on what had, at that time, just happened with the boat people arriving from Cuba. The scenario called for FEMA to construct residential encampments for these aliens until such time they could be returned to Mexico. IT IS AS SIMPLE AS THAT....NOTHING MORE...NOTHING LESS.
I have no information on nor have ever heard of any large scale crematory facilities in the U.S.
As you request, I hope I have set the record straight.
Don Jacks
Public Affairs Officer
FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) has broad powers in every aspect of the country. They are known as part of the shadow government, or secret government, and are part of the Department of Homeland Security.
An examination of the Executive Orders and the powers of FEMA is critical in understanding how the continuity of power can be isolated, abused, and how legislation within the United States government has laid out the language for powers only found in dictatorships.
FEMA is responsible for the creation and maintenance of the concentration camps in America (See U.S. Concentration Camps) and the underground cities and tunnels that are prevalent. (See Underground Bases and Tunnels) Their budget is enormous and their power is unlimited. An abuse of FEMA will lead to disastrous consequences.
The Executive Orders are the ultimate semantical distortions which legitimize the elimination of civil liberties and can allow for the implementation of martial law. The language in the orders is clear for all to read. These powers were transferred to FEMA in a sweeping consolidation in 1979 when President Carter merged many separate disaster-related responsibilities into FEMA.
Here are just a few Executive Orders associated with FEMA that would suspend the Constitution and the Bill of Rights after a large terrorist attack (most likely an inside job). (See September 11th Inside Job) These Executive Orders have been on record for decades, and could be enacted by the strokes of the President’s pen.
If and when there is an enormous terrorist attack, entire cities, perhaps states, will be turned into make-shift military bases. Troops will patrol the streets, grocery stores, gas stations, and nearly every other key infrastructure in the area, if not the country.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10990
Allows the government to take over all modes of transportation and control of highways and seaports.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10995
Allows the government to seize and control the communication media.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10997
Allows the government to take over all electrical power, gas, petroleum, fuels and minerals.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10998
Allows the government to take over all food resources such as grocery stores and farms.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11000
Allows the government to mobilize civilians into work brigades under government supervision. Can suspend wage laws and put labor forces to work without pay.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11001
Allows the government to take over all health, education and welfare functions.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11002
Allows the Postmaster General to operate a national registration of all persons.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11003
Allows the government to take over all airports and aircraft, including commercial aircraft.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11004
Allows the Housing and Finance Authority to relocate communities, build new housing with public funds, designate areas to be abandoned, and establish new locations for populations.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11005
Allows the government to take over railroads, inland waterways and public storage facilities.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11051
Specifies the responsibility of the Office of Emergency Planning and gives authorization to put all Executive Orders into effect in times of increased international tensions and economic or financial crisis.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11310
Gives authority to the Department of Justice to enforce the plans set out in Executive Orders, to institute industrial support, to establish judicial and legislative liaison, to control all aliens, to operate penal and correctional institutions, and to advise and assist the President.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11049
Assigns emergency preparedness function to federal departments and agencies, consolidating 21 operative Executive Orders issued over a fifteen year period.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11921
Allows FEMA to develop plans to establish control over the mechanisms of production and distribution of energy sources, wages, salaries, credit and the flow of money in U.S. financial institutions in any undefined national emergency. It also provides that when a state of emergency is declared by the President, Congress cannot review the action for six months.
FEMA’s Powers Consolidated
The Act of August 29, 1916 authorized the Secretary of the Army in time of war to take possession of any transportation system for transporting troops, material, or any other purpose related to the emergency.
The National Security Act of 1947 allowed for the relocation of industries, services, government and other essential economic activities. Then, the 1950 Defense Production Act gave the President sweeping powers over virtually every aspect of the economy.
In 2001, President George W. Bush appointed Joe M. Allbaugh as the director of FEMA. Within months, the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11th focused the agency on issues of national preparedness and homeland security, preparing for martial law, and the destruction of America.
Iran-Contra Hearing
At one point during the Iran-Contra hearings, representative Jack Brooks (D-TX) tried to inquire about Oliver North’s role in FEMA’s plans to suspend the Constitution, dissolve Congress, replace civil courts with military courts, and the detention of political dissidents during a declared state of national emergency. Under the plan, all political authority would be consolidated in the hands of the President and the New World Order pawns.
During the hearings, Chairman Daniel Inouye (D-HA) prevented Brooks from further questioning as indicated in a transcript of the hearing.
Brooks: Colonel North, in your work at the N.S.C. [National Security Council] were you not assigned, at one time, to work on plans for the continuity of government in the event of a major disaster?
Brendan Sullivan: [North’s counsel]: Mr. Chairman?
Inouye: I believe that question touches upon a highly sensitive and classified area so may I request that you not touch upon that?
Brooks: I was particularly concerned, Mr. Chairman, because I read in Miami papers, and several others, that there had been a plan developed, by that same agency, a contingency plan in the event of emergency, that would suspend the American constitution. And I was deeply concerned about it and wondered if that was an area in which he had worked. I believe that it was and I wanted to get his confirmation.
Inouye: May I most respectfully request that that matter not be touched upon at this stage. If we wish to get into this, I’m certain arrangements can be made for an executive session.
“The Project”
In Oliver North’s autobiography Under Fire (2002), he briefly mentions a top secret operation which he referred to as “The Project” which supposedly involved ensuring the survival of the United States government in the event of a nuclear war.
North also mentioned that he consulted with the “Wise Men” regarding this operation, or those in charge. Aspects of “The Project” most likely involved the creation of domestic concentration camps and underground bases. (See U.S. Concentration Camps) (See Underground Bases and Tunnels)
In an article for Military.com on June 19, 2003, North made reference to this same system and the “Wise Men” saying, “And until the terror attack of September 11, 2001, the system the “Wise Men” helped create was never used in an emergency.”[64]
FEMA Facilities
FEMA Headquarters - Washington D.C.
FEMA Special Facility - Round Hill, VA
National Emergency Training Center - Emmetsburg, MD
National Warning Center - Cheyenne Mountain AFB, Colorado
Resist Martial Law
While FEMA has aided in emergencies and disasters in the past and continues as part of their operation, the potential for abuse of their power casts a dark shadow over the entire agency. The fears and potential for abuse that have been addressed do not fully cover the range of possibilities for these Executive Orders to be used to aid the Illuminati mafia.
An awareness and a discerning look can be our best defenses, and it is the duty of The Resistance to know the full scope of power that is at work behind the scenes. Historical abuses of powers only begin to show the truth of what is going on.
The powers given to FEMA by the Executive Orders can be dangerous when applied by the New World Order, to say the least. This, combined with the electronic surveillance grid and the Beast’s tracking system circling the globe, give great warnings as to what is ahead. Power to The Resistance!
In 1977, the Church Hearings involved investigations into the CIA’s mind control activities, unveiling the MK-ULTRA documents which weren’t destroyed, exposing the shocking experiments by the CIA involving brainwashing.
After World War II, during Project Paperclip, approved by President Truman in 1946, the CIA secretly brought approximately 600 Nazi psychologists and other satanic scientists into the country and placed them into the Military Industrial Complex, and our Universities. The U.S. rationale was that our government needed to contain them rather than have them work for other countries such as the Soviet Union.
Once safely transplanted in the U.S., some of them continued their experiments in brainwashing and mind control from techniques learned in the concentrations camps by using Jews as human guinea pigs. Other scientists were inspired by such research and continued where the Nazi’s left off.
One such scientist was Dr. Ewen Cameron who subjected people to looped recordings continuously for weeks on end while intoxicated with LSD or other mind altering drugs at Allan Memorial Institute in Montreal from 1957 - 1964.
He dubbed such a technique “psychic driving.” One purpose of his experiments was to destroy the sense of self and a person’s basic perceptions of reality, with hopes of learning new brainwashing techniques. In 1980, the CIA was sued by nine of Dr. Cameron’s victims, and each was awarded $100,000 in compensatory damages.
If the CIA has engaged in such practices as psychological experiments involving highly sensitive and dangerous drugs and mind control on unknowing and unwilling people, what else are they capable of? What else have they done that the public doesn’t know about? Let us not forget about Agent Orange and Gulf War Syndrome!
What are they doing right now that we don’t know about? What are the additives in our food and water really doing to us? Could a faction within our own government drug the American population without others knowing? What other chemical and psychological warfare is being used on our populations today and kept classified?
Repeated satanic behavior by the CIA has been proven beyond a shadow of a doubt, and is not surprising, knowing the organization was created from the Order of Death. (See Skull and Bones) Factions within the CIA have smuggled mass amounts of cocaine and heroin into this country to finance covert ops, launder money, and make the perpetrators rich.
Why have we accepted this? Time and time again their criminal behavior is exposed and we do nothing. Well, not anymore. The Resistance is galvanized. And we’re not going to take this anymore!
MK-ULTRA
In April 1953, CIA Director Allen Dulles authorized the MK-ULTRA program which was operated from the 1950s through the 1970s. This program has become notorious for the unusual and inhumane tests that were performed. This is yet another clear example of how satanic the highest echelons of power can be within the safety and security of the U.S. government.
Many of the documents related to MK-ULTRA were destroyed by 1972, and only a few records survived and have actually made it into the public domain. The work of investigative reporters, historians, and various Congressional Committees has resulted in their declassification and publication. Presumably the most sensitive information was destroyed. What was revealed was more than enough to make MK-ULTRA one of the most disturbing, satanic instances of admitted abuse by the CIA to date.
The inspiration behind the experiments likely came from the Nazi scientists secretly relocated to America under Project Paperclip and from Communist attempts at brain-washing POWs during the Korean War. One document from the MK-ULTRA files explains that the CIA was interested in controlling an individual to the point where he will “do our bidding against his will,” and even against such fundamental laws of Nature as self-preservation.
Experiments were even conducted with attempts to create a ‘Manchurian Candidate’ who would be a mind controlled programmed assassin, and then forget about any involvement in such operation. The 1962 film The Manchurian Candidate and the remake in 2004 are based on such experiments.
Some of the MK-ULTRA experiments focused on the CIA’s study of LSD, lysergic acid diethyl amide, the hallucinogen abused by millions starting in the 1960’s, as well as numerous other psycho-active drugs. The CIA was intrigued by the drug, and hoped that it or a similar drug could be used to secretly disorient or manipulate targeted foreign officials. One goal of the experiments was the ability to send people into a drug-induced stupor or tirade.
Drugs such as Sodium Pentothal and others were used for interrogation purposes to get suspects to openly confess, or to talk about subject matter by not withholding information as a kind of truth serum and generally to explore any other possibilities of mind control and brainwashing.
Experiments were often conducted without the subjects’ knowledge or consent. The emphasis of experimentation was ‘narco-hypnosis,’ the combination of mind altering drugs with hypnotic programming, such as Dr. Ewen Cameron’s looped recording experiments. The project was headed by Dr. Sydney Gottlieb.
In 1973, just before leaving office, Richard Helms, CIA Director and chief architect of MK-ULTRA, ordered the destruction of all documents and records. Despite these precautions, some documents were apparently misfiled and were found in the late 1970’s. Official CIA documents describe MK-ULTRA as an umbrella project with 149 sub-projects involving intelligence divisions in the Army, Navy, Air Force, and FBI.
President Bill Clinton would later admit during a press conference that, “thousands of government sponsored experiments did take place, at hospitals, universities and military bases around our nation. Some were unethical, not only by today’s standards, but by the standards of the time in which they were conducted.”[65]
Experiments Deadly
One of the experiments proved fatal and would play a pivotal role in exposing the CIA’s satanic behavior. In New York on November 19, 1953 an Army scientist and germ warfare specialist named Frank Olson, in the Chemical Corps Special Operations Division who was working on an MK-ULTRA project, jumped through a hotel window and fell ten stories to his death. Someone had slipped a large dose of LSD in his drink without him knowing it. (Marks, John – The Search for the Manchurian Candidate p.83)
The Agency covered up its role in Olson’s death for twenty two years before his family learned the true nature surrounding the event. When evidence surfaced in the mid-1970s, the CIA’s activity with LSD was exposed.
In 1975, a Senate Committee member said, “From its beginning in the early 1950s until its termination in 1963, the program of surreptitious administration of LSD to unwitting non-volunteer human subjects demonstrates a failure of the CIA’s leadership to pay adequate attention to the rights of individuals and to provide effective guidance to CIA employees. Though it was known that the testing was dangerous, the lives of subjects were placed in jeopardy and were ignored....Although it was clear that the laws of the United States were being violated, the testing continued.”
From PSYOP to MindWar
In 1980, then Col. Michael Aquino of the U.S. Army coauthored a paper titled From PSYOP to MindWar which outlined using psychological warfare against Americans to both gain their support for military operations, and to control information the public received from the mass media. The use of altering brainwaves of the public on a mass scale, thus altering their mood, was also discussed.
Aquino wrote, “MindWar should take full advantage of such phenomena as atmospheric electromagnetic activity, air ionization, and extremely low frequency waves [ELF]. (Aquino, Michael – From PSYOP to MindWar p. 9-10)
The paper notes, “Infrasound vibration (up to 20Hz) can subliminally influence brain activity to align itself to delta, theta, alpha, or beta wave patterns, inclining an audience toward everything from alertness to passivity. Infrasound could be used tactically, as ELF-waves endure for great distances; and it could be used in conjunction with media broadcasts as well.” (Aquino, Michael – From PSYOP to MindWar p. 10)
Some believe that aside from being a possible energy weapon; HAARP (High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program) is also capable of broadcasting such ELF waves and infrasound on a mass scale.
Aquino also explains, “The theory behind ‘brainwashing’ was that physical torture and deprivation would weaken the mind’s resistance to suggestion, and this was true to a point.”
As it is now well known, MK-ULTRA experiments were on men in the service and mental patients, allegedly until Michael Aquino entered the picture. It is believed that he and others began to experiment on children to continue the tradition of mind control research.
Aquino was a member of the Church of Satan until 1975 when he broke away and founded his own satanic cult, the Temple of Set. (Set being the Egyptian name for Satan) Numerous children have come forward with allegations of sexual abuse at the hands of Aquino. (See Satanism p. 187)
Paul Bonacci [a victim of a child pedophile ring] told investigators that Offutt U.S. Air Force Base near Omaha was used since at least 1970 to carry out Project Monarch experiments of mind control on the children, and to use them for child pornography and child prostitution by the perpetrators. Commander Bill Plemmons was also named in allegations as being involved in the mind control operations on base.
Project Monarch
During the Nazi regime, top SS officer Heinrich Himmler was in charge of a scientific project called Lebensborn, which included selective breeding and adoption of children to create an Aryan super-race that would have total allegiance to the Third Reich. The children were property of the state, and were raised in orphanages or placed into SS foster homes.
An estimated 11 thousand Lebensborn babies were bred between 1935 and 1945, and most of them never knew their parents. Aryan looking children were also kidnapped from neighboring countries after they were conquered and then placed into the program. Nazi records show 200,000 Polish children alone were kidnapped for the program, where they were trained in every aspect of Nazi theology and culture in preparation for becoming officers in the Third Reich. (See Nazism)
The Lebensborn program would become the inspiration for an even more sinister plan in the United States, called Project Monarch. This continuation of MK-ULTRA involved kidnapping children, or taking them from foster homes such as Boys Town in Omaha Nebraska, and using them for various experiments, covert operations, and worse.[66]
This was the latest attempt to create a ‘Manchurian Candidate.’ Project Monarch is difficult to comprehend for many people. There is also much speculation on the project, since most information remains classified and unknown. The name Monarch itself has deep occult meanings referring to a butterfly’s transformation within the cocoon, and has references to the control of a person’s soul. (Cirlot, J.E. Dictionary of Symbols p. 33)
The project involves indescribable torture, hypnosis, drugs, and occult rituals to brainwash the child in order to create mind controlled slaves. The victims usually don’t remember the process due to a protection mechanism used by the human brain in instances of shock and extreme trauma. A similar reflex explains why victims of automobile accidents wake up in the hospital with no recollection of how they got there. Due to the extreme trauma their body experienced, their nervous system shutdowns parts of the brain dealing with perception, memory, and consciousness.
Numerous allegations have been made by Ted Gunderson, Senior Special Agent In Charge FBI Los Angeles (ret.) and others, that such operations involve corrupt factions within the intelligence community. Starting in the 1960s, an inter-national child kidnapping ring has been operating within the CIA and intelligence departments by individuals who use their high level security clearance to commit unthinkable crimes against humanity. The children are often auctioned off and sold, then used for various purposes ranging from a human sex slave, to being used as a human sacrifice by satanic cults.
The famous 1982 Iowa kidnapping of Johnny Gosch, and his mother Noreen’s unrelenting fight to expose these crimes, has become the token example of making these operations known to the public.
Johnny Gosch’s own escape and his two and a half hour face to face conversation with his mother was perhaps the most revealing information. Gunderson writes, “In March of 1997, when Johnny Gosch came to his mother’s home in the middle of the night, he told his mother about his abduction and named Colonel Michael Aquino as a central perpetrator. Aquino was then an officer in the military, reportedly in charge of Operation Mind War for the U.S. government. Operation Mind War was a sub-project of Project MK-Ultra.”[67]
Another boy, named Paul Bonacci, admitted he was forced to help kidnap Johnny Gosch into sex-slavery, and told Franklin Committee investigators he toured the White House at midnight on July 3, 1988 with Craig Spence, a lobbyist who operated an underage male homosexual prostitution ring in the Washington D.C. area with an elite client list. Spence turned up dead from what police called a suicide, three months after the June 29, 1989 edition of the Washington Times ran a front-page headline reading, “Homosexual Prostitution inquiry ensnares VIPs with Reagan, Bush.”
Bonacci is the witness/victim who allegedly witnessed the making of a snuff film in Bohemian Grove in 1984, after he and other children were taken to the club. (See Bohemian Grove) Bonacci’s testimony also filled in the missing pieces of the Gosch kidnapping, and tied it, and those involved, to the infamous Omaha, Nebraska Franklin Cover-up. This information is exposed in detail in Senator John DeCamp’s book of the same title.
Project Monarch existed. Programs like it, perhaps far more advanced and satanic, most likely exist today. Children are most likely born and raised entirely in such programs now, in order to prevent any implications by using children with access to the outside world.
One can only begin to imagine the kinds of genetic engineering that has also been applied to the subjects of such operations. These experiments involve inflicting the person with various sound waves, drugs, physical and sexual abuse, and occult rituals. All are designed to create ‘Manchurian Candidates’ who are total mind controlled slaves who will, one day, be the ultimate soldiers of the New World Order.
Subway Tests
It has been reported that in 1966 the U.S. Army dispensed a germ, Bacillus subtilis variant niger, throughout the New York City subway system to study the dispersion pattern within the complex. The experiment reportedly took place at peak commuter travel times.
While most information regarding the experiment remains classified or was presumably destroyed, the purpose of such an experiment was supposedly to understand how subways in the USSR, Europe and South America would be affected with a biological attack. Such covert operations extend far beyond “tests” to actual terrorism, and crimes against humanity. (See the September 11th Inside Job)
Poison Bullets
The CIA has, for decades, possessed a gun that shoots a frozen bullet of poison using a CO2 cartridge. The bullet is as thin as a pin, and once it penetrates the target it melts and shows no visible entry wound. No sign of the poison shows up on an autopsy. The apparent cause of death is a heart attack or brain aneurysm, depending on the kind of poison chosen.
The CIA presumably has these kinds of weapons not only with poison, but with mind altering drugs, or drugs capable of rendering a person unconscious, which are likely the devices used in wet work (murder or assassination by governmental agencies) for staged suicides. Those vocal in The Resistance must be aware of such devices, as they are often used by the Illuminati to achieve their goals.
From the film Secrets of the CIA (1998), Mary Embree, a former agent, describes how she did research for the weapon saying, “I had to find one time – they wanted me to find – if there was such a thing as a poison that was undetectable, especially one that seemed to mimic a heart attack, that would kill someone but it would appear that they had a heart attack. I did find such a thing.”
Transcript
Senator Frank Church: Does this pistol fire the dart?
CIA Director William Colby: Yes, it does, Mr. Chairman, and a special one was developed which potentially would be able to enter the target without perception.
Mary Embree: The poison was frozen into some sort of dart, and then it was shot at very high speed into the person. So when it reached the person, it would melt inside them, and the only thing would be like one little, tiny red dot on their body, which was hard to detect. There wouldn’t be a needle left or anything like that in the person.
Senator Frank Church: But also the toxin itself would not appear in the autopsy?
CIA Director William Colby: Yes, so that there was no way of perceiving that the target was hit.
Pain Beam
Documents released under the U.S. Freedom of Information Act show that scientists had received funding to investigate how much pain can be induced in individuals hit by electromagnetic pulses created by lasers without killing them.
The Pulsed Energy Projectile weapon is designed to trigger extreme pain from a distance of over one mile. It fires a laser pulse that generates a burst of expanding plasma (electrically charged gas) when it hits something solid. Tests on animals showed it produced “pain and temporary paralysis.”
Concerned researchers told New Scientist Magazine that the technology could end up being used for torture and that it was unethical. Andrew Rice, a consultant in pain medicine in London said, “I am deeply concerned about the ethical aspects of this research.”[68]
The supposedly “non-lethal” weapon is called the Active-Denial System (ADS), and was developed by the Air Force Research Laboratory and the Department of Defense’s Joint Non-Lethal Weapons Directorate. It was reported that more than $40 million dollars was spent and it took more than 10 years to develop the technology. Vehicle mounted systems have been built,[69] and portable handheld units are currently under development.
Operation Mockingbird
The infiltration and complete domination of the media by the Illuminati advanced in the late 1940s with Operation Mockingbird within the CIA. Frank Wisner, who was director of the Office of Special Projects (OSP), established the program to influence domestic and foreign media by publishing propaganda in prominent newspapers and magazines under the disguise of national security.
“By the early 1950s, Wisner ‘owned’ respected members of the New York Times, Newsweek, CBS and other communication vehicles.” (Davis, Deborah – Katharine the Great p. 137-138) Nearly every major media outlet came under the control of the CIA including the New York Herald Tribune, the Washington Post, Miami News, Time Magazine and others. Television outlets were to follow.
According to Alex Constantine in the book Mockingbird: The Subversion of the Free Press by the CIA, in the 1950s, “some 3000 salaried and contract CIA employees were eventually engaging in propaganda affairs.” Imagine what the budget is today, and what power they hold.
Everyone knows the media is propaganda and controlled by the government, but few could imagine the extent. Today, all major TV, radio, cable stations, newspapers, magazines, and all other media outlets are used to plant fake stories, propaganda, and lies of immense proportions. These same outlets are used as gatekeepers, as well, which prevent important information from making it to the public. The staging of the ‘Saving Private Lynch’ incident[70] and the lies about Pat Tillman’s death in Afghanistan display how such operations can fail, and the truth can be known.[71]
At a Presidential press conference on January 26, 2005 a “reporter” named “Jeff Gannon” (James D. Guckart) asked George W. Bush a bizarre question which captured the attention of other reporters present, and then the world.
He asked, “Senate Democratic leaders have painted a very bleak picture of the U.S. economy. Harry Reid was talking about soup lines [incorrect statement] and Hillary Clinton was talking about the economy being on the verge of collapse. Yet in the same breath they say that Social Security is rock solid and there’s no crisis there. How are you going to work – you’ve said you are going to reach out to these people – how are you going to work with people who seem to have divorced themselves from reality?”
He worked for Talon News (Talonnews.com) and GOPUSA, both owned by Texas activist Robert R. Eberle. After this incident attracted mainstream media attention, Talonnews.com shut their website down, and posted a message saying:
The recent public focus on Talon News, while much of it malicious, has indeed brought some constructive elements to the surface. It has also brought many kind messages of support, and for that we are
extremely grateful.
In order to better serve those readers across the country who enjoy Talon News content and look forward to receiving it each day, we feel compelled to reevaluate operations in order to provide the highest quality, most professional product possible.
Thus, Talon News will be offline while we redesign the web site, perform a top-to-bottom review of staff and volunteer contributors, and address future operational procedures.
We look forward to bringing an even better product to
our readers in the future.
So in the elite press corps of the White House which includes prominent reporters from the Washington Times, New York Times, and other established news outlets, there is a reporter from a website no one ever heard of. Much, if not most of the articles posted on the site were plagiarized directly from conservative press releases or mainstream news articles.
Guckert’s question was ridiculed on the Daily Show with Jon Stewart dubbing him “Chip Rightwingenstein of the Bush Agenda Gazette.” Guckert was also questioned by the FBI in relation to the department’s criminal investigation into the Valerie Plame affair, involving her identity as an undercover CIA operative being illegally leaked to the press by one or more senior officials.
Shortly after “Gannon” became the focus of the main stream media for his connection to Talon News, being an obvious plant by the Bush Administration to provide propaganda, details dwarfing being a planted reporter surfaced.
It was discovered that he appeared on several websites as a gay prostitute with military themes in the D.C. area. Hotmilitarystud.com and other sites showed photos of him fully nude and offering nightly or weekly charges. These stories bear a remarkable similarity to the Franklin Cover-Up, which involved an underage homosexual call boy ring operated by Lobbyist Craig Spence, who was able to bring underage boys into the White House for a midnight tour.[72]
So now, there is a phony planted reporter in the White House press corps, who is a gay prostitute in the D.C. area. “I’ve made mistakes in my past” Gannon admitted.[73] Further investigations reveal he visited the White House more than 200 times and more than two dozen times when there were no press briefings.[74]
Why would a “reporter” who received his credentials from a seminar, and who appears on several gay escort sites have access to the White House? Are there individuals, or were there individuals at the White House paying this man for sex? Was he involved in Project Monarch? Most likely, yes.
In April 2005, rumors and allegations started circulating on the Internet that “Jeff Gannon” may be Johnny Gosch, the missing Iowa paperboy who was kidnapped and believed to be placed into the program in 1982.
United States of Torture
George W. Bush’s Presidential Advisor John Yoo publicly argued that President Bush (or any President) could order a child of a suspect in custody to be tortured in front of their parents in attempts to extract information, and there is no law that could prevent this. He specifically stated the torture could include crushing that child’s testicles. Below is a transcript of Yoo defending his beliefs which were clearly spelled out in his August 2002 memo. And this is America?
Doug Cassel:
If the President deems that he’s got to torture somebody, including by crushing the testicles of the person’s child, there is no law that can stop him?
John Yoo:
No treaty.
Doug Cassel:
Also no law by Congress. That is what you wrote in the August 2002 memo.
John Yoo:
I think it depends on why the President thinks he needs to do that.
Fake Alien Invasion
The Illuminati may use a phony alien invasion to unify the world’s population and coerce individuals into submitting to relinquishing their freedoms. While their satanic motives cannot always be understood, the effects of such a hoax would be clearly devastating. By using projections from satellites, or on the ground, onto a layer of the Earth’s atmosphere, the appearance of aliens, and even the return of Jesus can be staged and orchestrated using sophisticated technology.
Paul Watson’s book Order Out of Chaos: Elite Terrorism and the New World Order devotes an entire chapter to the subject. “There exists a long-term script to manufacture ET as a universal threat and the fingerprints of the New World Order are all over it,” Watson explains.
He also operates www.propagandamatrix.com, as well as www.prisonplanet.com, and www.prisonplanet.tv for Alex Jones.
On September 21, 1987, Ronald Reagan told the United Nations General Assembly, “In our obsession with antagonism of the moment, we often forget how much unites all the members of humanity. Perhaps we need some outside, universal threat to make us recognize this common bond. I occasionally think how quickly our differences worldwide would vanish if we were facing an alien threat from outside this world.”
In February of 1999, the Washington Post reported that operations were drawn up during the first Gulf War to project a huge holographic image of Allah [the Islamic god] in the sky over Baghdad.[75] Then, using a 5-15KHz acoustic beam, the appearance of Allah talking would also have been manufactured, telling the Iraqi people to turn on Saddam.
A similar plan was considered in Project Mongoose to overthrow Fidel Castro, where a Jesus-like figure would have been projected, telling the Cubans to overthrow “Godless Communism.” This technology has been labeled Project Blue Beam, and is likely ready to be used at any time. Of course, such technology is classified under national security.
The book, The Body Electric by Robert Beker and Gary Selden, describes experiments conducted in the 1960s and 70s by Allen Frie and Dr. Joseph C. Sharp at the Walter Reed Army Institute, where vibrations were beamed directly into a subject’s brain in an echo-free isolation chamber using pulsed microwave audiograms.
When the Antichrist comes on the scene and announces that he is God, he will likely use such ELF, VLF, and LF waves from such a device in an attempt to convince the world that he is the Messiah.
Orson Wells’ Mystery Theater radio broadcast of H.G. Wells War of the Worlds on October 30, 1938 caused much of the public who heard it to panic because they thought the program was a live news broadcast of an alien invasion. Some believe Orson Wells was a member of a secret society, and the famous radio broadcast was a test to learn the responsiveness of the masses, or possibly to cover for other activity.
Whatever the motive, a current version of a supposed alien invasion using modern technology would be devastating, and we must continuously be aware of such plans.
Resist Mind Control
The information that has either been released or leaked concerning the U.S. government and the abuse of humans is too numerous to discuss in the Manifesto. The use of drugs, torture, and mass murder have been not only condoned, but performed by factions within the CIA and the American government time and time again. This kind of satanic research and experiments can only be compared to advanced Nazi experiments performed during WWII.
Let’s not forget the poisoning of our own soldiers in Vietnam and in the Gulf War, or the mass drugging of our children and large portions of the population with prescription drugs. The lies and cover ups only begin to conceal the evil mechanisms at work and the money, power, and classified privileges that are in play behind the Illuminati’s mind control agendas. Agendas that have gone so far as to consider artificially creating a tsunami to affect an enemy country.[76]
Are the mechanisms at work in the CIA a covert intelligence agency, or a covert terrorist and assassin squad? The CIA has funded, supported, participated in, and covered up terrorism, murders, drug trafficking, and countless other crimes since its creation. While the propaganda fed to the public is that the CIA is protecting America, powerful factions within are actually participating in deeply satanic operations contributing to construction of the Beast System and the New World Order.
Evidence shows that current mind control and behavior modification technology and experiments are concealed behind the Non-Lethal Defense (NLD) initiatives. These initiatives are responsible for the creation of microwave and sound cannons that are used for crowd control and will be used to prevent American people from rising against the criminals that have taken control of our government. Power to The Resistance!
There are dozens of underground bases and tunnels in the United States with access given only to a select list of the elite. In this section, documented information on numerous proven bases and tunnels will be presented, along with information regarding the Tunnel Boring Machines (TBMs) which have created these elaborate underground fortresses. Most of the documented tunnels and bases are decades old, leading many to speculate on current projects.
The magnitude of constructing such facilities is done largely in secret by the Army Corp of Engineers with an unlimited budget and workforce. With information being public about numerous base and tunnel locations in the country, it is assumed that modern tunnels and bases exceed the imagination in their sophistication. Tunnels which dig deep into the Earth, and travel for thousands of miles in length under the Earth’s surface, are most likely a reality kept very secret.
It can be reasonably assumed that Mount Weather, Mount Cheyenne, and other popular bases are no more than a diversion for other deeper and more secret bases, or access points to tunnels leading to deeper locations. With Mt. Weather built in the 1950s, we can only begin to imagine what luxuries the secret cities contain today.
It can also be reasonably assumed, as much circumstantial evidence points, that there are numerous underground cities. They may have elaborate tunnels, reaching thousands of miles in length deep underground, spanning the country, if not the globe.
Mount Weather
A 1991 article in Time Magazine titled Doomsday Hideaway, described Mount Weather in detail.[77] Designed to survive the unthinkable and completed in 1958, Mount Weather is operated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency. (See FEMA) At the time of the article, in FEMA’s international telephone directory, Mount Weather was referred to simply as SF, for Special Facility. On Loudoun County’s tax map covering 434 acres, the property was designated “United States of America.”
The facilities are elaborate, with an on-site sewage-treatment plant with a 90,000 gallon-a-day capacity, and two tanks holding 250,000 gallons of water which could last 200 people more than a month. There are also several under-ground ponds that were carved from solid rock, some of which are approximately 10 feet deep and 200 feet across. Outside of the entry gate is a control tower and a helicopter landing pad.
In the early 1900s the site was a National Weather Bureau facility where weather balloons were sent up to monitor the Earth’s weather conditions. In 1936 the U.S. Bureau of Mines began to dig an experimental mine into the mountain 250 to 300 ft. below the surface. The tunnel extended a quarter-mile and measured 7 feet wide by 6 ½ feet high, and would later be expanded into an underground complex of offices and living quarters.
It was built primarily in response to the Soviet Union’s test of an atomic bomb in 1949, and in the 1950s provisions were made to protect the country’s leaders from a nuclear attack. Due to the rock structure, the government believed it would make an ideal bunker. In 1954 a massive expansion of the mine began to create the most secure shelter and command post that scientific and military minds of the time could imagine.
F. Fowler was foreman of one of the three 40-man shifts and recalled, “That was some rough, tough, dirty work.” Between 1953 and 1969, Fowler witnessed the construction of the most elaborate feats of engineering in history. In the tunnels was a cold damp environment of 52 degrees. The Bureau of Mines started the project and the Army Corps of Engineers took it over and finished it. “It was amazing the way they could drive a straight line through solid rock.” In the following months, inside the mountain, the tunnel was expanded into a self-sustaining underground complex.
Sleeping quarters were set up to accommodate hundreds of government officials. “Diesel engines were installed to generate electricity in an underground utility plant called the power chamber. Refrigerators were brought in for food storage. A cafeteria became part of the complex, as well as a hospital.”[78] Because the country’s Emergency Broadcasting System could be obliterated in a nuclear strike, a radio and television studio was included so that the president or other key officials could address the nation, providing people with emergency instructions and telling them that at least some units of government were intact and carrying on.
The underground complexes can be sealed to prevent contamination from radiation or biological agents. A so-called guillotine gate is used, consisting of a 5 foot thick solid steel door that is 10 feet high and 20 feet across. The door rests on wheels and can be opened and closed electronically.
Mt. Weather reportedly has more than 240 people who work at the site; some are second generation employees, and most are unwilling to speak about the facility, having been sworn to secrecy. The complex is also home to the National Emergency Coordination Center, which monitors disasters worldwide, such as earthquakes, tsunamis, or a possible nuclear attack.
More Construction
In 1949 the Air Force started digging in the foothills of the Manzano Mountains near Albuquerque, New Mexico. A miner reported to Richard Sauder, Ph.D., author of Under Ground Bases and Tunnels (1995) that the facility was used as a nuclear weapons plant upon its completion.
In 1989, U.S. News & World Report ran an article that the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) had approximately 50 different underground command posts in the country.[79] In 1992 the Air Force completed construction of another underground facility near the Manzano Base, Sauder reported.
These kinds of bases could be almost anywhere. They could be under a military base, under prominent government buildings, under major hotels, and even in small towns or on national parks, and most likely are.
Tunnel Boring Machines (TBMs)
Tunnel Boring Machines (TBMs) are mechanical boring machines which can bore a hole up to 35 feet in diameter into solid rock. The heads of such machines are covered with numerous cutting blades, and the front unit of the machine spins around, grinding and chipping stone away where the small pieces are then taken away by a conveyor belt system.
TBMs can be over 100 feet long and tower over the workers below. These machines have been used to create highways and subways for decades by creating passages through mountainous terrain.
There are numerous companies who manufacture such machines. One leading manufacturer of TBMs is the Robbins Company of Kent, Washington.
While the most common design involves grinding or chipping away stone, a United States Patent was issued on September 26, 1972 for a nuclear powered tunneling machine for the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission. The design would allow the device to melt stone as it bores a tunnel, leaving behind a smooth lining for the tunnel. At the time of this writing, it is not known if such devices have actually been built, but their existence is most likely a reality.
Resist Exclusion to the Underground Cities
We must maintain awareness of the locations of these bases and entrances to the tunnels. It is important with the building threat of nuclear war, that members of The Resistance know where access points are to this vast cavernous system of bunkers and cities. With the probability of nuclear powered TBMs creating tunnels, the network of tunnels and bases most likely spans the country, if not the globe.
In the event of a nuclear emergency, and numerous officials are evacuated to these tunnels, then The Resistance must also march to the entrances to gain shelter. Our tax dollars paid for these creations, and the government is supposed to protect the interests of the people, therefore it is our right as American citizens to have free access to the underground cities. Power to The Resistance!
The overt message of the New World Order is that of organizing the globe and installing suitable “democratic” governments which serve global interests and yield to the power of one gigantic global bureaucracy. The implicit message of the New World Order is much different. The term “conspiracy theorist” is often attached to those who address issues about the New World Order, and their actions are dismissed by the mainstream consciousness.
In the early twenty-first century, many Christians and people alike have still never heard of the New World Order. For them, and for early students of this system, one must study to grasp a full understanding of exactly what it is, how it has formed, and how it’s going to affect the details and destinies of everyone’s life. More and more, Christians are hearing people talk about this vague thing called the New World Order in terms of a one world government system that is predicted in the Bible.
The NWO basically involves numerous political groups, especially in the United States and Europe, who for hundreds of years have maintained an ultra-elite network of people with perpetuating goals of creating one global system completely controlled by an elite. The term New World Order has been referred to since possibly the early 1900s.
A single thread runs from the White House, to Congress, to the Council on Foreign Relations, to the Trilateral Commission, the Bilderberg Group, Skull and Bones, and the Freemasons, and to occultists around the world. Their ultimate goal is a one world government, military force, world court, a global economy and currency, and a unifying one world religion. All of which will be controlled by a small elite group of “enlightened masters.”
“I think there are 25,000 individuals that have used offices of powers, and they are in our Universities and they are in our Congresses, and they believe in one world government. And if you believe in one world government, then you are talking about undermining national sovereignty and you are talking about setting up something that you could very well call a dictatorship – and those plans are there”
Congressman Ron Paul of Texas (R)
In the Film, Matrix of Evil
“There is a chance for the President of the United States to use the disaster…to carry out what his father – a phrase his father used I think only once, and it hasn’t been used since – and that is a new world order.”
Former Senator (D) Colorado and Co-Chair of the CFR
Gary Hart, Sept. 14, 2001
“Yes, there really is an Illuminati, there really are 13 families,
they own the big banks, and print the money.”
Alex Jones – Infowars.com
“Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men’s views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the United States, in the field of commerce and manufacturing, are afraid of something. They know that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.”
Woodrow Wilson, The New Freedom (1913)
“Out of these troubled times, our fifth objective – a new world order – can emerge: a new era – freer from the threat of terror, stronger in the pursuit of justice, and more secure in the quest for peace. An era in which the nations of the world, East and West, North and South, can prosper and live in harmony. A hundred generations have searched for this elusive path to peace, while a thousand wars raged across the span of human endeavor. Today that new world is struggling to be born, a world quite different from the one we’ve known”
George H.W. Bush, Sept 11, 1990
The Colonel’s (Colonel Edward Mandell House, aide to Woodrow Wilson) sole justification for preparing for such a bath of blood for his countrymen was his hope of establishing a new world order of peace and security as a result. Walter Millis, Road to War: America 1914-1917. National socialism will use its own revolution for the establishing of “a New World Order” Adolf Hitler, cited in The Occult and the Third Reich In an address to the International Platform Association at the Sheration-Park Hotel, [New York Governor Nelson] Rockefeller called for the creation of a “new world order”
New York Times, July 26, 1968
“The powers of financial capitalism had another far reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements, arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex of the system was the Bank for International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the worlds’ central banks which were themselves private corporations. The growth of financial capitalism made possible a centralization of world economic control and use of this power for the direct benefit of financiers and the indirect injury of all other economic groups.”
Tragedy and Hope: A History of The World in Our Time
Carroll Quigley (1966)
Creation of the New World Order
To fully grasp the motivations and goals of the Illuminati, one must simply read and study history and politics, or perhaps watch the evening news occasionally. The NWO spans continents, and millennia.
The term New World Order has recently been used by George H. W. Bush, Pope John Paul II, and numerous other prominent political figures regarding the organization of a global system where all aspects are controlled by the central government. They claim their aims are “achieving the universal aspirations of mankind.” To them, the New World Order means a new era of economic prosperity, social harmony, and possibly world peace.
In 1991, Pat Robertson, founder of the Christian Broadcasting Network CBN, wrote “most Americans are equally surprised to learn that the idea of a New World Order and the use of the term is not at all new or novel to hundreds of intellectuals, university professors, and public policy professionals in this country. Entire departments and degree programs in dozens of colleges and universities have been built around the premise of planning “alternative futures” for the world and agitating for elimination of the current system of autonomous statehood in favor of one-world government.” (Robertson, Pat – The New World Order p. 147)
It has since become puzzling that Pat Robertson once wrote about the Illuminati and the New World Order in his 1991 book, but has since seemed to become accepting of many of their policies and goals. Many suspect he has “turned to the dark side” or been bought off.
There are varying degrees of involvement and corruption within the NWO and its affiliated agencies, sponsors, and enforcers. The individuals involved range from fairly honest individuals who are useful pawns, to deeply corrupt individuals who are aware of the esoteric agenda. The Illuminati is so powerful that for decades, regardless of who is in power, there is a continuity of policy and leadership in the United States no matter which political party holds the White House or Congress.
In his book, The Anglo-American Establishment, Carroll J. Quigley, professor of history at the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University from 1941 until 1976 wrote, “There is…an inner core of intimate associates who unquestionably knew that they were members of a group devoted to a common purpose and an outer circle of a larger number on whom the inner circle acted by personal persuasion, patronage distribution, and social pressure. It is probable that most members of the outer circle were not conscious that they were being used by a secret society.”
Various views of the NWO exist, and they range from reasonable to the absurd. More and more people are galvanizing for the battles ahead and do not believe the propaganda of the mass media. Many groups like The Resistance are spiritually motivated, and believe that the New World Order is the superstructure that will one day be under the control of the Antichrist.
In this global system, an American citizen could be arrested while in the United States and be extradited and tried before a tribunal for the World Court. The United States military has been accused numerous times of extraditing suspects to countries that allow torture to avoid legal intervention, and in the same way, American citizens’ rights are in danger.
New World Order Objectives
There are three main objectives of the Illuminati’s New World Order. A one world government with the elite controlling all positions of power, a global economic system with a single electronic currency, and thirdly, a unified world religion.
“The twentieth century has witnessed an amazing reversal of church history in a movement toward a world church within Christianity. Preliminary meetings held in 1925 and 1927 resulted in a temporary ecumenical council formed in 1938. Out of this came the World Council of Churches, which was organized at Amsterdam in 1948. In this new affiliation many denominations and millions of Christians joined in an effort to form a super-church.” (Walvoord, John F. – Armageddon, Oil, and the Middle East Crisis p. 112-113)
It is understood that the New World Order is the one world government which will impose its new hegemonic tyranny when the system is betrayed. Through the covert creation of major crises, populations will be enslaved and society will no longer retain any civil liberties. All morality and decency will also be eliminated, and a perverted anything-goes culture will be embraced.
Shortly after its creation, the Church of Satan founder, Anton LaVey, told Newsweek Magazine that one of his goals was the creation of a police-state in which weak people are weeded out and the ‘achievement-oriented leadership’ is permitted to pursue the mysteries of black magic.[80] (See Satanism)
The new global economy will be a synthesis of Capitalism and Communism. Over the past decades, the concentration of wealth and assets has been slowly taken away from a large portion of the population.
“In the view of the Illuminists, Capitalism gave too much power to the middle class and even to the little people. Communism gave too much power to the bureaucracy and the politicians. Fascism is the best because it relegates the bulk of power to the few, the privileged elite–the Illuminati. Thus, we should have, from the perspective of conspirators, the best of both worlds: Communism and Capitalism. We shall have a Fascist New World Order” (Marrs, Texe – Circle of Intrigue p. 111)
The consumption of cocaine, heroin, and other drugs only aid in draining the economic resources of the masses. Wealth is much like energy, it is neither created nor destroyed, it only changes form, or in this case, hands. Economic collapses make a handful of investors and individuals rich, while robbing the average individual.
Core NWO Policy for Citizens
The Illuminati
No description of the New World Order would be complete without mentioning the Illuminati. The Illuminati is explored in more detail in its own section. (See The Illuminati)
The matrix of the Illuminati and the New World Order can be difficult to understand at first, since there are many organizations involved, and extreme compartmentalization restricts the flow of information regarding activities within. For the most part, elite members operate outside the constraints of most social, legal, and political influence.
The original Illuminati was founded in 1776 in Germany and its founders laid out specific plans for infiltrating all institutions of power and authority around the world with members of their group. The plans were written down and have since been published. Members understood the operation was an ongoing process and many goals would not be completed during the lifetime of a member.
Today, the Illuminati is practically in complete control of society through the control of politics, banking, big business, and the media. The term Illuminati in Latin literally means “enlightened ones” such as with great wisdom and ancient knowledge. The traditions and philosophies of ancient Mystery schools have been carried on through the secret societies, and while their members and those who serve the Illuminati may be difficult to identify, the manifestation of their work is not.
The New Age Movement
The New Age Movement is an occult movement that has been gaining strength around the world, and promoting various philosophies of magic, astrology, and ESP. It has spawned countless books which fill shelves in bookstores around the world. Books such as Anton LaVey’s Satanic Bible, Satanic Rituals, and Aleister Crowley’s Magick: In Theory and Practice. (See Satanism)
A primary source of publishing and promoting such literature is found with the creation of Lucis Trust, originally named Lucifer’s Trust in 1922 when founded by Alice Bailey. Alice Bailey was a prominent occultist in the 1900s whose Lucis Trust remains one of the largest publishers of New Age literature. One of her most popular books is The Externalization of the Hierarchy which outlines detailed plans the Illuminati has for taking over the world and is likely mandatory reading for all high level Skull and Bones members, Freemasons, and young Illuminati recruits. Several telling quotes from the book follow.
“The present stage in which a few isolated disciples and initiates, scattered all over the world, are doing the important task of destruction, plus the enunciation of principles. They are preparing the way for the first organized body of disciples and initiates who – coming from certain Ashrams – will proceed with the next phase of work….These disciples and initiates will be the real Builders of the new world, of the new civilization; they will assume leadership in most countries and take high office in all departments of human life….By this means, gradually the Hierarchy will take over the control upon the physical plane – subjectively as well as objectively – of the direction of human affairs.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 572)
“Our objective is the helping of the Great Ones and the rendering to Them of the intelligent assistance which will make Their plans for humanity materialize.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 516)
“The Hierarchy directs world events, as far as mankind will permit…the unfolding consciousness may express itself through developing and adequate social, political, religious and economic world forms. They give direction; They throw a light; They impress those who are in contact with Them, and through the inflow of ideas and through revelation They definitely influence the tide of human affairs.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 519)
“The Hierarchy directs and controls, more than is realized, the unfolding cyclic cultures and their resultant civilizations. These can then provide adequate forms, temporarily useful for the emerging soul humanity. The format of cultures and civilizations receives special attention.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 519-520)
Aside from books, countless paraphernalia is sold to promote occultism from pentagram necklaces and earrings, to chart topping music and movies. The blasphemous propaganda is seemingly everywhere. The New Age Movement and its followers never mention Jesus Christ, turning from your sins, or the Holy Scriptures. Instead they rely on Gnosis and focus on the belief that humans are gods and enlightenment comes from within one’s self. Psychics and mystics from Sylvia Brown, Uri Gellar, and John Edwards are all false prophets preaching a false doctrine.
JFK Warns Against Secret Societies
President John F. Kennedy once made a profound statement about secret societies when speaking to the American Newspaper Publishers Association saying, “The very word “secrecy” is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings.”
He continued, “We decided long ago that the dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of pertinent facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to justify it…For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covered means for expanding its sphere of influence, on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerillas by night instead of armies by day.”
“It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations, its preparations concealed, not published, its mistakes are buried not headlined, it’s dissenters are silenced not praised, no expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed.”
Suitcase Nukes
During the Cold War, numerous portable nuclear devices were created by the Soviet Union. The devices are commonly called suitcase nukes, due to their small size. When the Soviet Union collapsed, there were more than 100 suitcase sized Russian nuclear weapons that were unaccounted for.[81]
Former National Security Chief Alexander I. Lebed testified to Congress that 40 nuclear suitcases disappeared from the Russian arsenal after the collapse of the Soviet Union. The book, Al Qaeda: Brotherhood of Terror (2001), by Paul L. Williams (an FBI consultant on international terrorism) says that Osama Bin Laden’s Al-Quada terrorist network purchased 20 suitcase nuclear weapons from former KGB agents in 1998 for $30 million dollars.
U.S. terrorism expert who consults with U.S. Congress, Yossef Bodansky, author of Bin Laden: The Man Who Declared War On America (2001) agrees that terrorist groups have succeeded in purchasing suitcase nukes. Critics claim the detonators only have a shelf life of a few years, and have gone bad. This may be the reason such weapons have not been used as of the printing of this book. Most likely, terrorist cells have been working hard to find parts, and build new detonators. It is likely a large scale nuclear terrorist attack will occur in America and/or Europe, destroying the hearts of cities, and killing millions.
This event, unlike any other in history, will be a turning point for the New World Order, giving it the solid foundation from which it can launch its attack on liberty. In the attempts to recover and gain order in society, fascism will rise. This event, or a similar nuclear attack on America, is probably inevitable. The more facts which come out about the September 11th attacks, the more compelled the perpetrators may be to cover their crimes by bringing the country to its knees by allowing a nuclear attack, or perpetrating it themselves. (See September 11th Inside Job)
Resist the New World Order
The term New World Order is a term describing various aspects of the global government. The fact that important commerce, trade, and political decisions between the three most powerful regions of the world, America, Asia, and Europe, are done behind closed doors during Bilderberg meetings, and in the Bohemian Grove, speaks volumes as to the affiliates motives. Many Christians know that this very system will give all the power and authority to the Antichrist, as it has been preached for thousands of years.
In Bible prophecy, we are told that in the last days, “ten kings…shall arise” and they will set up a global kingdom and by force they will “devour the whole Earth.” Many students of Bible prophecy believe that these ten kings are the ten men of the Illuminati’s Inner Circle. The men of the Inner Circle and the dynasties from which they come, view themselves as descendants of a great historic heritage, with roots going back to Greece, Rome, Egypt, and Babylon.
The Bible says they, “have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast.” (Revelation 17:13) “The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon Earth, which shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole Earth, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces. And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise…” (Daniel 7:23-24)
When you see how satanic organizations like the Bohemian Club (See Bohemian Grove) and Yale’s Skull and Bones (See Skull and Bones) have connections with Nazi Germany’s Thule Society, (See Nazism) prophecy starts to become crystal clear. The one world dictatorship that the Antichrist will take control of can be seen being constructed in front of our very eyes. The seeds of evil have been growing for thousands of years, and with the foundation and funding of this global slavery system, its completion is near.
As with most institutions of the New World Order, we do not know exactly what secret oaths people take to each other and their cause. What we do know is that many of the global elite have ties to the same organizations which have been collectively building this elaborate system. Beyond that, we know the philosophies, symbols, and sometimes the rituals performed by these individuals are deeply satanic, and it has long been a goal of occultists and the New Age movement to prepare the path for what they claim to be the global savior.
And now with technology at levels most couldn’t have imagined a few years ago, and RFID, VeriChip, and biometric scanners creating a cashless society, the Beast’s system is ready to consume all who accept its mark, whether it’s an implantable microchip, or a Neural Interface wired directly into the brain. (See Neural Interfaces)
The New World Order involves many other organizations not covered here. The size and scope of those affiliated would fill volumes. Several other prominent facets are the European Union, World Bank, World Trade Organization (WTO), Royal Institute of National Affairs, the Federal Reserve, Club of Rome and many more. All of which have designed the destruction of America, which will ultimately shift global power back to Europe and the Middle East. Despite this planned bleeding to death of America, we must stay strong and defend our liberties and our lives. Power to The Resistance!
The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) is part of the triad of power that has been openly constructing the New World Order with regards to American foreign policy for decades. The CFR is often used in succession with the Trilateral Commission and the Bilderberg Group, and their elite members have rapidly been achieving goals of global government.
The benign name sounds as if it’s a department within the United States government, but the CFR is far from this. While many members are high power politicians, the CFR remains an independent organization much like the Federal Reserve. (See the Federal Reserve)
Almost every United States Secretary of Defense has been a member. Former CFR Chairman Winston Lord is a member of Skull and Bones, (See Skull and Bones) and other prominent members include Dick Cheney, Colin Powell, Condoleezza Rice, Bill Clinton, George Tenet, and many more.
The Council on Foreign Relations is a global organization dedicated to producing propaganda so that individual and corporate members, as well as policymakers, journalists, students, and citizens can “better understand the world and the foreign policy choices facing the United States and other governments.” This is a propaganda machine like few others and is backed by enormous wealth and resources. The headquarters is in New York and, of course, has an office in Washington, D.C.
The Royal Institute of International Affairs is basically a British sister organization to the American Council on Foreign Relations. The Royal Institute focuses on affairs in England and the British Empire.
Policies that the CFR introduces, or support, usually end up becoming enacted into law, and the power and influence this private organization holds over Washington and the political process is unparalleled.
“The directors of the CFR make up a sort of Presidium for that part of the Establishment that guides our destiny as a nation.” (The Christian Science Monitor, September 1, l961)
Operations
· Holds meetings in Washington, New York, and in other American cities where senior government officials, business leaders, and intellectuals meet with council members to debate and discuss current major foreign policy issues.
· Publishes articles and books which analyze current foreign policy issues and make overt policy recommendations by various means.
· Publishes the journal Foreign Affairs which covers international affairs and U.S. foreign policy.
· Maintains a diverse membership with people in key positions of influence and power.
· Endorses programs designed to create interest in foreign policy in the next generation of leaders.
White Horse
The Council on Foreign Relations uses an individual riding a white horse on their publication Foreign Affairs as their symbol. In Revelation 6:1-2 we find that the first of the four horsemen of the Apocalypse is a rider on the white horse.
The Bible reads, “And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals, and I heard, as it were the noise of thunder, one of the four beasts saying, come and see. And I saw, and behold a white horse: and he that sat on him had a bow; and a crown was given unto him: and he went forth conquering, and to conquer.”
A close look at this mysterious man on the CFR logo reveals the right arm stretching upward in a defiant demonstration of victory and triumph while appearing as if the rider is holding a bow.
Pastor Texe Marrs believes this represents the Inner Circle of the Illuminati, explaining, “the naked man on the white horse represents the Antichrist to come, the leader who will preside over the Council of the Inner Circle and, indeed, over the whole world.” (Marrs, Texe – Circle of Intrigue p. 202-203)
In Islam, teachers have also warned of an Antichrist figure to come. It has been taught in Islam when the figure appears, it will be able to be identified by the letters CFR. It’s interesting to note that in Islam, this figure would have one eye, just like the all seeing eye of the Illuminati.
North American Union
One step in creating the New World Order’s one world government is to first create several regional governments and then later join them together into one centralized world governing system. This happened in Europe with the European Union, which the Bilderberg Group had been planning secretly for decades. (See the Bilderberg Group) The Bilderberg Group has been planning a North American Union in the same way, which has only recently become known to the public.
Those pushing the North American Union, dream of the United States, Canada and Mexico as merging into one political union under the same model of the European Union. Supporters also plan to merge the currency of the three countries into what some call the amero which will replace the U.S. dollar, the Canadian dollar, and the Mexican peso. The next step will be to merge all regional currencies in the world into the one world currency and adopt the mark of the Beast as the only method for payment and purchasing. (See Mark of the Beast)
The Independent Task Force on North America was created in October 2004 by the CFR and published Trinational Call for a North American Economic and Security Community by 2010 (March 2005) and Building a North American Community (May 2005). The website www.Spp.gov which is the Security and Prosperity Partnership Of North America, is a source of the propaganda supporting such moves.
In February 2007, Lee Rogers, webmaster for the site RogueGovernment.com, called in to the Alan Colmes show on Fox Radio with a question about why Fox News hadn’t been covering this and Colmes’ answer was, “this is one of those conspiracy theories that I hear all the time, just like the 9/11 truth people who are convinced that Bush knew the buildings would be knocked down and there is nothing new here.”[82] (See September 11th Inside Job)
CNN’s Lou Dobbs was the first mainstream media host to address the CFR’s plan for a North American Union and was attacked as a conspiracy theorist by Robert Pastor, the chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations.
Transcript From Lou Dobbs Tonight on CNN
Aired June 9, 2005 - 18:00 ET
CHRISTINE ROMANS, CNN CORRESPONDENT
(voice-over): On Capitol Hill, testimony calling for Americans to start thinking like citizens of North America and treat the U.S., Mexico and Canada like one big country.
ROBERT PASTOR, IND. TASK FORCE ON NORTH AMERICA: The best way to secure the United States today is not at our two borders with Mexico and Canada, but at the borders of North America as a whole.
ROMANS: That’s the view in a report called “Building a North American Community.” It envisions a common border around the U.S., Mexico and Canada in just five years, a border pass for residents of the three countries, and a freer flow of goods and people.
Task force member Robert Pastor.
PASTOR: What we hope to accomplish by 2010 is a common external tariff which will mean that goods can move easily across the border. We want a common security perimeter around all of North America, so as to ease the travel of people within North America.
ROMANS: Buried in 49 pages of recommendations from the task force, the brief mention, “We must maintain respect for each other’s sovereignty.” But security experts say folding Mexico and Canada into the U.S. is a grave breach of that sovereignty.
FRANK GAFFNEY, CENTER FOR SECURITY POLICY: That’s what would happen if anybody serious were to embrace this strategy for homogenizing the United States and its sovereignty with the very different systems existing today in Canada and Mexico.
ROMANS: Especially considering Mexico’s problems with drug trafficking, human smuggling and poverty. Critics say the country is just too far behind the U.S. and Canada to be included in a so-called common community. But the task force wants military and law enforcement cooperation between all three countries.
UNIDENTIFIED MALE: Indeed, an exchange of personnel that bring Canadians and Mexicans into the Department of Homeland Security.
ROMANS: And it wants temporary migrant worker programs expanded with full mobility of labor between the three countries in the next five years.
(END VIDEOTAPE)
ROMANS: The idea here is to make North America more like the European Union. Yet, just this week, voters in two major countries in the European Union voted against upgrading – updating the European constitution. So clearly, this is not the best week to be trying to sell that idea.
DOBBS: Americans must think that our political and academic elites have gone utterly mad at a time when three-and-a-half years, approaching four years after September 11, we still don't have border security. And this group of elites is talking about not defending our borders, finally, but rather creating new ones. It’s astonishing.
Resist the CFR
The Council on Foreign Relations was created by, and is controlled by the Illuminati. (See The Illuminati) It holds power in key decision-making positions at the highest levels of government, and while remaining an independent organization, is intimately involved with the bureaucracy converting the United States from a sovereign Nation into a member of a parasitic one world fascist dictatorship: the New World Order. (See the New World Order)
Dr. Antony Sutton points out, “Most CFR members are not involved in a conspiracy and have no knowledge of any conspiracy…however, there is a group within the Council of Foreign Relations which belongs to a secret society, sworn to secrecy, and which more or less controls the CFR. CFR meetings are used for their own purposes, ie., to push out their own ideas, to weigh up people who might be useful, to use meetings as a forum for discussion.” (Sutton, Antony – America’s Secret Establishment p. 3-4)
Despite having many ignorant and unknowing members, the leadership is steering the CFR on a crash course with Hell. Its activities must be continually monitored, and its propaganda, Foreign Affairs, must be exposed for what it is. Power to The Resistance!
Considered one of the cornerstones of the New World Order, the Bilderberg Group has been instrumental in the planning and execution of the Illuminati’s agendas for decades. Since early awareness of the New World Order agenda, the Bilderberg Group has remained under constant suspicion from The Resistance.
The group takes its name from their first meeting at the Bilderberg Hotel in Oosterbeek, Holland in 1954. They have since ritualistically met annually to further their goals. Along with the Trilateral Commission and the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderberg Group has remained an axis of evil for the Illuminati. Resistance cells around the world are familiar with the workings of these notorious organizations.
One important factor separates the Bilderberg meetings from other Illuminati organizations, and that is they are held in complete secret, and their very existence has been repeatedly denied. A Secret Service-type security force guards the annual meeting with firearms to prevent any uninvited guests from dropping by.
Individuals who are members of the organization are called Bilderbergers. Their focus is on ensuring that the Illuminati and their members and subsidiary groups maintain control of key political institutions, banks, media outlets, and businesses. Like Skull and Bones and Bohemian Grove, the Bilderberg Group is truly a secret society. (See Skull and Bones) (See Bohemian Grove)
Members and attendees are sworn to secrecy, and everything that is said is off the record. Due to the mandatory blackout, the event rarely, if ever, gets any press coverage in the mainstream media. Each year the meeting typically consists of 120 delegates with approximately two thirds from Europe, and one third from America and Canada.
One major rule is that anyone who goes is forbidden from talking about what was discussed, or who was in attendance. One member said, “I of course am absolutely forbidden from discussing anything that is being said on any specific subject by any individual.”[83]
A BBC Radio 4 informant said he was surprised at the tone, and how frank the discussions were. He said it was just like being in a bar or a restaurant and the attendants sounded like normal people with the language and the tone everyone used in casual conversation.
Bilderberg attendees represent the elite establishment of presidents, politicians, prime ministers, bankers, CEOs of transnational corporations, European monarchs, chancellors, ambassadors, secretaries of state, representatives of the World Bank, the World Trade Organization and the International Monetary Fund, media executives, high ranking military officials, and those in high positions of power in nearly every sector of society. These are the individuals who run wars, the economy, and the world.
Records of the meetings are kept, but are strictly confidential. Furthermore, according to Alden Hatch’s book Bernhard, Prince of the Netherlands, there is an “unwritten rule that anybody who has ever been to a Bilderberg Conference should be able to feel that he can, in a private capacity, call on any former member he has met. To this end a list of names and addresses is maintained to which all participants have access. This makes possible an expanding continuation of association for people who might not otherwise have met.”
Tracking Bilderberg
Jim Tucker, a journalist for the American Free Press has been tracking Bilderberg’s activities for over two decades, and asks an important question.
“If 120 film stars or 120 football players went behind closed doors for three days, all the newspapers would bust their butts trying to find out what happened. If 120 of the world’s most powerful men, leaders of international finance, heads of state, high officials of U.S. government get together out behind closed doors with armed guards for three days, why is there no curiosity?”
Tucker has been one of the primary players in tracking Bilderberg meetings each year and his coverage has been featured on the BBC, and has been an underground favorite for those who monitor the organization. Any Resistance agents who wish to closely monitor the activities of Bilderberg should follow Tucker’s reports.
Tucker and other investigators have been followed, shot at, and put under surveillance for their reporting, presumably by Secret Service or British secret police.[84]
Tucker has published a book with decades of information gathered on the group, titled Jim Tucker’s Bilderberg Diary. Another well know veteran researcher of the organization is Daniel Estulin, whose book, The True Story of the Bilderberg Group, should be read by anyone looking for details on the organization.
Alex Jones’ 2007 film Endgame, shows video footage of high profile members getting out of their armored cars and entering the hotel where the conference was taking place. Their faces are clearly visible and it’s indisputable what is occurring.
Bilderberg Detains Alex Jones
Radio host and filmmaker Alex Jones from Infowars.com was detained along with all three members of his crew by Canadian immigration officials on orders of the Bilderberg Group when they attempted to enter the country in June of 2006 to investigate that year’s Bilderberg conference. Custom officials openly told Alex that the Bilderberg Group was aware of his arrival and named that as the reason for his detainment, fearing he would infiltrate the meeting.
Alex described his ordeal as a 15 hour nightmare of interrogation, accusations, and threats of arrest. Apparently it is illegal for any kind of pornography to be transported across the border into the country, and officials seized and searched through all of Alex’s laptop computers hoping to find any trace of nude pictures of women, so they could arrest him.
“I was screamed at, I was cussed at, I was interrogated,” said Alex. “They were talking about how I was a criminal – they hooked our laptop computers up and said that if they found any porn, even mainstream porn, that it’s illegal to take it across lines and that we’d be going to jail,” he explained, thanking God that no trace of any porn was found on his crew’s computers.[85] After finally being allowed into the country, Alex and his team were being watched and followed by a car and several nefarious individuals.
The Canadian Press actually reported on the Bilderberg meeting and mentioned black-suited goons working for the private security firm, Globe Risk. “This is pretty unusual,” one Ottawa cop said. Another off-duty cop said several officers were hired off-duty for added security, and explained, “They just told us, ‘These are important people. It’s a private meeting.’ ”[86]
Is Bilderberg a Mafia?
Bilderberg meetings aren’t exactly the Illuminati’s meetings of the Wise Men. It is a secret circle, but not the Inner Circle. (See The Illuminati) They don’t necessarily discuss overt diabolical schemes and plots. Rather, globalist agendas are presented and discussed in an academic context and the programs and populations are reduced to a chess board full of pawns, with the consensus that the attendees are the grand masters in control of it all. Meetings also prove to influence those skeptical, undecided, or even against globalization, while most, if not all, criticism is absent.
In 1991, Illuminati pawn Bill Clinton was a Bilderberg guest while he was Governor of Arkansas. The next year he ran for, and became the President of the United States. They interview individuals who may be inclined to Illuminati goals, and who either are already in, or who may be appointed or elected to prominent positions.
By receiving commitments in private, and in exchange offering their network of support, the economic and political strategies of the Rockefellers and Rothschilds are assured to unfold. While David Rockefeller founded the Trilateral Commission, he shares power in the Bilderberg Group with the Rothschilds of Britain and Europe. These two families have been top Illuminati bloodlines for generations.
Resist the Bilderberg Group
Monitoring the annual Bilderberg meeting is a must for The Resistance. The locations of such meetings in the past have been successfully discovered and published, and The Resistance must continue these activities, placing Agents in positions of recording such meetings and making the audio and or video widely available to the public. Whether posing as a waiter or waitress for the establishment hosting the meeting, or finding members of the staff to join The Resistance to monitor and document Bilderberg conferences, we must continue the trail Jim Tucker has blazed.
Those who will speak about the Bilderberg Group claim conferences are held in private to encourage frank and open discussion. The place for such discussions is the floor of the Senate or the House of Representatives. It’s understood that various individuals of public office meet privately to discuss matters, but the sheer magnitude of these power brokers and the effects of their decisions draw concern by many.
The group’s members and guests as a whole may not be sinister, but factions within are compartmentalized and cut off from the rest. These criminal elements have perpetuated horrific things upon populations at large, and the orders of the Illuminati continue to flow through the Bilderberg Group and affect us all. Power to The Resistance!
The Trilateral Commission is a private organization founded in 1973 by the instructions of David Rockefeller and consists of over 300 private citizens from the United States, Europe, and Japan for the purpose of promoting world government between these three regions of the world. The organization has been the focus of much criticism by some political activists, and students of the New World Order.
U.S. Senator Barry Goldwater writes in his memoirs, With No Apologies, about the organization saying, “The Trilateral Commission is intended to be the vehicle for multi-national consolidation of the commercial and banking interests by seizing control of the political government of the United States.”
He continues saying, “The Trilateral Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize control and consolidate the four centers of power: political, monetary, intellectual and ecclesiastical. What the Trilateral Com-mission intends is to create a worldwide economic power superior to the political governments of the nation states involved. As managers and creators of the system, they will rule the future.”
Trilateral Logo
The logo for the Trilateral Commission shows the number 666. Alice Bailey, founder of Lucis Trust (originally Lucifer’s Trust) and World Goodwill, wrote about a triangle of powers, or three major centers of spiritual and physical influence being set up on Earth in the last days by “sanat kumara,” an occult code name for Satan. It is believed that this is a reference to the mission of the Trilateral Commission.
Bailey explains, “Only in the final root-race of men upon our planet will the essential central Triangle make its appearance and function openly…The areas of conscious creative activity, out of which this triangle of functioning embodied energies will emerge, is already in preparation. One point of this future triangle will emerge out of the field of world governments, of politics and of statesmanship; another will appear out of the world religions, and a third out of the general field of world economics and finance.”[87]
Revelation 16:19 says “and the great city was divided into three parts.” And we can see how close we are to these days because the city of Jerusalem is being divided into Christian, Moslem, and Jewish sectors; the three parts. We know that Jerusalem will be the center for all three major religions and helps us to understand the New Age religious doctrine of “unity-in-diversity.”
From Trilateral.org
Just as other elite globalization groups, the members of the Trilateral Commission consist of about 350 distinguished leaders in business, media, academia, public service, labor unions, and other non-governmental organizations. The regional Chairmen, Deputy Chairmen, and Directors constitute the leadership of the Trilateral Commission, along with an Executive Committee including about 40 other members.
Leading to the formation of the Trilateral Commission was the fear that the United States was no longer in a leadership position to dominate the world independently. Europe and Japan were becoming rival superpowers and the globalists saw the need for an international system to navigate the path to a global fascist government.
The three regional groups within the Trilateral Commission carry on some activities of their own. The European group is based in Paris, the North American group is based in Washington D.C., and the new Pacific Asian group is based in Tokyo. Each region carries on its own fundraising to provide the financial support needed for the Trilateral Commission’s work.
The annual meeting of the Trilateral Commission rotates among the three regions. It was held in Tokyo, Japan in 2006; Brussels, Belgium, 2007; and Washington D.C. in 2008, for example. The agendas for these meetings address Illuminati interests, and demonstrate how broad the partnerships and alliances among globalists are.
Trialogue
A publication on the annual meeting is titled Trialogue, and is a compilation of the meeting’s presentations and speeches. The project work of the Trilateral Commission generally involves teams of authors from the three regions working together for a year or more on draft reports, which are discussed in the annual meeting and then published. The authors typically consult with many others in the course of their work, ensuring professionally persuasive pieces of propaganda are created.
The commission’s reports, called the Triangle Papers, have covered a wide range of topics, all of which support the New World Order.
Resist the Trilateral Commission
The Trilateral Commission and all in compliance with the New World Order must be exposed for what they are. While the Trilateral Commission remains somewhat transparent in regards to its membership and policy, its purpose of creation and existence, is to do none other than further goals of uniting the Earth into one global village, with a chosen few in complete control.
Members of the Trilateral Commission are synonymous with other globalist organizations, with tentacles having a firm grip on political institutions and key political pawns of the Illuminati mafia.
Regardless of the transparency of their publication or propaganda produced by the organization, its purpose is none other than one more self-serving mechanism to usher in the New World Order. Power to The Resistance!
After the first Gulf War, the central strategy of the Pentagon was to establish and protect a new order that contemplated using American military power to preempt or punish the use of nuclear, biological, or chemical weapons, “even in conflicts that otherwise do not directly engage U.S. interests.” Critics said that it was a plan to democratize the world drawn up by neo-Reaganites, or Neoconservatives (neocons) or sometimes called Hawks.
What would later become the Project for the New American Century, a memo was drafted under the supervision of Paul Wolfowitz, who was undersecretary for policy at the time. The draft was not supplied to Congress, and of course not intended to be released to the public. The language of the documents provided the rationale for U.S. involvement around the world as a constant fixture.
After the documents were leaked to the press, they were rewritten and had the parts cut out about preemption and America’s willingness to act alone in military matters. This was the foundation of Project for the New American Century, and the National Security Strategy of the United States of America founded in 1997.
The original classified blueprint intended to “set the nation’s direction for the next century,” and the Defense Department called to preserve American global military supremacy to prevent the emergence of a rival superpower in Europe, Asia, or the former Soviet Union. The 46-page report described itself as definitive guidance from the Secretary of Defense for defense budgets for the fiscal years of 1994 through 1999.
The documents detailed arguments for maintaining the current “base force” of 1.6 million active-duty troops to the end of the decade and beyond. Most notably the documents mark the first time the word “preemption” was used in reference to America’s defense policy and weapons of mass destruction.
Senator Robert C. Byrd (D-West Virginia), a critic of defense spending, called the Pentagon strategy, “myopic, shallow and disappointing.” Adding, “the basic thrust of the document seems to be this, we love being the sole remaining superpower in the world and we want so much to remain that way that we are willing to put at risk the basic health of our economy and well-being of our people to do so.”[88]
Republican Brent Scowcroft, President George H. W Bush’s National Security Advisor publicly opposed and criticized the draft.
PNAC Today
The Project for the New American Century (PNAC) reports on their website PNAC.org, that they are a Washington D.C. based think tank established in spring 1997 as a non-profit organization with the primary goal of “promoting American global leadership.”
The chairman is William Kristol, editor of the Weekly Standard (owned by Rupert Murdoch, founder of the Fox News Channel). The group is an initiative of the New Citizenship Project, a non-profit 501c3 organization that is funded by the Bradley Foundation. Present and former members include several neocons and members of the Bush administration including, Donald Rumsfeld, Dick Cheney, Paul Wolfowitz, Jeb Bush, Richard Perle, Richard Armitage, Lewis Libby, and William J. Bennet.
Most of its ideologies and its members are associated with the neoconservative movement. PNAC has seven full-time staff members, in addition to its board of directors. Controversy surrounding PNAC has persisted since knowledge of Wolfowitz’s drafts became known.
Many have raised concerns that the project has been proposing American military and economic domination of land, space, and cyberspace to maintain control in world affairs in the future. Many consider PNAC to be a blueprint for a Nazi style 4th Reich, and fear their tactics and methods of operation closely resemble Hitler’s Nazi party and their quest for global domination by creating a New World Order. (See Nazism)
A “New Pearl Harbor”
Aside from laying out the imperial strategy for America’s role in the New World Order, possible obstacles to the mission were identified. The framers of the Constitution knew the American people wouldn’t go along with such imperialization, and that there would be resistance. The neocon documents titled Rebuilding America’s Defenses read on page 51, “Furthermore, the process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event – like a new Pearl Harbor.”
A new Pearl Harbor was created on September 11, 2001, when a tragic series of events were perpetrated against the American people, with the full knowledge and support of the very people who were supposed to protect us against such things. (See September 11th Inside Job)
On page 50, the PNAC documents read, “To preserve American Military preeminence in the coming decades, the Department of Defense must move more aggressively to experiment with new technologies and operational concepts, and seek to exploit the emerging revolution in military affairs.”
The plan then called for increased funding to support such operations, saying, “Without increased spending on basic research and development the United States will be unable to exploit the RMA and preserve its technological edge on future battlefields.”
It must be stressed that the plans found in the original draft written by Wolfowitz couldn’t be implemented with the public’s support until the attacks on 9/11.
On page 51 it continues, “In general, to maintain American military preeminence that is consistent with the requirements of a strategy of American global leadership, tomorrow’s U.S. armed forces must meet three new missions: Global missile defense, Control of space and cyberspace, and exploiting the revolution in military affairs” and by that, the Pentagon says it must be driven by enduring missions for U.S. forces.
Resist the 4th Reich
PNAC has planned for the American Military Industrial Complex to be the engine of America’s economy in the 21st century as we “spread democracy” throughout the world, and implement new technology to “keep Americans safe” in this new age of the “War on Terror.”
All of this would not be possible without the attacks of 9/11. The lies and denials of prior knowledge and involvement with the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 are shameful and they are too numerous to list here. (See the September 11th Inside Job)
This was America’s Reichstag, and justification for increasing power that the Illuminati needed. (See Nazis) Let’s not forget to mention the whitewash 9/11 Commission was only created after public outrage that no investigations were being conducted into the crime.
Let’s also not forget that Osama Bin Laden is actually an old CIA asset. His cover name was Tim Osman, and he was financed and aided by the CIA to fight the Russians in the 1980s. He and his holy warriors were used to battle the Russian forces because they were some of the most ruthless fighters the CIA could find.
The CIA basically created Al-Qaeda and this is information not widely discussed in the mainstream media. George W. Bush, and Bush 41, former head of the CIA, maintain close business and friendship ties with the Bin Ladens.
Let’s not forget also, the War in Iraq was based on a conspiracy theory. And then, years later when no weapons of mass destruction were found, and officials admitted their “intelligence wasn’t accurate,” the justification for the invasion was the removal of Saddam Hussein from power, because he supported Al-Qaeda, which is another lie.
Babylon (Iraq) plays a key role in Bible prophecy and the end days, which is the big picture of why we really went to war there. That, and for the CIA to control the opium trade in Afghanistan. We must keep our eyes on this critical region in the days ahead, as this is the main stage where the final act will be played out. Power to The Resistance!
Satanism is real, the worship of Satan is real, human sacrifices are real, and following with the Devil’s biggest secret, he convinces most people the contrary. Satanists, like occultists and the Illuminati, believe the serpent brought wisdom at the Fall of Man, and they themselves are gods. Satanism is found in various degrees and forms. From silly and superficial, to pure evil of unimaginable proportions, all of which lead to the heart of the New World Order.
It is useful to clearly describe the different kinds of Satanism, and expose satanic forces and their emergence across cultures throughout history. Also by understanding the belief systems of satanic philosophies, we can identify them much easier in society today. In Hebrew, Satan means adversary or accuser, and is an angel, demon, or minor god in many religions.
In the Old Testament, Satan is described as an angel that disobeyed God, was cast out of Heaven, and is now the enemy of God and humans. Satan is generally viewed as a supernatural entity who is the central embodiment of evil, deception, and lies. Satan is also commonly known as the Devil, the Prince of Darkness, Father of Lies, Beelzebub, or Lucifer. Lucifer is a Latin word derived from two other words, lux (light) and ferre (to bear, to bring) meaning light-bearer. Lucifer is more of a title or a description than a formal name for Satan.
A distinction must be drawn between theistic Satanists, and atheistic Satanists. Theistic Satanists worship Satan as a god, or believe that he is the source of wisdom and knowledge. In this view, it is believed that Satan is good and helped mankind in the Garden of Eden break free from God, the creator, who they view as oppressive and even evil. This is the kind of Satanism that is found in the Illuminati, Freemasonry, and most other secret societies.
Atheistic Satanists, as strange as it may sound, claim they don’t believe in a literal Satan or spiritual being, and yet adopt a satanic philosophy and world view while claiming to be atheists. This kind of Satanism can be traced back to Anton LaVey and his Satanic Bible. Despite LaVey claiming to be an atheist and not believing in a God, his claims are quite perplexing and hypocritical upon further examining his beliefs regarding the supernatural.
The Satanic Bible
The Satanic Bible was written by Anton LaVey and published in 1969, and is still widely available today. The book’s cover is black with a red pentagram on the front. LaVey also founded the Church of Satan in 1966.
“Satan” is used as a positive symbol in their worldview, and is not considered to exist as a deity or even as a fallen angel. Strangely, as mentioned earlier, many supporters of the Satanic Bible and the Church of Satan claim to be atheists. These are atheistic Satanists or LaVeyan Satanists. Theo-logically, each individual Satanist is viewed as his or her own god, similar to what is found in ancient mystery religions. The rituals explained are essentially magick in the original sense written by Aleister Crowley, and are intended to further the Satanist’s “power.”
It is odd that LaVey denies God exists and professes to be an atheist while using the label of a Satanist, but what is even more perplexing is the fact that in his authorized biography, The Secret Life of a Satanist, he talks at length about placing curses on people and believed that he had supernatural powers.
Since many people have not heard of such a “bible,” nevertheless actually seen one, several quotes from the blasphemous book follow to give the reader an idea of LaVey’s satanic philosophy.
“Just as the Satanist does not pray to God for assistance,
he does not pray for forgiveness for his wrong doings.” p. 41
“Satanism advocates indulging in each of these “sins” as they all lead to physical, mental, or emotional gratification.” p. 46
“It has become necessary for a NEW religion,
bases on man’s natural instincts, to come forth.” p. 48
“Satanism advocates practicing a modified form of the Golden Rule.
Our interpretation of this rule is: Do unto others as they do unto you.” p. 51
“Satanism is not a white light religion, it is a religion of the flesh, the mundane, the carnal – all of which are ruled by Satan,
the personification of the Left Hand Path.” p. 52
“The Satanic Age is upon us!” p. 63
“The candles used in Satanic ritual represent the light of Lucifer–the bearer of light, enlightenment, the living flame, burning desire,
and the Flames of the pit.” p. 136
“In Satanic ritual the chalice or goblet used represents
the Chalice of Ecstasy.” p. 137
“The Sword of Power is symbolic of aggressive force, and acts as an extension and intensifier of the arm with which the priest
uses to gesture and point.” p. 138
The Church of Satan
The Church of Satan is a real religious organization created in 1966 by Anton Szandor LaVey, the author of The Satanic Bible (1969). Its central office is located in New York. The current High Priest is Peter H. Gilmore who describes the Church as follows:
“The organization is a cabal, a shadowy, underground network of like–minded individuals who work to lever against the inertia of the world, towards ends favorable to Satanism. Dr. LaVey[89] used Orwell’s 1984 as a model for a cell-system in which each member didn’t have awareness of exactly who else might be involved.” (Baddeley, Gavin – Lucifer Rising p. 226)
The Church of Satan promotes claims that every individual can be their own god and is responsible for their own destiny. Satan is used as a symbol and metaphor rather than the name of the actual anthropomorphic deity, following in line with the philosophies of The Satanic Bible.
LaVey was instrumental in modernizing Satanism and brining it public in the 1960s. “By the time The Satanic Bible was released in 1969, membership in the Church of Satan had already grown to well over 10,000 worldwide.” (Barton, Blanche – The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey p. 92)
Unlike ordinary Churches, the Church of Satan does not have tax-exempt status. As part of what it refers to as Pentagonal Revisionism, the Church of Satan is actively working to make all Churches pay tax as it follows its evil agenda of committing blasphemy against the body of Christ.
“On Walpurginsnacht (the night when, according to central European tradition, Evil holds sway over the world), 30 April 1966, LaVey shaved his head and declared himself High Priest of the Church of Satan.” (Baddeley, Gavin Lucifer Rising p. 70)
LaVey was born in Chicago, Illinois, but spent most of his life in San Francisco. He remained High Priest until his death in 1997, at the age of 67. His second wife, Blanch Barton, later wrote his authorized biography. LaVey has two daughters, Zeena and Karla, both of who were involved with the Church of Satan, and practicing Satanists themselves. He also has a son named Xerxes, who was born in 1993.
The 9 Satanic Statements
1) Satan represents indulgence, instead of abstinence!
2) Satan represents vital existence, instead of spiritual pipe
dreams!
3) Satan represents undefiled wisdom, instead of hypocritical
self-deceit!
4) Satan represents kindness to those who deserve it, instead
of love wasted on ingrates!
5) Satan represents vengeance, instead of turning the other
cheek!
6) Satan represents responsibility to the responsible, instead
of concern for psychic vampires!
7) Satan represents man as just another animal, Sometimes
better, more often worse than those that walk on all-fours,
who because of his “Divine spiritual and intellectual
development,” has become the most vicious animal of all!
8) Satan represents all of the so-called sins, as they all lead
to physical, mental, or emotional gratification!
9) Satan has been the best friend the church has ever had, as
he has kept it in business all these years!
LaVey Believed in Prayer
It’s interesting that the Church of Satan claims to believe in atheistic Satanism, and doesn’t believe in God, yet Anton LaVey believed in the power of prayer and curses. In the authorized biography of Anton LaVey, (written by his 2nd wife) there is an entire chapter titled “Curses and Coincidences” which lists several instances where LaVey believed he used real black magic to cause people to die.
Also found in the book is a section where it is explained that after LaVey’s friend Jayne Mansfield’s six year old son was injured in an accident that, “Anton gathered a few dozen members of his congregation together and conducted a Church of Satan ritual, applying their combined power to invoke Satan’s blessing upon Jayne’s son.” (Barton, Blanche – The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey p. 98)
In a radio interview this author conducted with Peter H. Gilmore, the current high priest of the Church, Gilmore told me, “We Satanists don’t believe in religious nonsense.”[90]
So members claim they don’t believe in God, and ridicule Christians for praying to God, yet the Church of Satan’s founder, and author of The Satanic Bible held a prayer meeting in an attempt to supernaturally help someone. The hypocrisy is obvious. And so is the stupidity.
Temple of Set
Michael A. Aquino is the founder of another satanic Church named the Temple of Set. (Set being the Egyptian god of the underworld) Aquino was originally a high ranking member of LaVey’s Church of Satan, and friend of Anton. Aquino served as the High Priest of the Temple of Set until he retired the position in 1996, which is now held by Don Webb.
The Temple of Set was founded in 1975 by Michael Aquino and a group of other members of the Church of Satan who left that organization because of disagreements with its philosophy and administration. Aquino and his followers apparently believed that LaVey and the Church of Satan were too commercial and not a serious enough satanic organization.[91] LaVey was essentially accused of operating the Church of Satan merely for profit.
In his book, The Book of Coming Forth by Night (1985) Aquino describes what seems to be a call to start his cult and speaks in the first person as Set, the Egyptian Satan. The Temple of Set considers itself an authentic satanic religious institution, and unlike the Church of Satan, they claim they are recognized as a state and federally tax exempt organization.[92]
The Temple of Set’s official website is Xeper.org (An Egyptian word, roughly translated as “self-improvement” or “self-creation”) and their symbol is an upside down pentagram.
The Dark Past of Michael Aquino
Aside from simply being the founder of the Temple of Set, Michael Aquino has extensive connections to several of the Illuminati’s darkest corners. In 1981, as a Major in the U.S. Army, he collaborated with Colonel Paul E. Vallely and produced a paper titled From PSYOP to MindWar: The Psychology of Victory.[93] The paper was submitted to Military Review and Parameter, the publication of the U.S. Army War College.
The paper describes how psychological warfare could and should be used against the American people, saying, “MindWar should take full advantage of such phenomena as atmospheric electromagnetic activity, air ionization, and extremely low frequency waves.” (Aquino, Michael – From PSYOP to MindWar p. 9-10) (See Mind Control)
While on a NATO tour of Europe in 1982 he performed a satanic ritual in the Westphalian castle which Heinrich Himmler’s elite SS used for the same reason, an incident that apparently went unquestioned by others in the force, including his superiors.[94]
Aquino holds a Ph.D. in Political Science from the University of California, Santa Barbara, is a former Green Beret, and during his time in the military, held a top level security clearance.
In the 1980s, Aquino, his wife, and another were accused of ritual child sexual abuse involving a daycare center at the Presidio military base in San Francisco. No charges were filed against Aquino, although he was titled by the army.[95] Controversy still surrounds the allegations.
Prosecutor Susan Gray had been able to get a grand jury to charge Gary Hambright, a worker at the daycare center, with molesting only one child. Three months after Hambright’s arrest the charges were dismissed. U.S. District Court Judge William Schwarzer refused to allow the admission of so-called hearsay statements, and ruled that the children would not serve as competent witnesses because of their age.
A child that identified Gary Hambright from a photo line up said she was driven to a house with black walls and abused by three individuals, believed to be Michael Aquino “Mickey,” Gary Hambright “Mr. Gary,” and “Shamby,” Lilith Aquino, Michael’s wife.[96] The home the child identified was Aquinos’, and she also accurately described the black walls inside. On August 14, 1987, the FBI and the San Francisco Police served a search warrant and seized videotapes, 29 photos, and two plastic gloves from the kitchen. (Case #870910025, 8114/87)
At 4:45AM on September 22, 1987 a call came into the Presidio Fire Department with news of a fire at the day care center. Much of the center and some of its records were destroyed. A faulty wire outlet was originally blamed as the cause.
On September 30, 1987, eight days after the fire, and six months after the original charges were dropped against Gary Hambright, he was reindicted on molestation charges involving 10 children. Three weeks later another fire struck the day care center. Then, in February, all charges were dropped by Judge Schwarzer for being too vague. In all, more than 60 children came forward with allegations of abuse.
The second fire at the daycare center was reported at 4:30 AM and caused damage to a building containing several classrooms, including Hambright’s. ATF and the Army then concluded both fires were arson.[97]
A concrete bunker located behind the Military Intelligence building at the Presidio was found to be turned into some kind of a ritual chamber. On the front wall beneath the window that faced the Military Intelligence building was a huge pentagram inside a circle. Inside the bunker were occult drawings, the number 666, black candles, and burnt logs. No further information is known about this bunker, or its current status.
At first glance one may dismiss the drawings as graffiti, but upon realizing the numerous allegations that surfaced, and the individuals named in those instances, a more sinister picture begins to emerge.
Aquino has been named by numerous witnesses and investigators as allegedly playing a key role in Project Monarch experiments on children, and specifically in the kidnapping of the Iowa paperboy Johnny Gosch.[98] Ted Gunderson, former Senior Special Agent-in-Charge of the Los Angeles FBI wrote, “Bonacci told Noreen Gosch that 14 days after Johnny was kidnapped, known Satanist Colonel Michael Aquino came to the house outside of Sioux City, Iowa, where Johnny had been kept since the kidnapping. Michael Aquino, then a Colonel in the Army, paid several thousand dollars to the kidnappers, took Johnny and left for Colorado with him.”[99]
Gunderson goes on to say, “In March of 1997, when Johnny Gosch came to his mother’s home in the middle of the night, he told his mother about his abduction and named Colonel Michael Aquino as a central perpetrator. Aquino was then an officer in the military, reputedly in charge of ‘Operation Mind War’ for the U.S. government. ‘Operation Mind War’ was a sub-project of ‘Project MK-Ultra’ which grew out of ‘Operation Paperclip.’ ‘Operation Paperclip’ was a covert operation in which large numbers of Nazi scientists were brought to the United States from the Nazi death camps of World War II to learn from their techniques of torture, drugs, hypnosis, mind control, and genetic experimentation for covert operations.”[100] (See Mind Control)
During this meeting, Johnny asked her not to mention anything about their conversation or him being alive, because it would put his life and others at risk. He apparently was trying to create a plan so he could expose what had happened to him and others. Noreen Gosch (Johnny’s mother) kept this meeting to herself until March 1999 when she appeared in court to testify for Paul Bonacci, a victim of Larry King from the Franklin Cover-Up. (Lawrence E. King, no relation of CNN’s King)
Noreen, while on the witness stand, was asked by John DeCamp, Paul Bonacci’s attorney, if she had ever seen or talked to her son in all the years he had been missing, and being under oath at the time, she answered with the truth, that in fact she had. Some people believed her but others made ad hominem attacks saying she was either a liar or crazy. This revelation led to another appearance on Inside Edition and other network TV shows bringing more publicity to the case once again. A bizarre turn of events would lead to MSNBC running a piece in April 2005 on speculation that phony White House reporter “Jeff Gannon” (James D. Guckert) may be Johnny Gosch. (See Mind Control)
Aquino declined a request for an interview by this author Mark Dice, in the following email back in 2005.
Please accept my apologies that I have declined all
interview requests since I retired from the High
Priesthood of the Temple of Set in 1996.
Nor have I been a Satanist since 1975. However you are
welcome to download a copy of my _Church of Satan_ ebook, which covers its 1966-75 history, from:
http://www.xeper.org/maquino
Sincerely,
Michael A. Aquino
Hunter S. Thompson
Rusty Nelson, [Russell E. Nelson] the photographer of pedophile Larry (Lawrence E.) King from the Franklin Cover-Up, alleges that Hunter S. Thompson (the famous gonzo journalist) offered him $100,000 in 1988 to produce a snuff film involving a child. Rusty said he turned the offer down.[101]
Interestingly, Hunter S. Thompson wrote in his book, Fear and Loathing in Las Vegas about receiving Adreno-chrome from a Satanist. Adrenochrome is a powerful hallucinogen that is now synthesized in a lab, but originally believed to have been obtained from the human body immediately after a person was killed.
Paul Bonacci described in his journal picking up a “Hunter Thompson” in Las Vegas who was the individual Bonacci described as the photographer for the snuff film he witnessed in Bohemian Grove around this same time.[102] (See Bohemian Grove)
Hunter S. Thompson committed suicide just days after “Jeff Gannon” (James D. Guckart), the phony reporter was exposed, some believe because Thompson thought the pedophilia ring involving the Franklin Cover-Up and Bohemian Grove would be exposed, and that he would be implicated with his alleged participation in these activities. Nelson (who claims Thompson offered him money to shoot a snuff film) was arrested two days after Thompson’s death for not re-registering as a sex offender when he changed addresses, which is required by law. Gannon/Guckart was found to work for a gay escort service and featured nude photos of himself on his website.[103]
It is believed “Gannon” was working under Operation Mockingbird, a CIA program to control the media through a front company called Talon News. (See Mind Control) Key pieces of information regarding Jeff Gannon, his connections with the Bush administration, why no investigations were launched into his alleged prostitution activities, and what else this man has been involved in, or knows about, have not yet been made public.
Many people, including Ted Gunderson and James Rothstein (former NYPD Detective), speculated as to whether this individual was Johnny Gosch.[104] MSNBC even did a segment on the show Dietl and Daniels featuring Johnny’s mother regarding these allegations.[105]
In June 2005 Gannon invited KWWL to his Washington, D.C. home, and said for the first time, “I am not Johnny Gosch” saying he wanted to put a stop to the rumors.[106]
Adding, yet again, another twist to the story is the fact that Hunter S. Thompson wrote in his 2004 book titled Hey Rube in the first article titled The New Dumb, “The autumn months are never a calm time in America…There is always a rash of kidnapping and abductions of schoolchildren in the football months. Preteens of both sexes are traditionally seized and grabbed off the streets by gangs of organized perverts who traditionally give them as Christmas gifts to each other to be personal sex slaves and playthings.”
This writing clearly shows Thompson knew something not many people know. That each year children are kid-napped by organized kidnapping rings and sold as sex slaves. Thompson was known for getting involved in his stories, as was the case when he lived with the Hells Angels for nearly two years in the 1960s, where he chronicled his activities in his book Hells Angels: A Strange and Terrible Saga.
With Paul Bonacci’s testimony implicating Thompson, and Rusty Nelson’s allegations of being propositioned to shoot a snuff film for him, some are led to believe he was involved in even more sinister activities than hanging out with a motorcycle gang.
He named his estate “Owl Farm,” some believe as a reference to Bohemian Grove, also adding to the suspicions.
Thompson’s former editorial assistant, Nickole Brown, wrote in an article titled In Memory of Hunter S. Thompson: Postcard from Louisville, Kentucky (posted 4-15-05) about some of the bizarre behavior she had witnessed while working for him. “For weeks he played a tape recording of a jack rabbit screaming in a trap,” the article explained. She also wrote that one time, “he threw me out of the house for refusing to watch a snuff film.”[107] As she left, he allegedly called her a coward and was mad. Brown thought he was possibly joking, and didn’t think much of it, citing his unique character.
After an interview on May 20, 2005 by this author (Mark Dice), Nickole Brown said despite rumors, he never threatened her, she never felt in danger while she worked for him as his editorial assistant, and she couldn’t imagine him being involved in such things as the allegations from Bonacci, Nelson, and others. She and others believe Hunter was possibly investigating such claims, which they cite as the source of such allegations.
Shortly before his death, Thompson was speaking about motives behind the September 11th attacks and alluded to a cover-up or conspiracy. (See September 11th Inside Job)
Aleister Crowley
Aleister Crowley was an infamous Satanist and Freemason whose writings continue to inspire occultists and Satanists around the world. He considered himself to be a black magician of sorts and his motto was, “Do what thou wilt, shall be the whole of the law.” He began many of his writings and letters with this phrase, which meant do whatever you want, as if there are no consequences. Aleister died at the age of 72 on December 1, 1947.
The Beatles album Sergeant Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club Band in 1967 featured Crowley’s picture on the cover, and Ozzy Osborne “the Prince of Darkness” made reference to Mr. Crowley in the song of the same name. Many unfamiliar with the activities and writings of Crowley have no idea what the song is about. Some lyrics are as follows:
Mr. Crowley, what went on in your head
Mr. Crowley, did you talk with the dead
Your life style to me seemed so tragic
With the thrill of it all
You fooled all the people with magic
You waited on Satan’s call
Mr. Charming, did you think you were pure
Mr. Alarming, in nocturnal rapport
Uncovering things that were sacred manifest on this Earth
Conceived in the eye of a secret
And they scattered the afterbirth
Crowley was a member of various occult organizations, including Freemasonry in which he was a 33rd degree Sovereign Grand Inspector General of the Scottish Rite, as he bragged in his autobiography.[108] (See Freemasonry) Crowley was also deeply involved with the Order of the Golden Dawn, and the Ordo Templi Orientis (O.T.O.) (Order of the Temple of the East, or the Order of Oriental Templars).
While climbing up the occult hierarchy, Crowley was given the title “the wickedest man alive” by the media and called himself “the beast.” It has been documented that Crowley practiced drug induced rituals that included perverted sex acts, homosexuality, bestiality, and eating human waste.
The most shocking facts about Crowley are his beliefs outlined in his book, Magick: In Theory and Practice, where he gives instructions on animal and human sacrifices, writing:
“But the bloody sacrifice, though more dangerous, is more efficacious; and for nearly all purposes human sacrifice is the best…The animal should therefore be killed within the Circle, or the Triangle, as the case may be, so that its energy cannot escape. An animal should be selected whose nature accords with that of the ceremony–thus, by sacrificing a female lamb one would not obtain any appreciate quantity of the fierce energy useful to a Magician who was invoking Mars. In such case a ram would be more suitable. And this ram should be virgin–the whole potential of its original total energy should not have been diminished in any way.”
“For the highest spiritual working one must accordingly choose that victim which contains the greatest and purest force. A male child of perfect innocence and high intelligence is the most satisfactory and suitable victim.”
(Aleister Crowley – Magick: In Theory and Practice p.95-96)
These kinds of writings and instructions most likely inspired Satanists like Michael Aquino and others who continue to carry on the darkest principles found in the occult.
Another one of Crowley’s famous (or infamous) books is The Book of the Law which was dictated to him by a demon who temporarily possessed his wife when they were visiting Egypt. This book is where the saying ‘Do what thou wilt’ comes from. Various quotes from this satanic piece of filth follow.
“Every man and every woman is a star.” p. 19
“Let my servants be few & secret : they shall rule the many & the known.” p. 19
“Now, therefore, I am known to ye by my name Nuit, and to him by a secret name which I will give him when at last he knoweth me.” p. 20
“...the ordeals I write not : the rituals shall be half known and half concealed.” p. 22
“Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the Law.” p. 23
“So with thy all; thou hast no right but to do thy will. Do that, and no other shall say nay.” p. 23
“I give unimaginable joys on Earth.” p.26
“But to love me is better than all things: if under the nigh-stars in the desert thou presently burnest mine incense before me, invoking me with a pure heart, and the Serpent flame therein, thou shalt come a little to lie in my bosom. For one kiss wilt thou then be willing to give all…ye shall wear rich jewels; ye shall exceed the nations of the Earth in splendor & pride.” p. 27
“Compassion is the vice of kings : stamp down the wretched & the weak : this is the law of the strong : this is our law and the joy of the world…Now let it be understood: If the body of the King dissolve, he shall remain in pure ecstasy forever.” p. 31
“I am the Snake that giveth Knowledge & Delight and bring glory, and stir the hearts of men with drunkenness. To worship me take wine and strange drugs whereof I will tell my prophet, & be drunk thereof! They shall not harm ye at all…Be strong, o man! Lust, enjoy all things of sense and rapture: fear not that any God shall deny thee for this. 23. I am alone: there is no God where I am.” p. 31
“Behold! These be grave mysteries…26. I am the secret Serpent coiled about to spring : in my coiling there is joy. If I lift up my head, I and my Nuit are one. If I droop down mine head, and shoot forth venom, then is rapture of the Earth, and I and the Earth are one.” p. 32
“Ah! Thy death shall be lovely : whoso seeth it shall be glad…Ah! Ah! Death! Death! Thou shalt long for death.” p. 37-38
“Now let it be first understood that I am a god of War and Vengeance.” p. 39
“Worship me with fire & blood; worship me with swords & with spears. Let the woman be girt with a sword before me: let blood flow to my name. Trample down the Heathen; be upon them, o warrior, I will give you of their flesh to eat! Sacrifice cattle, little and big : after a child.” p. 40
“Mercy let be off : damn them who pity! Kill and torture ; spare not ; be upon them ! The Best blood is of the moon, monthly: then the fresh blood of a child, or dropping from the host of heaven : then of enemies ; then of the priest or of the worshipers : last of some beast, no matter what.” p. 41
“But your holy place shall be untouched throughout the centuries: though with fire and sword it be burnt down & shattered, yet an invisible house there standeth, and shall stand until the fall of the Great Equinox; when Hrumachis shall arise and the double-wanded one assume my throne and place. Another prophet shall arise, and bring fresh fever from the skies; another woman shall awake the lust & worship of the Snake; another soul of God and beast shall mingle in the globed priest; another sacrifice shall stain the tomb; another king shall reign; and blessing no longer be poured To the Hawk-headed mystical Lord!” p. 42-43
“I am in a secret fourfold word, the blasphemy against all gods of men. Curse them! Curse them! Curse them! With my Hawk’s head I peck at the eyes of Jesus as he hangs upon the cross.” p. 47
The Scientology Connection
L. Ron Hubbard, the founder of Scientology, said some very interesting things about Aleister Crowley. It is rumored that L. Ron Hubbard had participated in bizarre sex rituals with Crowley and others during their exploration into occult magick, and in an audio recording widely available on the Internet, Hubbard had the following to say about the Satanist.
“The magical cults of the 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th centuries in the Middle East were fascinating. The only modern work that has anything to do with them is a trifle wild in spots, but is a fascinating work in itself, and that's the work of Aleister Crowley – the late Aleister Crowley – my very good friend. He signs himself ‘the Beast,’ mark of the Beast 666.”
Hubbard was a science fiction writer in the 1940s who was also interested in the occult and later started his own “religion” by mixing occult philosophy, science-fiction stories, and self-help strategies.
Hollywood actor, Jason Beghe, quit Scientology and made headlines in 2008 explaining, “A Scientologist who’s ‘clear’ believes he’s no longer a Homosapien. He’s Homo-novis, a new race. They believe they are the only hope for this section of the galaxy, starting with planet Earth.”[109]
Beghe also admitted that he gave Scientology almost one million dollars in donations over his twelve years of membership.[110]
It’s important to note that high level occultists and Luciferians believe that they too evolve into a new species, and into gods. Any educated person can see the occult inspiration that L. Ron Hubbard incorporated into Scientology.
The Pentagram
It’s fairly well known that Satanists use an upside down pentagram surrounded by a circle as a symbol of Satan. An ordinary pentagram is simply a five pointed star consisting of five lines, but a satanic pentagram is turned upside down, often with a circle around it. It’s important to note that a pentagram is not simply a five pointed star, but is a five pointed star consisting of five straight lines, thus forming a pentagon in the center.
The pentagram (usually with the top point facing upward) has had mystical meanings for various religions throughout history. Various pagan and occult groups adapted the pentagram as an idol representing the ‘god’ or ‘gods’ of the universe.
“As far back as in the days of Egyptian hieroglyphics a star pointing upwards signified ‘rising upwards towards the point of origin’ and formed part of such words as ‘to bring up,’ ‘to educate,’ and ‘the teacher.’ The inverted five-pointed star is a symbol of the infernal and used in black magic.” (Cirlot, J.E. – Dictionary of Symbols p. 295)
According to Heather Child’s Christian Symbols, Ancient and Modern, the pentagram has been used as a symbol of the five senses.
The Pentagram, which in Freemasonry is called the Blazing Star, is the sign of carnal knowledge, power, and the sun, (Horus, or Lucifer) and is the pentagram used by Satanists today. Wiccans and other popular forms of the occult have also adopted the right side up pentagram. They say the five points represent air, fire, water, Earth, and spirit.
Early Christians attributed the five points of a pentagram to the five wounds of Christ. It later became distorted and used by occultists, some say deliberately as profanity.
Famous occultist Eliphas Levi explains, “The Pentagram, which in Gnostic schools is called the Blazing Star, is the sign of intellectual omnipotence and autocracy. It is the Star of the Magi; it is the sign of the Word made flesh; and according to the direction of its points, this absolute magical symbol represents order or confusion, the Divine Lamb of Ormuz and St. John, or the accursed goat of Mendez. It is the initiation or profanation; it is Lucifer or Vesper, the star of morning or evening. It is Mary or Lilith, victory or death, day or night. The Pentagram with two points in the ascendant represents Satan as the goat of the Sabbath.” (Levi, Eliphas – Transcendental Magic p. 237)
“When used in black magic, the pentagram is called the “sign of the cloven hoof,” or the footprint of the Devil. The star with two points upward is also called the “Goat of Mendes,” because the inverted star is the same shape as a goat’s head. When the upright star turns and the upper point falls to the bottom, it signifies the fall of the Morning Star.” (Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 327)
Baphomet
Baphomet is essentially an idol of some sort that is often represented as a half man, half goat type of figure, or goat’s head. Baphomet goes back to the Knights Templar and the Crusades. Baphomet was the goat head that the Templars were “accused” of worshiping which supposedly had an inverted pentagram drawn on its forehead. It was said during the Inquisition that the Knights used this head as an idol during their bizarre ceremonies.
There are, of course, differences of opinion as to the origin of Baphomet. To this day some scholars claim stories of Baphomet worship by the Templars was a fiction created to justify heresy, and an excuse to kill the Knights and take their wealth. The impact of their infamous arrest on Friday, October 13th, 1307, has been carried on for centuries as the mythical unlucky Friday the 13th without many knowing the true origins of such superstitions.
A rendition of Baphomet is the official symbol of the Church of Satan and is printed on the cover of The Satanic Bible. The head of a goat is drawn within an inverted pentagram with the upper two points creating the horns, the two side points forming the ears, and the bottom point forms the beard of the goat.
Another depiction shows Baphomet in the form of a human-like winged goat. This figure has enlarged breasts and a phallic serpent rising from its genital area. This image comes from Eliphas Levi’s 1854 book, Dogme et rituel de la haute magie (Transcendental Magic).
Levi’s depiction deviates dramatically from the historical description from the Inquisition. His interpretation added a human-like body to the goat head, along with the hand gesture of the Devil’s Triad (unholy trinity) using the figure’s right hand. Levi’s depiction closely resembles a gargoyle. One critical alteration made in Levi’s version of the goat was that the pentagram on the forehead of the figure points upward. This is opposite of the original Baphomet, which depicted the pentagram with one point facing downward.
There are several theories as to the origin and make-up of the word Baphomet. One is the belief that it is derived from the Greek words ‘Baphe’ and ‘Metis.’ The two words together would mean “Baptism of Wisdom.” Dr Hugh Schonfield, one of the scholars who worked on the Dead Sea Scrolls, believed that the word “Baphomet” was created with knowledge of the Atbash substitution cipher, which substitutes the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet for the last, the second for the second last, and so on, using this system. “Baphomet” rendered in Hebrew becomes “Sophia,” the Greek word meaning wisdom.
“This serpent, Satan, is not the enemy of Man, be He who made Gods of our race, knowing Good and Evil; He bade “Know Thyself! and taught Initiation. He is “the Devil” of the book of Troth, and His emblem is Baphomet, and Androgyny who is the hieroglyph of arcane perfection.” (Crowley, Aleister – Magic: In Theory and Practice p. 193)
Of Levi’s writings, one statement that is utterly blasphemous is where he writes, praising Satan, saying he was, “that Angel who was proud enough to believe himself God; brave enough to buy his independence at the price of eternal suffering and torture; beautiful enough to have adored himself in full divine light; strong enough to still reign in darkness amidst agony, and to have made himself a throne out of this inextinguishable pyre.” (Levi, Eliphas - History of Magic p. 38)
It is said that Albert Pike’s book Morals and Dogma, often called the “Masonic Bible,” is a work where he took the Cabbalistic and Lucifer and doctrine of Eliphas Levi and combined them with Freemasonry. (See Freemasonry) Every time we see the symbol of the Baphomet we should be reminded of the connection between the Knights Templar, Freemasonry, and Satanism.
After a thorough examination of Satanism, Mahomet’s place in history becomes more understood, and the accusations aimed at the Templars become a realistic probability. One theory as to its origin is that the original Baphomet was created from the head of John the Baptist by adding two horns to the skull, although any evidence to such claims has likely been lost in history. It’s not only Christians who claim that the Knights Templar worshiped Baphomet, but famous occultists and Satanists admit in their own writings that the accusations against the Templars were true.
The Knights Templar
The Knights Templar is known as a military order of supposed Christian warrior monks who protected Christian peasants as they traveled to the Holy Land in Jerusalem. They got the name Knights Templar because they took up Solomon’s Temple as their headquarters.
As a closer look was taken at the Templars, many believe that they had an ulterior motive for staying at the temple. Evidence proves that they were secretly excavating under the temple for some kind of treasure. Much speculation revolves around just what this treasure was. Many believe it was not only gold, but some hidden documents as well. Some believe that the documents were a history of a bloodline of Jesus, a fraud that was popularized by Dan Brown’s book The Da Vinci Code. (See The Illuminati)
Others believe that these documents held some kind of mystical secrets about life and the nature of reality. This is what many occultists believe is the Holy Grail. Not some bloodline of Jesus, and not a cup from the last supper, but an ancient text about the nature of the spiritual laws of the world and knowledge of God.
As you are about to read, famous occultists and researchers believe that the accusations against the Templars by the Catholic Church were true, that they indeed were involved with non-Christian rituals involving magic.
“Did the Templars really adore Baphomet? Did they offer a shameful salutation to the buttocks of the goat of Mendes? What was actually this secret and potent association which imperiled Church and State, and was thus destroyed unheard? Judge nothing lightly; they are guilty of a great crime; they have exposed to profane eyes the sanctuary of antique initiation. They have gathered again and have shared the fruits of the tree of knowledge, so they might become masters of the world.” (Levi, Eliphas – Transcendental Magic p. 7-8)
“Yes, in our profane conviction, the Grand Masters of the Order of the Templars worshipped the Baphomet, and caused it to be worshipped by their initiates.” (Levi, Eliphas – Transcendental Magic p. 307)
In The Satanic Bible, included in the list and definition of Infernal Names, Baphomet is defined as a symbol of Satan that the Knights Templar worshiped. This startling revelation shows that, despite continued views that Baphomet was a fiction created by the Catholic Church to justify persecuting the Order, the belief adopted by the Church of Satan and Satanists is that Baphomet was in fact the idol the Templars used.
“The famous hermaphroditic Goat of Mendes was a composite creature formulated to symbolize this astral light. It is identical with Baphomet, the mystic pantheos of those disciples of ceremonial magic, the Templars, who probably obtained it from the Arabians.” (Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 316)
“In The Hiram Key we established that the medieval warrior monks known as ‘The Poor Soldiers of Christ and the Temple of Solomon’ were almost certainly the source of the rituals that became the basis of Freemasonry.” (Night & Lomas – The Book of Hiram p. 50)
“It seems extremely probable that the wealth of the Templar order can be explained by the recovery of these huge amounts of treasure, and the rituals they practiced may well have been recorded on the scrolls they also found.” (Night & Lomas – The Book of Hiram p. 53)
“The Masonic Testament now confirms that an order was formed by a Masonic group called the ‘Princes of Jerusalem’ in that city in the year 1118, and then tells us that at a later stage they took the name ‘Princes of Jerusalem and Knights of the East and West’ because their doctrines came from both directions.” (Night & Lomas – The Book of Hiram p. 55)
“It is said that the Knights and the Princes of Jerusalem, finding themselves unable to expel the Saracens from the Holy Land, agreed with Godfrey de Bouillon to veil the mysteries of our religion under emblems, by which they would be enabled to maintain their devotions in secret, and secure themselves against the intrusion of traitors or pretended friends.” (Night & Lomas – The Book of Hiram p. 434)
“Hence it follows that the mysteries of the craft are in reality the mysteries of religion. The Knights were, however, careful not to entrust this important secret to any whose fidelity and discretion had not been fully proved. They therefore invented different degrees to test their candidates, and gave them only symbolical secrets without explanation, to prevent treachery and solely to enable them to make themselves known to each other. For this purpose it was resolved to use different signs, words and tokens in each degree, by which they would be secured against the Saracens, cowans or intruders.” (Night & Lomas – The Book of Hiram p. 434)
“The Templars had two doctrines; one was concealed and reserved to the leaders, being that of Johannism; the other was public, being Roman Catholic doctrine. They deceived in this manner the enemies that thy hoped to supplant. The Johannism of the adepts was the Kabalah of the Gnostics, but it degenerated speedily into a mystic pantheism carried even to idolatry of Nature and hatred of all revealed dogma…They went even so far as to recognize the pantheistic symbolism of the grand masters of Black Magic, and the better to isolate themselves from obedience to a religion by which they were condemned before, they rendered divine honors to the monstrous idol Baphomet.” (Levi, Eliphas – History of Magic p. 211)
The Serpent
While the Bible describes the serpent as the animal that Satan took the form of to deceive Adam and Eve causing the fall of humanity, occultists and Satanists praise the serpent. These beliefs stem from the idea that the serpent brought wisdom, enabling humanity to become gods.
33rd degree Mason writer Manly P. Hall explains, “The serpent is the symbol and prototype of the Universal savior, who redeems the worlds by giving creation the knowledge of itself and the realization of good and evil.” (Hall, Manly P – The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. Ixxxviii)
“The Serpent of Eternity and all Knowledge, that Manasic spirit, which made him learn the secret of creation on the Kriyasaktic, and of procreation on the earthly planes – led him as naturally to discover his way to immortality, notwithstanding the jealously of the Gods.” (Blavatsky, H.P. – The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 283)
From Mormons to Freemasons, the serpent is highly valued as a savior. Snakes are said to be guardians of springs of life, immortality, and of secret spiritual treasures as written in the Book of the Dead, and other occult works.
The Secret Doctrine
The Secret Doctrine by Helena Blavatski (1888) was one of Hitler’s favorite books, and he reportedly kept a copy next to his bed. (See Nazism) Aside from writing that the Fall of Man was a spiritual evolution towards godhood, Helena Blavatski explains the significance of the swastika, and of course, Satan. This book sits in the Occult or New Age section of most Barnes and Nobles. Several of the most blasphemous and damning quotes from this evil book follow.
“For no one, not even the greatest living adept, would be permitted to, or could – even if he would – give out promiscuously, to a mocking, unbelieving world, that which has been so effectually concealed from it for long aeons and ages.” (Blavatsky, Helena – The Secret Doctrine v.I p. xvii)
“It was left with the early and ignorant Christian fathers to degrade the philosophical and highly scientific emblem (the Dragon) into the absurd superstition called the Devil.” (Blavatsky, Helena – The Secret Doctrine v.I p. 73)
“Thus “SATAN,” once he ceases to be viewed in the superstitious, dogmatic, unphilosophical spirit of the Churches, grows into the grandiose image of one who made of terrestrial a divine MAN; who gave him, throughout the long cycle of Maha-kalpa the law of the Spirit of Life, and made him free from the Sin of Ignorance, hence of death.” (Blavatsky, Helena – The Secret Doctrine v.I p. 198)
“Thus Lucifer – the spirit of Intellectual Enlightenment and Freedom of Thought – is metaphorically the guiding beacon, which helps man to find his way through the rocks and sand banks of Life, for Lucifer is the Logos in his highest.” (Blavatsky, H.P. – The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 162)
“The Secret Doctrine must some day become the just Karma of the Churches– more anti-Christian than the representatives assemblies of the most confirmed Materialists and Atheists. The old doctrine about the true meaning of the “fallen Angels,” in its anthropological and evolutionary sense, is contained in the Kabala.” (Blavatsky, H.P. – The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 228)
“Blessed and sanctifies is the name of the Angel of Havas – Satan.” (Blavatsky, H.P. – The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 235)
“Satan will now be shown, in the teaching of the Secret Doctrine, allegorized as Good, and Sacrifice, a God of Wisdom.” (Blavatsky, H.P. – The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 237)
“It is the Lord God, evidently, who was the real cause of all the mischief, the “agent provocateur,” and the Serpent – only a prototype of Azazel, “the scapegoat for the sin of (the God of) Israel,” the poor Tragos having to pay the penalty for his Master’s and Creator’s blunder.” (Blavatsky, H.P. – The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 387)
“Thus, the true and uncompromising Kabalists admit that, for all purposes of Science and philosophy, it is enough that the profane should know that the great magic agent called by the followers of the Marquis de St. Martin – the Martinists – astral light, by the medieval Kabalists and Alchemists the Sidereal Virgin and the Mysterium Magnum, and by the Eastern Occultists Ether, the reflection of Akasa– is that which the Church calls Lucifer.” (Blavatsky, H.P. – The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 511)
“But in antiquity and reality, Lucifer, or Luciferus, is the name of the angelic Entity presiding over the light of truth as over the light of the day.” (Blavatsky, H.P. – The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 512)
“Lucifer is divine and terrestrial light, the “Holy Ghost” and “Satan,” at one and the same time, visible Space being truly filled with differentiated Breath invisibly; and the Astral Light, the manifested efforts of two who are one, guided and attracted by ourselves, is the karma of humanity, both a personal and impersonal entity…The Fall was the result of man’s knowledge, for his “eyes were opened.” Indeed, he was taught Wisdom and the hidden knowledge by the “Fallen Angel”…And now it stand proven that Satan, or the Red Fiery Dragon, the “lord of Phosphorus” (brimstone was a theological improvement), and Lucifer, or “Light-Bearer,” is in us: it is our Mind– our tempter and Redeemer, our intelligent liberator and Savior from pure animalism…Without this quickening spirit, or human Mind or soul, there would be no difference between man and beast.” (Blavatsky, H.P. – The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 513)
Human Sacrifices
While rumors of human sacrifices are considered urban legends, the reality is very different. Human sacrifices to gods and demons are well documented throughout history.
The Bible speaks on the subject, saying in Leviticus 18:21, “Don’t sacrifice your children on the altar fires to the god Molech.” This very ritual is simulated or practiced today by the Illuminati every summer in the form of a theatrical ceremony where an effigy of a human is burned at an altar at the feet of an enormous idol of Molech. (See Bohemian Grove)
From the Canaanites to the Aztecs, to modern day satanic cults, human sacrifices are far too real for many to comprehend. Many children who are kidnapped each year are kidnapped by a parent or relative who thinks they have the rights to the child. But each year other children disappear without a trace. Often no clues or evidence is left. These children are the victims of satanic child predators.
Whether done by an individual, or a secret organization of Satanists, human sacrifices are all too real. Even the lone child molester who murders their victim is a Satanist to the core, whether knowingly or not. Whether displaying a pentagram or not, they are true Satanists who are doing the Devil’s work and poisoning humanity.
Many satanic crimes are labeled otherwise in official reports. Suicides and satanic inspired murders are often described as regular murders or suicides, and officials involved are often afraid of the negative publicity and stigma the term “satanic” implies.
21-year-old Texas University student, Mark Kilroy, disappeared shortly after 2 a.m. on March 14, 1989 while out partying with friends in Matamoros, a city of 180,000 people just across the Rio Grande River from Brownsville, Texas. A cult in the area had been involved in human sacrifices for about nine months and prayed to the Devil “so the police would not arrest them, so bullets would not kill them, and so they could make more money” the Associated Press reported.[111]
Cult leader, Adolfo Constanzo, skinned his victims alive and boiled them into a soup. More than 60 people were reported missing in and around the Mexican border town of Matamoros during 1989 alone. However, when 21-year-old Texas University student Mark Kilroy disappeared from a bar during spring break, it was a different story.
A reward was raised by the business community in Brownsville, Texas, posters were put up all over the region, and a segment was even featured on America’s Most Wanted. Cameron County Sheriff’s Lieutenant George Gavito was put in charge of the case, but had little to go on, until an incident on the south side of the Rio Grande border.
U.S. and Mexican authorities had set up roadblocks in a joint drug sting when a drug runner named Serafin Hernandez Garcia approached an official. He invited the police to shoot him saying that the bullets would pass through him. The authorities found a large stash of marijuana, and took Hernandez in for questioning, along with three other of his family members and a caretaker.
Lieutenant Gavito reported, “The caretaker of the ranch was in the police station, about two in the morning. He spots a picture of Mark Kilroy on a cop’s desk, and he says, ‘I know that guy!’ A cop says, ‘Whaddya mean you know him?’ ‘Yeah,’ he says, ‘some guys brought him to the ranch, they had him in the back of a 4x4. I gave him some water and some bread for breakfast, and then the next day they killed him, and they buried him out there.’”[112]
In the back of the ranch in Santa Elena were numerous bodies, and body parts. Among them was Mark Kilroy. His skull was split open, his legs were cut off, his heart and spinal cord were ripped out, his genitals were missing, and his brain was gone. Searching a tarpaper shack, police found an altar and a large copper kettle. They identified the pot as an ‘nganga’ used for black-magic ceremonies. In the pot they found blood, animal remains, spiders and scorpions, as well as pieces of Mark Kilroy’s brain.
Serafin Hernandez freely admitted participating in Kilroy’s abduction and murder, along with numerous others committed over the previous two years. “It’s our religion,” he explained. “Our voodoo.”
Furthermore, they believed the sacrifices made them immune to prosecution, hence their arrogant and unconcerned attitude to the entire incident. Hernandez also revealed that the high priest of their “religion” was “El Padrino” (the godfather), Adolfo De Jesus Constanzo. He had taken part in the torture and killing and was regarded as a living god by his fellow Satanists.
This is not something that only happened decades in the past. On May 7th, 2000, an Aleister Crowley fan stalked and murdered a 12 year old boy named Diego Piniero-Villar. After the killer was caught, diagrams related to sacrifices were found on his person, one labeled “D Piniero is to be destroyed.”[113]
The killer was born Henry Bibby, but changed his name to Edward Crowley in December 1998 as he adopted Aleister’s name and satanic philosophy.
The victim’s mother had warned police that Crowley was stalking her son and was trying to develop a bizarre relationship with him. Crowley had bought the boy presents, wrestled with him, and gone swimming with him prior to the murder. “I believe they did not do enough to protect my boy. I blame the police as much as this criminal for what happened,” she said.[114]
Satanists like the Charles Manson family, Jeffrey Dahmer, Ed Gein, BTK, and other serial killers, while perhaps not overtly worshiping Satan, they no doubt are disciples of the Devil. These deadly pawns show the true horrors of Satanism and human sacrifice in their ritualistic murders and unspeakably sick behaviors.
The Satanists who never get caught, and the crimes they commit, are so hard to think of, but lead one to wonder just how many ritualistic mass murdering Satanists are out there.
Knowing the chilling truth about Satanism and human sacrifices leads many to question the origin of the rituals and ceremonies within Skull and Bones, the Bohemian Club, the Freemasons, and many other satanic organizations. With the allegations by former Republican Senator John DeCamp of murder and snuff films shot in Bohemian Grove, these practices can’t be taken lightly.(See Bohemian Grove)
Church of Satan Founder Likes Murder
In his authorized biography written by his second wife, the founder of the Church of Satan clearly explains that he has no sense of morality or decency, and acknowledges that his book inspires people to kill.
“Investigators, no matter how objective they may be, become disturbed by the increasing number of Satanic Bibles found at crime sites or in the personal effects of mass-murderers. It may be that LaVey’s Satanic thought can release forces within unstable people that they are not able to control.” (Barton, Blanche – The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey p. 216 )
“Anton LaVey maintains that he isn’t really concerned about accusations of people killing other people in the name of Satan. He swears that each time he reads of a new killing spree, his only reaction is, “What, 22 people? Is that all?” (Barton, Blanche – The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey p. 218 )
“There will undoubtedly be more Satanically-motivated murders and crimes in the sense that The Satanic Bible tells you ‘You don’t have to take any more shit.’” (Barton, Blanche - The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey p. 219 )
“The only way I would like to ‘help’ the great majority of people is the same way Carl Panzram [a serial killer] ‘reformed’ people who tried to reform him. It would be most merciful to help them by relieving them of the life they seem to hate so much. People should be happy I’m not a humanitarian – or I’d probably be the most diabolical mass murderer the world has ever known.” (Barton, Blanche – The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey p. 133)
Satanists Yearn for the Antichrist
“Esoterically speaking, a point of contact, a moment of “spiritual intercourse,” is imminent, and out of that moment a new world can be born…If this spiritual contact can be brought about, it means that the Hierarchy will no longer be hidden and unknown, but will be recognized as present upon the physical plane…Increasingly the new group of world servers will be active in every nation and found functioning throughout the entire world.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 21)
On page 107 of Externalization of The Hierarchy, Alice Bailey point blank says the ruler of planet Earth will be Lucifer once the Hierarchy’s plans are completed.
“It has therefore become possible to synchronize the Approach of the divine to the human and to instruct the masses of men in the technique of thus invoking the Approach. This attitude of humanity will lead to a new revelation, to the new world religion and to new attitudes in the relation of man to God (religion) and of man to man (government or social relationships). (Bailey, Alice - Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 409)
“The Members of the Hierarchy are seen to be the Custodians of the divine Plan….The spiritual Hierarchy of the planet, the ability of mankind to contact its Members and to work in cooperation with Them, and the existence of the greater Hierarchy of spiritual energies of which our tiny planetary sphere is a part–these are the three truths upon which the coming world religion may be based.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 416)
“The fact of the existence of the Hierarchy is consciously recognized by hundreds of thousands today, though still denied by the orthodox; the general public are familiar with the idea of the existence of the Masters, and either gullibly accept the mass of futile and idiotic information handed out by many today or fight furiously against the spread of this teaching.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 417)
“So many know the truth today; so many people of integrity and worth are cooperating consciously with Members of this Hierarchy that the very foundations of the ecclesiastical antagonism and the belittling comments of the concrete minded are of no avail.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 417)
“There will be the invocative work of the masses of the people, trained by the spiritually minded people of the world (working in the churches, whenever possible, under an enlightened clergy) to accept the fact of the approaching spiritual energies, focused through the spiritual Hierarchy…This work, when rightly carried forward, will evoke response from the waiting Hierarchy; through this response, the belief of the masses will gradually be changed into the conviction of the knower. In this way humanity will be transformed and spiritualized.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 418)
“There is no dissociation between the One Universal Church, the sacred inner Lodge of all true Masons, and the innermost circles of the esoteric societies…It must not be forgotten that only those souls who are on the Probationary Path or the Path of Discipleship will form the nucleus of the coming new world religion.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 513)
“These activities have all been carried on “behind the veil” and are, of course, only a very small part of the total work of the Hierarchy.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 520)
“These great Beings have steadily revealed this purpose to the Members of the Hierarchy so that They have been able to grasp and work out the emerging Plan.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 525)
Resist Satanism
The Church of Satan and the Temple of Set are only token examples of the overt Satanism in the world today. Only in a morally bankrupt world could such appalling organizations actually form and maintain themselves, and be accepted as legitimate religious organizations.
Satanists push the limits of the laws of freedom, and take full advantage of the freedoms that are provided to humanity. And we push them right back.
The Resistance must not tolerate overt satanic behavior and whenever it displays itself, we must actively oppose it and eliminate it. Satanic behavior must be matched 100 fold with the love, Truth, justice, and power of the Lord Jesus Christ.
Satanism and its philosophies are found on bookshelves around the world and in the dark corners of history, yet many are unaware of the dangers, or don’t believe they exist. We must be strong as Satan gains power over this world, for the gate which we walk through is narrow. Jesus said in Matthew 7:13, wide is the gate to destruction. We must resist this wide path at all costs. We are not to be mere bystanders being trampled by the walking dead as they poison our world.
If one researches the occult and Satanism, they will find that Satanism isn’t social rebellion, it isn’t just childish Halloween-like play, it isn’t just a bunch of rebellious teenagers who feel like outcasts. It is a very real, serious, and dangerous philosophy and religion which remains largely hidden from view. Occult means hidden, after all. Because of its power, this philosophy and religion has been at the heart of the Illuminati and most of the world’s most powerful tyrants, politicians, businessmen, and others who thirst after power and are willing to pay any price for its achievement. Power to The Resistance!
The cult of the Order of Death (aka Skull and Bones) at Yale University is much more than a fraternity. It’s more of a gateway to a network of the world’s most powerful people who have, “either set up or penetrated just about every significant research, policy, and opinion-making organization in the United States, in addition to the Church, business, law, government, and politics.” (Sutton, Antony – America’s Secret Establishment p. 25)
It is a senior-year society which exists only at Yale, where members are chosen in their junior year and spend only one year on campus while involved. The organization is oriented to the postgraduate outside world and getting members into key positions of power. Scroll & Key and Wolf’s Head are supposedly competitive societies, although it is believed they are part of the same network, to some degree.
A group of 20-30 families has dominated The Order since its creation, mostly blue bloods from Europe. Founded in 1832 at Yale, this seemingly innocent fraternity is far from what many expect and believe. Skull and Bones is the gateway into the club of elite Illuminati, and was set up as the American chapter of that organization. The Order of Death differs from other Illuminati organizations such as the CFR and the Trilateral Commission, in that it is truly a secret society. Much like the Bilderberg Group and the Bohemian Grove, it does its best to keep things that way. (See Bilderberg Group) (See Bohemian Grove)
The organization’s history, membership, and rituals will be expanded in the pages that follow. What is critical to understand is that this cult enables members (called Bonesman) to have access to a vast system of powerful players spanning the entire globe, all of whom have sworn an oath above all other oaths to each other, to further The Order’s goals as much as possible. The cult has its own vault and members are reportedly given $15,000 cash upon graduation to advance their efforts.[115] Even with the many books exposing the history and rituals performed in The Tomb (the official headquarters), many Christians do not understand the power these secret societies have on the New World Order.
It was briefly discussed preceding the 2004 election that George W. Bush and John F. Kerry are members of this cult, and both Kerry’s first and second wives have connections to Skull and Bones. (John Forbes Kerry Class of 1966, George W. Bush 1968) NBC’s Tim Russert on Meet The Press briefly addressed the subject with Bush and Kerry, both laughing his questions off and moving right along with the interview.
President Bush appeared on Meet the Press on February 8, 2004. At the very end of the show Russert asked him about Skull and Bones. Russert must have been aware to some extent of the power the Order of Death has, and his brief question and his joking manner suggest this was a tactic used to minimize the issue in the election, and laugh it off like it’s just another college fraternity. Russert himself was a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. (See Council on Foreign Relations ) A transcript for that broadcast follows.
MR. RUSSERT: You were both in Skull and Bones, the secret society.
PRESIDENT BUSH: It’s so secret we can’t talk about it.
MR. RUSSERT: What does that mean for America? The conspiracy theorists are going to go wild.
PRESIDENT BUSH: I’m sure they are. I don’t know. I haven’t seen Web pages yet. (Laughs)
MR. RUSSERT: Number 322.
PRESIDENT BUSH: First of all, he’s not the nominee, and — but look, I look forward —
MR. RUSSERT: Are you prepared to lose?
PRESIDENT BUSH: No, I’m not going to lose.
A few months before, on August 31, 2003, John Kerry appeared on the show and was asked the same question in the same manor. The topic was the last to be discussed and after Russert and Kerry laughed off the questions, the show ended and the credits rolled. Here is the transcript.
MR. RUSSERT: You both were members of Skull and Bones, a secret society at Yale. What does that tell us?
SEN. KERRY: Not much, because it’s a secret.
MR. RUSSERT: Is there a secret handshake? Is there a secret code?
SEN. KERRY: I wish there were something secret I could manifest there.
MR. RUSSERT: Three twenty-two, a secret number?
SEN. KERRY: There are all kinds of secrets, Tim. But one thing is not a secret. I disagree with this president’s direction that he’s taking the country. We can do a better job. And I intend to do it.
MR. RUSSERT: And we’ll be watching. Be safe on the campaign trail. John Kerry, thanks for joining us.
SEN. KERRY: Thank you, sir.
MR. RUSSERT: And we’ll be right back. (Announcements)
MR. RUSSERT: That’s all for today. We’ll be back next week. If it’s Sunday, it is MEET THE PRESS.
In the pages that follow, a dark common thread running through the Illuminati, Skull and Bones, Bohemian Grove, the Nazis, and more will continue to be found. As discussed in the section on the Illuminati, common elements, writings, and beliefs cast a dark shadow on all such organizations and members. (See The Illuminati)
Information about Skull and Bones has come from various sources over the years. Interviews with members about the cult, undercover camera footage taken from a ledge from a neighboring building, and even an illegal break-in, reveal shocking information about this powerful Illuminati recruiting organization.
One of the strangest discoveries is perhaps that of Antony Sutton, author of America’s Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and Bones. In the late 1970s someone anonymously delivered a package containing full membership lists and other information to Sutton. He didn’t really look very closely at it, and the information sat for several years until one day he happened to look through it and noticed it read like a who’s who of the establishment. He then began his legendary investigations. A disgruntled family member of a Bonesman is the suspected source of the information.
Origin of Skull and Bones
According to Sutton and other researchers, The Order was brought from Germany to Yale by William H. Russell, whose cousin, Samuel Russell, was a primary player in the British inspired Opium Wars in China. A pamphlet detailing an 1876 investigation by a rival secret society of Skull and Bones stated Russell was in Germany before his senior year and formed a friendship with a leading member of a German society. He returned to Yale with the authority to found a new chapter in America, and the Order of Death was founded.
Skull and Bones was officially incorporated as the Russell Trust in 1856 which remains the legal name to this day. Many researchers assert the Order of Skull and Bones was an American branch of what would become the Thule Society and a front for Nazism. Remarkable similarities are found, not only in the symbolism, but in the fascist, and occult ideologies as well. Criminal activities have also flourished within the organization since its creation, which was based on such activity.
“In 1823, Samuel Russell established Russell and Company for the purpose of acquiring opium in Turkey and smuggling it to China. Russell and Company merged with the Perkins (Boston) syndicate in 1830 and became the primary American opium smuggler. Many of the great American and European fortunes were built on the “China” (opium) trade.” (Millegen, Kris – Fleshing out Skull and Bones p. 2)
Shortly after that, class valedictorian William H. Russell, with fourteen other men, became the founding members of The Order of Skull and Bones, apparently to continue these activities, and line the pockets of those involved.
Inside The Tomb
The rituals of Skull and Bones take place in the organization’s campus building, which is called The Tomb, located next to Jonathan Edwards College. When the Order was first created, the society held its meetings in rented rooms. Then in 1856, the Tomb was constructed. It consists of brown stones, has no windows, and is covered with vines, where to this day the Bonesmen hold their satanic initiation ritual and their meetings.
Prescott Bush (George W. Bush’s grandfather) and fellow Bonesmen, robbed the grave of the Apache Chief Geronimo in 1918, and took his skull back to the Tomb where it remains.[116] Today there are reportedly a total of three human skulls inside the Tomb.
The reports are that during the initiation rite, the pledge spends an hour lying in a coffin while telling other members the details of their past sexual encounters. This practice has been dubbed “the year in the Tomb” and is done to “bond” members into the brotherhood.
A video shot from a ledge of a neighboring building revealed that one aspect of the initiation ritual is a mock throat slitting. On April 14, 2001 the New York Observer’s Ron Rosenbaum managed to capture part of the ritual using a night vision camera. Aside from this, the tape revealed members wearing black robes, holding candles, and a person dressed as the Devil, much like the costumes worn in Bohemian Grove during the Cremation of Care ritual. (See Bohemian Grove)
Death’s Head
The symbols of the Order of Death are the Death’s Head or the skull and crossbones and the number 322. This same emblem was also the symbol of the elite Nazi SS officers in charge of the concentration camps. (See U.S. Concentration Camps) (See Nazism)
Death’s Head (Der Totenkopf in German) was made of aluminum or steal pins and worn on soldiers’ hats. This symbol has been used by various groups throughout history, one notable use was appropriated by the Knights Templar. For many centuries, the Jolly Roger symbol has been commonly associated with pirates and ruthlessness, and has appropriately been adopted into the Illuminati to continue the tradition. Let’s recall Proverbs 8:36 which states “if you hate me, you are in love with death.” And that’s exactly what they are.
322
There are several theories and explanations as to the meaning and significance of the number 322. One explanation is that the Order descended from a Greek fraternity dating back to Demosthenes, a Greek philosopher who died in 322 B.C.
Some also believe that the 322 refers to Genesis 3:22 in the Bible, which states, “And the LORD God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live forever.” This passage refers to Adam and Eve eating the forbidden fruit, in an attempt be become like God, which Satan urged them to do.
After the break in by File and Claw in 1876, (a rival secret society) a room was discovered upstairs in the Tomb numbered 322, which was furnished in red velvet and had a pentagram on the wall with a finger pointing towards it. (See Satanism)
While German origins and Illuminati ties have been denied by Bonesmen, evidence exists to confirm the suspicions. The File and Claw intruders also found a card which had been written saying, “From the German Chapter. Presented by Patriarch D.C. Gilman of D. 50.” The card was reportedly placed in a frame and hung on the wall.
Getting “Tapped”
It’s important to understand that no one can ask to join Skull and Bones. The members are the ones doing the asking. Each year fifteen new members are chosen, or “tapped” to join. The organization is very small. It is estimated that there are about 500 to 800 living members at any given time, and about one quarter of these take an active role in furthering the objectives of the Order.
Existing members choose fifteen new Skull and Bones members when they are in their junior year. Many details of Skull and Bones membership, initiation, and activities are subject to speculation because they are closely kept secrets by almost all members. Most take the secrecy extremely seriously, however some members have divulged secrets about the club.
Author Alexandra Robbins in her book Secrets of the Tomb, compiled information from over 100 interviews with Bonesmen who were willing to openly talk about the organization. She herself was a 1998 graduate from Yale and a member of Scroll and Key, the second oldest secret society at the University.
“I spoke with about 100 members of Skull and Bones and they were members who were tired of the secrecy, and that’s why they were willing to talk to me,” says Robbins. “But probably twice that number hung up on me, harassed me, or threatened me.”[117]
The people who did speak openly with Robbins were likely all on the outside of the loop of Skull and Bones, and largely unaware of the concentric power circles which compartmentalize the organization. Any information given to Robbins was probably unlikely to compromise any members who had advanced to the Illuminati.
Neophyte members are called Knights, presumably after the earlier secret societies such as the Knights Templar. Once a member, he is then known as a Patriarch, and honored as a founding father. When a person is finally initiated into Skull & Bones, he is given a new name, following in line with the practice of the original Illuminati.
The Initiation
The initiation ritual for inclusion into the Brotherhood of Death reportedly includes the neophytes laying nude in a coffin and recounting their entire sexual history in detail to the other members of the club, kissing a skull, kneeling before a figure dressed as Satan, and then ritualistically slitting the throat of a mock (hopefully it’s mock) victim. It would be no surprise if a real murder or ‘sacrifice’ was committed to ensure entry into the organization.
In 2001, Ron Rosenbaum from the New York Observer and a team of truth seekers used night vision cameras to capture several aspects of this bizarre process on video. Perched on a ledge of a neighboring building, they not only videotaped this behavior, they were able to hear first-hand some of what was being said during this ordeal.
During this initiation, what has been called the ‘death mantra’ could be heard being repeated by initiates. The mantra, “THE HANGMAN EQUALS DEATH! THE DEVIL EQUALS DEATH! DEATH EQUALS DEATH!”
The hangman presumably alludes to Jesus hanging on the cross. A simple analysis of this mantra shows that Skull and Bones members see no hope or good in Jesus Christ, think nothing of His teachings, and see nothing wrong with the Devil, whom they prefer and worship. According to them, all paths lead to the same destination.
Rosenbaum’s team also observed sickening and obscene sexual insults such as “Lick my bum hole” and “I’m gonna ream you like I reamed Al Gore” and “I’m gonna kill you like I killed Al Gore,” as members mocked the assault on Abner Louima by repeatedly yelling, “Take that plunger out of my ass!”
Rosenbaum is as puzzled by this behavior as anyone and writes in his article, “And what about the devil? (Well, the figure dressed like the devil.) Is that the secret they’ve been covering up ever since the society was founded in 1832, the offshoot of a German secret society: devil worship? A fulfillment of the paranoid fantasies of the fundamentalist right, who believe the Eastern establishment is a front for Satanic conspiracy….The neophyte then approached a skull a few feet away from the knife-wielder-and-victim tableau. The neophyte knelt and kissed the skull, at which point the guy with the knife knelt and cut the throat of the prone figure. (Well, pretended to cut the throat.)”[118]
The Network
Alexandra Robbins explains, “Also like his father, George W. Bush has used his presidential power to reward his fellow Bonesmen. One of the first social gatherings (possibly the first gathering) George W. held at the White House after his inauguration was a reunion of his Skull and Bones clubmates…In February of 2003, the Senate approved Bush’s nomination of William H. Donaldson (Bones 1953) as chairman of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In November 2001, Bush appointed Edward McNally (Bones 1979) general counsel of the new federal Office of Homeland Security and a senior associate counsel to the president for national security.”
“Frederick W. Smith (Bones 1966) was reportedly George W.’s top choice for secretary of defense until he withdrew from the running because of a heart problem. One of President Bush’s first appointments was 1968 Bones clubmate Robert D. McCallum, Jr., to the $125,700-per-year position of assistant attorney general, civil division, the largest litigation component in the Justice Department.” (Robbins, Alexandra – Secrets of the Tomb p.181)
“Bush also nominated 1968 clubmate Roy Austin as ambassador to Trinidad and Tobago. His administration appointed Evan G. Galbraith (Bones 1950) as the secretary of defense’s representative in Europe and as the defense adviser to the U.S. mission to NATO. In addition, Bush announced the appointment of Victor Ashe—who in April 2001 was one of four mayors to attend a private meeting with Bush in the Oval Office before Bush spoke to a group of thirty-five mayors—to the board of directors of the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae), the country’s largest source of financing for home mortgages.” (Robbins, Alexandra – Secrets of the Tomb p. 182)
Double Cross
The Skull and Bones philosophy, according to several of its critics and historians, emphasizes the “double-cross system.” The crossbones on the emblem of the Order symbolically represents the “double-cross.” According to this philosophy, anyone who is not on the inside is inferior, and can be lied to and manipulated to further the elite globalist agenda.
This is of special importance today, with members of the Skull and Bones society having occupied the White House, as is the case with the Bushes. With George W. Bush’s father being former director of the CIA, and a Bonesman, and his son becoming the President and launching the “War on Terror” after the 9/11 attacks, the Skull and Bones influence over the world can clearly be seen. (See the September 11th Inside Job)
Funding the Nazis
Since the turn of the twentieth century, two investment bank firms—Guaranty Trust and Brown Brothers, Harriman—were both dominated by members of Skull and Bones. These two firms were heavily involved in the financing of Communism and Hitler’s regime. Through the monopoly control of the mass media, such information rarely becomes widely known. (See Mind Control)
“President Franklin Roosevelt’s Alien Property Custodian, Leo T. Crowley, signed Vesting Order Number 248 [11/17/42] seizing the property of Prescott Bush [George W’s grandfather] under the Trading with Enemy Act. The order, published in obscure government record books and kept out of the news, explained nothing about the Nazis involved; only that the Union Banking Corporation was run for the Thyssen family of Germany and/or Hungary – nationals...of a designated enemy country.” (Tarpley, Webster – George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography)
Investigative journalist John Buchanan confirmed these reports by retrieving authentic documents from the U.S. National Archives and the Library of Congress which proved beyond a shadow of a doubt that Prescott Bush was instrumental in helping fund the Nazi war machine. (See Nazism)
CIA and Drug Smuggling
Many researchers believe that George Bush 41 had been with the CIA since the early 1950s, and that one of his jobs was to coordinate the worldwide narcotics industry, the largest industry on Earth. Monika Jensen-Stevenson, a CBS 60 Minutes producer, quit her job after the network refused to air her story exposing the government’s covert drug trade. Her book, Kiss the Boys Goodbye: How the United States Betrayed Its Own POW’s in Vietnam, details how the intelligence community used POW/MIA government agencies as a cover for trafficking opiates from the Golden Triangle area in Vietnam.
The wholesale importation of cocaine into the U.S. during the Iran/Contra affair is well documented. These operations led to the murders of teenagers Don Henry and Kevin Ives on August 23, 1987, who came across a drop zone in Mena, Arkansas, and were spotted by the perpetrators.
The book Boys on The Tracks: Death, Denial, and a Mother’s Crusade to Bring her Son’s Killers to Justice by Mara Leverett outlines this horrendous conspiracy, and details the murder of numerous witnesses following the investigations.
There is also an informative video titled Obstruction of Justice: the Mena Connection that clearly lays out the facts surrounding the case, and how then Governor Clinton, and Vice President Bush, were intimately involved in the operations of weapons and cocaine. The well-known film The Clinton Chronicles details Bill and Hillary’s alleged involvement in laundering the profits.
“George Bush claims he never worked for the CIA until he was appointed Director by former Warren Commission Director, and then president Jerry Ford in 1976. Logic suggests that is highly unlikely…The truth is that Bush had been a top CIA official since before the 1961 invasion of Cuba, working with Felix Rodriguez. Bush may deny his actual role in the CIA in 1959, but there are records in the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba that expose Bush’s role. (Millegan, Kris – Fleshing Out Skull and Bones p. 13-14)
Mike Ruppert is a former LAPD narcotics investigator who discovered the CIA trafficking in drugs in 1977, and was quickly forced from the department. He has since been raising awareness of government corruption. He is featured in Kevin Booth’s documentary film American Drug War (2008) which details some of these issues.[119] Ruppert has also been involved with the 9/11 Truth Movement. (See September 11th Inside Job)
Gary Webb, a writer for the San Jose Mercury News, also played a key role in uncovering the CIA’s involvement with importing cocaine. Webb died on December 10, 2004 from two gunshot wounds to the head. While acknowledging two bullet wounds as unusual, coroner Robert Lyons determined the death was a suicide. Many suspect Webb was murdered to silence him.
It’s important to note that the CIA was birthed out of Yale and Skull and Bones. “Yale has influenced the Central Intelligence Agency more than any other university, giving the CIA the atmosphere of a class reunion,” stated Yale history professor Gaddis Smith. Yale slang for a secret society member is a “spook,” the same term used in the CIA for an undercover operative. The CIA is only one of numerous U.S. government offices spawned from Skull and Bones used as front organizations, foundations, and think tanks, created and/or funded by the Illuminati.
Resist Skull and Bones
Many people are concerned about the dangers that oaths and alliances among members of such organizations have on society at large. Pastor Texe Marrs has said, “The Order of Skull and Bones must be unmasked for what it is – a great and present danger to our freedoms and to our constitutional rights.”
Ron Rosenbaum, writer and columnist for the New York Observer says, “We’re supposed to do things out in the open in America. And so that any society or institution that hints that there is something hidden is, I think, a legitimate subject for investigation.”[120]
Rosenbaum published an article in 1977 in Esquire titled Last Secrets of Skull and Bones, exposing some of the mysteries surrounding the organization. Rosenbaum himself was a Yale graduate, and had become intrigued by the rumors and activities surrounding the club. The major occupations of Bonesmen are law, business, finance, and education, which help the organization maintain its influence and power.
Both Fascism and Communism have their philosophical roots in Hegelianism, a favorite philosophy of the Order. The use of the Hegelian Dialect of conflict to make “progress” or to “advance” society, is a strategy employed by The Order to ensure their New World Order is built.
This organization, and all other satanic death cults like it, must be exposed for what they really are. We must continue to denounce the Order of Death wherever and whenever we see it. Power to The Resistance!
The Bohemian Grove is of interest to us for several reasons. The most pressing issue with Bohemian Grove is the danger of our political elite engaging in yet again, secret private policy talks without public scrutiny, or the review of the opposition. Aside from the secrecy, security is a priority to the group. To prevent uninvited guests from dropping by this elite resort, there are banks of TV monitors showing the surveillance cameras located around the property likely equipped with night vision or thermal scanners.
The membership list of this elite private club has included every Republican U.S. President since 1923, many cabinet officials, and directors & CEO’s of large corporations, including major financial institutions.
Some past attendees have included Ronald Reagan, Richard Nixon, George H. W. Bush, George W. Bush, Alan Greenspan, Dwight D. Eisenhower, Robert Novak, Arnold Schwarzenegger, Dick Cheney, and many other mainly Republican officials and guests. Despite rarely making the news, preceding the 2000 election, it was reported on CNN that when they were at Bohemian Grove, George Bush 41 and Colin Powell were consulting over the telephone with George W. Bush and decided that it would be Dick Cheney as his running-mate.
Perhaps even more disturbing than being a private meeting place and resort for the ruling elite, is the fact that a satanic ritual is performed in which a mock human sacrifice is given by burning an effigy of a person in the “eternal flame” on the altar at the feet of a forty-foot tall stone-like concrete statue of a demon.
This ritual is lifted right from the Canaanites in the Bible’s Book of Leviticus, and is performed each summer in July to kick off the club’s two week celebration and “encampment.” What follows is an analysis of the ritual and a history of the Grove.
Bohemian Grove is a 2700-acre campground located in Sonoma County, California, owned by a San Francisco men’s fine arts club known as the Bohemian Club, founded in 1872. Each year the club holds a 2-week long “encampment” during the month of July with the most powerful men on the planet, where members and guests gather for an all-male vacation.[121]
There are numerous concerts and lectures held at the Grove’s amphitheaters and at “camps” every day, and two original plays, the High Jinks, and the Low Jinks, a musical comedy and a drama, are put on each year. Let’s not forget about the prostitutes brought in, the allegations of orgies, homosexual sex, murder, and snuff films, which are explored in the following pages.
Since the founding of the club, Bohemia’s symbol has been an owl. The owl, they say, symbolizes the wisdom of life and companionship that allows people to survive struggles with the cares of the world. A forty-foot concrete “owl” stands near the banks of the Russian River in the Grove and since 1929 has been the site of the annual Cremation of Care ceremony.
Closer examinations reveal the club’s motto, “Weaving Spiders Come Not Here” is taken from Shakespeare’s A Midsummer Night’s Dream, Act 2, Scene 2, which signifies the Grove is not for conducting business, but is for exchanging friendship and sharing of common passion, summarized in the term, “the Bohemian Spirit,” as they say. Such a slogan actually means nothing, and an inside look into the activities reveal exactly the opposite.
Mock Human Sacrifices
The Cremation of Care ceremony was devised in 1893 by a member named Joseph D. Redding, a lawyer in New York, as The New York Times described in a June 25, 1899 article explaining the ritual. The ceremony is still performed every year at sunset of the first night of encampment, and as the club has said, is meant “to set aside the nagging and often unworthy preoccupations which inhibit openness and warm sympathy for human affairs generally and for works of artistic and moral creativity in particular.”[122]
The film Dark Secrets: Inside Bohemian Grove (2000) by Alex Jones clearly shows the Cremation of Care ritual, and other aspects of the club. In July 2000, Jones and Mike Hanson, author of Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy (2004), successfully infiltrated the club and captured video of just a fraction of the activities which occur inside. This was the first video footage ever to have been taken inside the club and released to the public. During the ritual, men walk around with their faces painted up like skeletons, and about 30 or 40 people wear black robes.
The next most plentiful color of robes is red. Then there were three high priests, two wearing silver with red and green and gold hats on, and the high priest who wears all silver. They burn an effigy of a body at the altar of this huge statue while sounds of screaming are played over the loudspeakers and the crowd cheers and fireworks explode in unison. Some feel the robes and hoods resemble the garments of the KKK and their burning of the cross ceremony.
After word spread around the world about Jones’ film, and British television produced a segment of Secret Rulers of the World, featuring some of his footage, the Bohemian Club released this statement:
“The cremation of care is a musical and verse pageant heralding a two week midsummer escape from business cares and celebrating nature and good fellowship. As grand scale stage drama it may be a bit overdrawn, but it’s about as innocent as anything could be.”[123]
Molech
In the Bible, Molech was a god of the Canaanites and Phoenicians who people would commonly sacrifice their children to. Spelled Moloch, Molech, or Molekh, it is either the name of a god or the name of a particular kind of sacrifice associated historically with ancient Phoenician and Canaanite cultures, and is clearly the inspiration behind the bizarre Cremation of Care ritual.
Molech worship consisted of sacrificing the first-born infant son of every Ammonite newlywed family. A fire was built in the belly of the idol until the flames rose out of the mouth of the beast, at which time the high priest would then lift and toss the child into a hole in Molech’s chest, where it was consumed by the fire within.
“Don’t sacrifice your children on the altar fires
to the god Molech.”
(Leviticus 18:21)
The book of Leviticus in the Bible describes this practice at length, and gives specific instructions as to the punishment for such actions. (Leviticus 20:1)
“The Lord spoke to Moses: (20:2) You are to say to the Israelites, Any man from the Israelites or from the foreigners who reside in Israel who gives any of his children to Molech must be put to death; the people of the land must pelt him with stones.” (20:3)
“I myself will set my face against that man and cut him off from the midst of his people, because he has given some of his children to Molech and thereby defiled my sanctuary and profaned my holy name.” (20:4)
“If, however, the people of the land shut their eyes to that man when he gives some of his children to Molech so that they do not put him to death, (Leviticus 20:5) I myself will set my face against that man and his clan. I will cut off from the midst of their people both him and all who follow after him in prostitution, to commit prostitution by going after Molech.”
History of the Grove
The Bohemian Club began in San Francisco in 1872, and was founded by journalists and artists as an excuse for late-night drinking. “By the 1880’s, at the latest, businessmen had joined the club in large numbers. Original Bohemians found that admitting men of wealth (called “men of use” by the original Bohos) helped pay the expenses for the club’s “men of talent.” (Hanson, Mike – Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy p. 152)
In America in the late 19th and early 20th centuries Bohemianism became fashionable, similar to today’s New Age movement, focusing on indulgence and hedonism.
By 1882, the club was having regular summer weekend campouts under the stars at various locations in Sonoma County. They rented what is now known as the Bohemian Grove from the Sonoma Lumber Company between 1893 and 1899. The property was 160-acres and purchased from D.L. Westover in 1901. The Bohemian Grove now consists of 2,712 acres.
The Bohemian Club was unique for elite men’s clubs by combining a rural atmosphere and an outdoor, close to Nature, experience. This particular combination won the Bohemian Club a world-wide reputation as a gathering place of the global elite. But by the 1930s, as the club gained a reputation for being a favorite hideaway for American Presidents, the shroud of secrecy began. Bohemian Dr. Glenn Seaborg once described the Grove as the place “where all the important people in the United States decide an agenda for our country the following year.” (Hanson, Mike – Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy p. 32)
In the 1930’s most of the attention surrounding the Grove disappeared with the issue of a press blackout, which is still standard operating procedure today. Members and guests enter the compound with the strict understanding that what goes on is “off the record” and is not to be disclosed, or even discussed outside of the grounds.
Due to the luxury camping amenities and extensive security, operating such a compound is not cheap. Back in 1887, the entrance fee for joining the club was $100 and the dues were $3.00 a month. By 1930 it had risen to a $500 initiation fee and $15 a month dues. In the 1990’s, the initiation fee for a regular member was $10,000 with $120 a month dues. (Hanson, Mike – Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy p. 155)
Rosicrucian Connection
It’s interesting to note that one of the Jinks plays, as recorded in the July 20, 1922 edition of the San Francisco Chronicle, was a play regarding the misadventures of “Rosie Crucian, or the Bohemian Girl.” Rosie Crucian was the old English spelling for the Rosicrucian order, a secret occult fraternity with Freemason and Georgia Guidestones ties. (See Rosicrucians ) (See Georgia Guidestones)
How Do We Know?
Mary Moore, the founder of the Bohemian Grove Action Network, has helped organize demonstrations outside the Grove since 1980, and has been on the front lines of exposing the Grove for decades. A link to the network’s website, at www.sonomacountyfreepress.com, contains a complete listing of all the public-policy speeches that have been given by major figures over the years, including Dick Cheney’s 1991 speech, “Defense Problems of the 21st Century.”
She states on the website, “When powerful people work together, they become even more powerful. The Grove membership is wealthy and becoming more so, while the middle class is steadily becoming poorer. This close-knit group determines whether prices rise or fall (by their control of the banking system, money supply, and markets), and they make money whichever way markets fluctuate.”
In 1982, a reporter from Time Magazine reportedly infiltrated the club only to have the story killed. Dirk Mathison, the San Francisco bureau chief for People Magazine, once infiltrated the Grove, only to be spotted by an executive of Time Warner, the owner of People Magazine, and was promptly removed from the property and his story killed. It was scheduled to appear in the August 5, 1991 issue. Landon Jones, managing editor of People at the time, said the decision to cut the story had nothing to do with the Time Warner executives now knowing about it.
In 2004, National Geographic published a photo of a 1915 Cremation of Care ritual taken by Gabriel Moulin and included a caption below the photo explaining the picture. “To purge himself of worldly concerns, a member of the elite Bohemian Club participated in a 1915 Cremation of Care ceremony–complete with candles and a robed and hooded comrade to guide him. This private club of influential men still meets annually north of San Francisco and uses this symbolic ritual to kick off its summer retreat. But today the ceremony involves burning a mummy-like effigy named Care at the foot of the group's mascot: a 40-foot-tall (12-meter-tall) concrete owl.”[124]
[NOTE: It is not an owl; it is the demon Molech from the Bible whom people were sacrificed to and does not resemble an owl, they only say it does so it doesn’t freak people out.]
Bohemian Grove Action Network
Since 1980, The Bohemian Grove Action Network has had informants infiltrate the Grove and obtain summer jobs. These informants would smuggle out guest lists and itineraries where they would then be published for all to read. The guest lists were circulated within the club, until their publication to the outside world caused the club to secure them under a glass case. Now the lists can only be viewed by members when inside the club, and copies can’t escape.
The first photo of Molech and the ceremony actually came from a flier from within the Grove itself. Several security measures have since been added to diminish the information obtained by “outsiders.” Activist Mary Moore had founded the Bohemian Grove Action Network to bring awareness to the secret meetings and the effects these gatherings have on the world at large.
The Lakeside Talks
Lakeside talks are informal speeches given by powerful individuals to others in the club. Such talks revolve around political, economic, and business trends. Information given in these speeches isn’t that which is readily made public. When Philip Weiss of Spy Magazine successfully infiltrated the Grove in 1989, he witnessed a Lakeside Talk given by General John Chain, commander of the Strategic Air Command, in which he pleaded with his powerful audience to allow the necessary appropriations for the Stealth B-2 bomber.[125]
The Manhattan project, which produced the first atomic bombs, was conceived at the Grove in 1942. The Lakeside Talks are essentially an inside, uncensored look into the minds of the most powerful men in the country, and in the Illuminati. (See The Illuminati)
Homosexual Behavior
Close examinations of the Bohemian Club’s own written histories and material reveal vague homosexual overtones dating back over 100 years. On October 5, 1999 the National Archives released 445 hours of Oval Office tapes from the 1970s. Among the conversations from a May 13, 1971 tape of President Richard Nixon, John D. Ehrlichman, and H. R. Haldeman was a discussion about how homosexuality had been spreading and was being glorified in the media.
President Richard Nixon then made a comment about his visits to the Bohemian Grove in San Francisco saying, “The Bohemian Grove — which I attend, from time to time — it is the most faggy godd***ed thing you could ever imagine, with that San Francisco crowd. I can’t shake hands with anybody from San Francisco.”
Herman Wouk wrote about the Grove saying, “Men can decently love each other, they always have, but women never quite understand.”
The San Francisco Chronicle’s Herb Caen wrote about the homosexual activities in the Grove, and informants of the Bohemian Grove Action Network have confirmed reports of homosexual behavior.
Don Heimforth was essentially “Deep Throat” of the Bohemian Grove and brought a lot of information out in the open about the activities inside the club. Heimforth was also gay and died of AIDS, and was very familiar with gay culture. Those who attend say it’s a conservative club, but not only are some of them phony hypocrites, but perverted homosexuals as well.
The New York Post reported on July 22, 2004 that a gay porn star named “Chad Savage” was working in the Grove as a “valet” to supplement his homosexual pornography career.[126]
On June 11, 1993 The Washington Times reported, “Presidential counselor David Gergen resigned yesterday from the all-male Bohemian Club, three days after saying he would not run around naked at its annual Bohemian Grove encampment and insisting he would not quit. White House spokeswoman Dee Dee Myers announced the resignation along with Mr. Gergen’s departure from 17 other interest groups, charities and public boards ranging from the Trilateral Commission to the Very Special Arts Foundation.”[127]
He also resigned from the Bilderberg Group, the Council on Foreign Relations, and nearly all organizations dedicated to setting up a New World Order. (See Bilderberg Group)
The Owl
Many employees in the Grove have no idea that a forty foot tall stone “owl” exists in their resort. It really looks like a demon with horns; they just call it an owl. In the past there was a large Buddha statue made of plaster of Paris before the construction of the current cement owl. The Buddha stood from approximately 1892 to 1928. This is not just an owl of wisdom.
“The Great Owl of the Bohemian Grove has been identified as representing Moloch, the chief god of the Ammonites who lived in Ammon, an eastern section of Canaan. This form of worship spread to a few other cities in the region, including Tyre and Carthage, where for example during a siege of the city in 307 B.C., two hundred boys of the best families were burned to death in sacrifice to Moloch. Some sources claim that “passing through the fire” meant being quickly passed through flames, which would not harm the child, as a means of dedicating the child to the god. However, there is archeological evidence of actual child sacrifice in areas corresponding to Moloch-worship.” (Hanson, Mike – Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy p. 64)
Pastor Texe Marrs said at the end of the film, Dark Secrets: Inside Bohemian Grove (2000), “There had to be, in my belief, an occultist, a deep occultist, who designed each of the elements of this ceremony. It wasn’t just a bunch of guys together at a bar, and saying, hey, let’s have a good time; the Cremation of Care, and why don’t we do this or that. I believe it was purposely designed–each element in its term…for what they did. No doubt about it.”
On page 236-237 in the Dictionary of Symbols by J.E. Cirlot, the owl is described as follows, “In the Egyptian system of hieroglyphs, the owl symbolizes death, night, cold and passivity. It also pertains to the realm of the dead sun, that is, of the sun which has set below the horizon and which is crossing the lake or sea of darkness.” (See Washington D.C.’s Satanic Symbols)
Music During Ceremony
Sergie Vasilyevich Rachmaninoff’s symphonic poem The Isle of the Dead tells the tale of the ghostly ferryman transporting the coffin of the dead, accompanied by a single silent mourner wearing white, moving slowly across the still water towards that place from which there is no return. Mike Hanson points out it should come as no surprise that this piece is the one played at the Grove’s Cremation of Care ceremony, as the bound effigy is brought across the lake by the hooded boatmen. (Hanson, Mike – Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy p. 182)
Beethoven’s 7th Symphony is played during the Cremation of Care ritual, and the voice of Walter Cronkite is rumored to be the voice of Molech
Prostitution
It has been known in prostitution rings for decades that prostitution plays a fairly large role in the parties inside the private club. For years it had been rumored that the Mitchell Brothers O’Farrell Theatre in the Tenderloin red-light district of San Francisco was a primary source of strippers and high-class call girls. Several prostitutes have gone public with claims they worked in the Grove, and these allegations come with no surprise to those close to the case.
The four Mitchell Brothers dancers that Mike Hanson interviewed for his book, confirmed that prostitution was the accepted “unofficial” policy at Bohemian Grove, and that the girls were expected to “perform” sexually for the patrons. One such interview by Hanson uncovered more startling allegations about the club.
Hanson details accounts of strippers who had claimed to work at the Grove writing, “When the girls went up to change for the show, they noticed a briefcase in the room that had apparently been left behind by one of the Grovers. Curiosity got the better of them, and they peeked inside. What they found shocked them. Inside was an owl mask, a long black robe with a gold hood, ritual gear, and a long butcher’s knife that was very old and rusty.”
Hanson quotes one of the girls saying, “The knife looked like it had been used to kill before. It was old and very ornate in its design, with old stains on the blade. Whether it was rust or blood stains, I don’t know.” (Hanson, Mike – Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy p. 194) One stripper admitted to stealing a laptop computer and said that after she got it home she found pictures and videos of violent sex acts including children being raped.
Allegations of Murder
In his book, The Franklin Cover-Up, former Republican Nebraska State Senator John DeCamp writes that Paul Bonacci was an eyewitness to the rape and ritualistic murder of a young boy in the Bohemian Grove in the summer of 1984. The young Bonacci kept meticulous notes in his journal, which has been examined by numerous forensic experts and determined to be authentic with regards to when the time entries were written. They were not forged or written at a later date.
The boy had been abused in a pedophile ring with roots in Nebraska, along with numerous other children. In his journal, Paul details how he witnessed the rape and murder of a fellow boy on or about July 26, 1984. It took place in an exclusive Northern California campground in an area that had big trees where men wore red and black hooded robes and where there was a giant moss covered owl.
In Bonacci’s own words in his journal he wrote “After that the men grabbed Nicholas and drug him off screaming. They put me up against a tree and put a gun to my head but fired into the air. I heard another shot from somewhere and then saw the man who killed the boy drag him like a toy. Everything including when the men put the boy in the trunk was filmed. The men took me with them and we went up in a plane. I saw the bag the boy was in. We went over a very thick brush area with a clearing in it. Over the clearing they dropped the boy. One said the men with the hoods would take care of the body for them.”
More details of Bonacci’s journal are available in The Franklin Cover-Up, and Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy. They are far beyond the most gruesome and grotesque things one could imagine, and are not included here because simply reading the details will make many readers physically ill. It will leave images in the mind that most readers would wish they had never seen.
Bonacci’s diaries and testimony have been available to the authorities for more than 10 years and to this date, no formal investigation has been done. Senator DeCamp left out details of the owl and men in robes in the initial printing of his book because at the time he thought it was, “too far-fetched for people to believe.” At the time Bonacci’s testimony was recorded by DeCamp, he was unaware of Bohemian Grove, the activities surrounding an owl, and the mysterious rituals that were performed. Only in the passing years did Senator DeCamp learn about the details of Bohemian Grove and the chilling revelations of the moss covered owl in the redwood forest of Sonoma County California.
Ted Gunderson, former Senior Special Agent in Charge of the Los Angeles FBI, has made identical shocking allegations regarding the abuse of children. One case Gunderson has been working on is that of the 1982 kidnapping of 12 year old Johnny Gosch, who is widely believed to have been kidnapped and forced into a sex slavery ring. This involved corrupt U.S. intelligence officers and a classified MK-ULTRA continuation, known as Project Monarch. (See Mind Control)
Interestingly it was Bill Colby, former head of the CIA, who told Decamp to write his book and get his story out, telling him if he gets the story out, “they” will have no reason to kill him, because it will be too late.
Colby later died in what was called a canoeing accident on April 27, 1996. He was alone when the incident happened, and probably was murdered. Originally he told DeCamp to forget everything he knew and to “Get as far away from this thing as you can. Forget you ever saw it or know it, heard it or anything else.”[128] He also said that there were forces too dark for DeCamp to handle. Only after saying he couldn’t walk away, did Colby tell him he better get his story out before it was too late.
The Phantom Patriot
In January 2002 a man named Richard McCaslin broke into the Grove wearing a super hero outfit, carrying an MK-1 assault rifle-shotgun loaded with 70mm shotgun slugs, and a full 30-shell magazine of .223 caliber bullets. He was also wearing a bullet proof vest and had hopes of exposing what he believed were human sacrifices being done in the Grove.
After committing arson to a building, he was captured without incident and the story made national headlines. He was made to look like a typical weirdo conspiracy theorist. He was sentenced to 11 years in prison, a sentence dramatically enhanced for wearing the bullet proof vest.[129]
Talk Radio Hosts Dodge the Topic
This author has gotten on the air several times on the top rated radio talk shows and simply asked about the Grove, and had my call dropped immediately nearly every time. The hosts would then say I was crazy and sometimes play music from the film Psycho. Audio of many of these calls are posted at TheResistanceManifesto.com and on YouTube. For many of the calls, I called using my former pseudonym “John.”
The ‘No Spin Zone’ host, Bill O’Reilly follows in suit with other mainstream media mockingbirds (See Mind Control) like Hannity & Colmes, and refused to address the Bohemian Grove in a serious manor.
First Call to Bill O’Reilly
[O’Reilly]
Let’s go to John in San Diego, what’s going on John?
[Caller]
Can you address the Bohemian Grove club private presidential…[hung up on by Bill]
[O’Reilly]
You know these guys in San Diego they’re just…the weather’s just too nice there…now here’s what happens…not everybody…but you go out to the beach and you do all that…and some kind of substance gets in your mind. And John just demonstrated it.
A Second Call to Bill O’Reilly
[O’Reilly]
Ok, we’ve got an all-skate going on, means you can ask me anything you want at 1-877-9 No Spin…let’s go to John in San Diego, what’s going on John?
[Caller]
How do you feel about the private presidential resort the Bohemian Grove [Bill interrupts and drops the call]
[O’Reilly]
I don’t know what you’re talking about, and I don’t care.
This was on a Friday when Bill was having an ‘all-skate’ in which he takes call after call on any topic…or so he says. I could understand getting hung up on if my call was out of the blue, or off topic, but this was his ‘world famous all-skate’ where O’Reilly says “you can ask me whatever you want.”
Despite the supposed ‘Friday night free-for-all,’ in which Fox News’ Alan Colmes says any topic is fair game, and the call screener asks only a name and town, calls with questions about the Bohemian Grove get cut off almost immediately. While Alan Colmes simply cuts off the calls, one time freaking out on air about my repeated calls, Sean Hannity insults the caller and hits the dump button.
First Call to Sean Hannity
[Caller]
The Bohemian Grove, have you been there, do you know about it…
[Hannity]
I’m very aware of it, I’ve been invited, I’ve never gone.
[Caller]
Do you know about the mock human sacrifice ritual, the cremation…[Hannity drops call]
[Hannity]
All right, goodbye. This guy’s nuts.
A Second Call to Sean Hannity
[Caller]
Let’s talk about the Bohemian Grove and the kickoff of their summer festival in July which is a mock human sacrifice, Sean. [Hannity drops call]
[Hannity]
You’re out of your mind, you’re sicko...this guy’s a nutcase.
A Third Call into Sean Hannity’s Show
[Hannity]
KFMB San Diego, John next, Sean Hannity show, John how are you?
[Caller]
Let’s discuss the issue instead of hurling insults and ad homonym attacks…
[Hannity]
You are a kook. You are a nut. You are absolutely out of your mind insane. I’ve never been to the Bohemian Grove, sir. It’s just a great conspiracy.
[Caller]
You said you were invited, but have you looked up what happens in the Bohemian Grove?
[Hannity starts playing music from the film Psycho in the background]
[Hannity]
I have no idea.
[Caller]
The Cremation of Care?
[Hannity]
No, I don’t.
[Caller]
Look it up on any search engine Sean, ask your friends.
[Hannity]
(Sarcastically) What do you think is happening in there?
[Caller]
Well, they I think they’re doing a mock human sacrifice where they burn an effigy of a human, it’s like a paper-mache human body.
[Hannity]
What republicans do this, sir?
[Caller]
Well, President Bush is on the membership list…(cut off)
[Hannity]
President Bush? He’s burning figures in effigies in the Bohemian Grove, sir?
[Caller]
In front of Molech, the ancient Canaanite deity, while they’re dressed up in black robes and colored robes carrying torches.
[Hannity]
(Sarcastically) Yeah.
[Caller]
Look at Infowars.com.
[Hannity]
Hey John…
[Caller]
Look it up.
[Hannity]
You are a nut.
[Caller]
Well, you’re a gatekeeper, trying to avoid the truth.
[Hannity]
You are a nut. Go seek help. Go get help. [Hannity drops call]
A Call to Rush Limbaugh
When Rush Limbaugh was asked about the club, at first he pretended not to know anything about it, saying he had never been there, but when asked again, he made a fairly long sarcastic speech about the place, showing he knew exactly what it was, and what goes on there.
[Caller]
Since I have you on the line, Rush, have you seen the video of the Bohemian Grove ceremony that Alex Jones produced that’s on Google Video?
[Rush]
Uhh…No. Been invited to the Bohemian Grove, but I’ve never been there. And I’ve not seen the video.
[Caller]
Do you know about the activities within the Grove, can you talk about that?
[Rush]
No! Cuz I don’t…I’ve never been there. All I know is that it’s a bunch of elitists and power brokers who conduct secret meetings to take over the world and they run around nude. It’s All men, no women are allowed. And they run around and you can find them going to the bathroom on trees and so forth. And they have men come out and make speeches to them and all that.
After dropping the call, he addresses his producer referring to the call, and says, “he [the caller] believes it’s the CFR in the woods.” (See Council on Foreign Relations)
A Call to Michael Savage
Michael Savage seemed surprised, and open to listen for a bit before he hung up with disgust after being asked on air about the ritual for the first time.
[Caller]
Michael why has information about the Bohemian Grove and George W. Bush’s and Bush 41’s membership been suppressed and ignored, and why is it laughed at in the mainstream media?
[Savage]
I don’t know. What is so weird about the Bohemian Grove? It’s a powerful group of men who have a club. I don’t understand. What’s the big secret up there?
[Caller]
You haven’t heard of, or seen the mock human sacrifice video?
[Savage]
Oh please. Come on. Do you have evidence of this? Is there any evidence you can post about this?
[Caller]
Look it up on Google. Look at Alex Jones’ Infowars [website muted and not allowed on air].
[Savage]
So everybody who goes to the Bohemian Grove including Henry Kissinger, is what, they’re doing snuff movies up there now?
[Caller]
Well, that’s what senator John DeCamp alleges and his witness back in 1984, but…
[Savage]
Senator who? Senator who?
[Caller]
Listen Michael, you really need to look into this, I’m surprised that you haven’t. [Savage drops call]
[Savage]
I have a migraine headache sir, there’s only so much a man can do in one day. My God, now the Bohemian Grove, they’re doing mock funerals. There’s only so much madness a man can listen to until he goes crazy. You know, I’m serious. How much more can I take?
Chris Jones
In the summer of 2005, an individual who went by the pseudonym “Kyle” obtained a job in the Bohemian Grove with the sole purpose of investigating the activities within the club. He brought in his digital camera and obtained numerous close up photos of the effigies which are used in the Cremation of Care as well as video of Molech, and the electronic systems used to control the music, lights, and fireworks for the ceremony.
His photos clearly show that the item being burned on the altar is that of a human effigy. The pictures, and his personal testimony reveal that the effigy is a metal skeleton which is then wrapped with paper.
The photos he took, as well as video, appeared in Alex Jones’ film The Order of Death. (2005) This author, Mark Dice, has met “Kyle” on several occasions and I have seen the photos and video on his camera with my own eyes. Aside from taking video and photos of the grounds, he was able to obtain a 2005 membership list, as well.
“Kyle” whose real name is Chris Jones, would later be imprisoned due to trumped up charges surrounding showing some kids in his neighborhood the video footage and educating them about the club. Police claimed he was showing kids snuff films, and a series of charges were filed against him for allegedly wanting to harm children. It’s likely these charges were to punish him for his investigations into the Bohemian Grove, and his imprisonment was ordered by the Illuminati.
Resist Bohemian Grove
If ancient societies and cults were doing human sacrifices, why would an elite resort reproduce the sacrificial ceremonies? At the least, the ritual demonstrates an obsession with the occult and the adoration of the sacrifices of humans. This, and the fact that the most elite men in the world privately and secretly set public policy inside the compound, should draw alarm from everyone.
Mary Moore of the Bohemian Grove Action Network explains, “Kiwanis and Rotary clubs in every small town has that same sort of “good-old-boy network” of prominent men in the community getting to know each other through a social club. But when you get to the level of the Bohemian Grove, it’s a very global network, and much more powerful.”
In his book Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy, Mike Hanson expands on the details of history and the activities within the Grove, and to date is the most detailed account of the organization, totaling 421 pages. Very few books exist on the subject.
Whether a bizarre group within the club actually does sacrifice children, or if they used to as several credible people have alleged, or if they just participate in a theatric play reenacting the event, the activities inside the compound draw suspicion by many. The most powerful men in the country, from heads of industry to high ranking government officials, shape the direction of the world, and they do it in secret and off the record.
It is a priority of The Resistance to obtain audio and/or video of the Lakeside Talks, the High Jinks, Low Jinks, and more footage of the Cremation of Care ritual. With advancing technology, and knowledge of the Grove, skillful members of The Resistance should circumvent any obstacles.
There is seemingly no end to the satanic rituals of the Illuminati, from Skull and Bones when they are young men, to Bohemian Grove when they prove themselves worthy to the cause. This is not acceptable. This cult must be exposed for all it is and the activities inside must be known to the world. We must infiltrate the Grove and get more audio and video of the activities within and bring to justice the inner circle of child raping freaks. Power to The Resistance!
The Illuminati can be difficult to define and describe. Many questions remain unanswered, and radical speculation regarding the group continues. Three major points should be known about the Illuminati.
First, they are a real satanic mafia organization whose founding is credited to Adam Weishaupt in 1776. Second, Freemasonry was infiltrated by Weishaupt in 1782 when he created “Illuminated Freemasonry,” incorporating the satanic goals of the Illuminati. Third, the Illuminati remains active within Freemasonry and many other organizations which hold power in the New World Order today.
Since the word Illuminati literally means enlightened ones in Latin, it has been used in several unrelated historical groups which have identified themselves with the term and claimed possession of Gnostic texts, or other ancient mysteries. The Illuminati is described as a secret society that controls the world primarily through politics, big business, banking, and the media. Some people even claim that the Illuminati has secret meetings with aliens from other planets where they receive orders on how they are going to rule the world.
The historical Illuminati founded by Adam Weishaupt in 1776 is quite different. This real group, with several thousand members, does have goals of world domination. They do have formal objectives, doctrines, and plans on how their goals are to be carried out. And they have the devotion of some very rich and powerful men.
While Weishaupt is credited as the organization’s founder, it is believed that he organized the group under the direction of the wealthy Rothschild family, who are descendants of the Knights Templar. He took principles and ideas that had been practiced for thousands of years by kings, elite families, and Mystery schools, and drew up plans to continue the traditions in a society that was becoming more populated and advanced.
Adam Weishaupt’s group was called the Order of the Illuminati, or the Bavarian Illuminati. Weishaupt was a Jewish professor of Canon Law at Ingoldstadt University beginning in 1770. It is well known that he defected from Christianity and embraced a form of Gnosticism. This is the infamous Illuminati that persist today.
“Weishaupt’s Illuminati soon increased beyond the original five members, and at one time numbered 2,500.” (Ridley, Jasper – The Freemasons p.115)
Members took on new names, and Weishaupt wrote under the pseudonym ‘Spartacus,’ the Roman gladiator who led a slave revolt in the first century B.C. He had been indoctrinated into Egyptian occultism in 1771 by a merchant named Kolmer of unknown origins. He believed that he and his handful of Illuminati could overthrow all the governments of Kings and Bishops in State and Church, then rule the world. (Ridley, Jasper – The Freemasons p. 115)
“The members also took control of the world’s monetary system, because the devil knows that the love of money is the root of all evil. He knows that he can trap good and decent people with the Earth’s temporal wealth.” (Springmeier, Fritz – Bloodlines of the Illuminati p. 12) (See Federal Reserve)
It was understood that this was something that would take generations, while current members were able to reap rewards in the meantime. Adam Weishaupt and his group created the philosophies and practices that play a primary role in the New World Order today. It is believed that key players in the French Revolution were actually members of the Illuminati as they continued the group’s plan.
Their signature appears from time to time when major world events occur, from the rise of Hitler, to the terrorist attacks on September 11th 2001. (See September 11th Inside Job)
Illuminati Exposed
After the American Revolution, a professor of natural philosophy at Edinburgh University in Scotland, named John Robison, was asked to join the Illuminati. He was a Freemason at the Lodge in Scotland, and members of the Illuminati thought he would be a good addition to the organization. After surveying the organization, he concluded that the Illuminati’s goals were outright dangerous, and in 1798 he published Proofs of a Conspiracy intending to expose the ill intentions of the Illuminati to the public.
In his writings he explains, “An association has been formed for the express purpose of rooting out all the religious establishments and overturning all existing governments… The leaders would rule the world with uncontrollable power, while all the rest would be employed as tools of the ambition of their unknown superiors.”
The full title of the book is Proofs of a Conspiracy against all the religious and governments of Europe carried on in the secret meetings of Freemasons, Illuminati, and reading societies. A copy of his work was sent to George Washington, where he responded with a letter saying that he was aware that the Illuminati had diabolical plans of separating people from their government. (Millegan, Kris – Fleshing Out Skull and Bones p. 201)
John Robison quotes from one of Weishaupt’s letters to fellow Illuminati members saying, “The great strength of our Order lies in its concealment. Let it never appear in any place in its own name, but always covered by another name, and another occupation.”
In 1785, the Bavarian Government banned the Illuminati, and forced them to close the lodges of the Grand Orient. A year later details of the conspiracy were released in a publication titled The Original Writings of the Order and Sect of the Illuminati. The report was sent out to all the heads of Churches and State in Europe. There is, of course, disagreement among scholars as to the actual effect banning the group had. This is when the Illuminati went deeper underground and became much more secretive within Freemasonry and continued in their own secret societies within the cover of the Blue Lodges and other institutions.
Adam Weishaupt’s own words admit, “By this plan we shall direct all mankind in this manner. And, by the simplest means, we shall set all in motion and in flames. The occupations must be so allotted and contrived that we may in secret, influence all political transactions.”
Robison also exposed the use of Freemasonry in Proofs of a Conspiracy, saying “I have found that covert secrecy of a Masonic Lodge has been employed in every country for venting and propagating sentiments in religion and politics, that could not have been circulated in public without exposing the author to grave danger. I have observed these doctrines gradually diffusing and mixing with all the different systems of Freemasonry till, at last, an association has been formed for the express purpose of rooting out all of the religious establishments, and overturning all the existing governments of Europe.”
“For even Satan disguises himself as an angel of light. Therefore it is not surprising if his servants also disguise themselves as servants of righteousness; whose end shall be according to their deeds.” (2 Corinthians 11:14-15)
Worshiping Satan
In the Bible it explains how the Devil temped Jesus to turn his back on God and the rules of life, saying, “Again the devil took him to a very high mountain and showed him all the kingdoms of the world and their splendor. “All this I will give to you,” he said, “if you will bow down and worship me.” (Matthew 4:8-9)
While Jesus didn’t accept the Devil’s offer, members of the Illuminati have, and in turn have ruthlessly taken control of the kingdoms and riches of the world. The Illuminati knowingly and willingly break the golden rule of life, that of loving your fellow man as yourself, and instead treat others as slaves and animals. Whether the passage in Matthew 4 is literal or allegorical, its message is the same. If one turns their back on God and the rules, they can become rich and powerful. At least temporarily. The only thing is, that this is only part of the story.
Just like someone may rob a bank and steal hundreds of thousands of dollars, eventually, perhaps years or decades later when they think they’ve gotten away with it and have been enjoying the finer things in life, the law catches up with them, and they are brought to justice and lose everything they had.
So in case there is still any doubt, yes, the Illuminati worship Lucifer, and are satanic. They are ruthless, and have no conscience. Some don’t believe in an afterlife at all, and therefore take all they can in this life, and others believe that they can balance their good deeds with their bad, and avoid Divine repercussions for their evil acts. One will better understand their philosophy and world view by reading the original writings of Adam Weishaupt and learning about Illuminati organizations such as the Skull and Bones society at Yale University and the Bohemian Grove in northern California. (See Bohemian Grove) (See Skull and Bones)
Original Writings Found
It’s indisputable that original copies of Adam Weishaupt’s writings were discovered and published for all to read. This is fully admitted in mainstream history books and encyclopedias.
“A collection of original papers and correspondence was found by searching the house of one Zwack (a Member) in 1786. The following year a much larger collection was found at the house of Baron Bassus; and since that time Baron Knigge, the most active Member next to Weishaupt, published an account of some of the higher degrees, which had been formed by himself.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 76)
New Members Chosen
“The only ostensible members of the Order were the Minervals. They were to be found only in the Lodges of Free Masons. A candidate for admission must make his wish known to some Minerval; he reports it to a Superior, who, by a channel to be explained presently, intimates it to the Council. No notice is farther taken of it for some time. The candidate is carefully observed in silence, and if thought unfit for the Order, no notice is taken of his solicitation. But if otherwise, the candidate receives privately an invitation to a conference.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 66)
“The Novice and his Mentor are known only to each other; perhaps nothing more follows upon this; if otherwise, the Mentor appoints another conference, and begins his instructions, by giving him in detail certain portions of the constitution, and of the fundamental rules of the Order.”
“Of these the Novice must give a weekly account in writing. He must also read, in the Mentor's house, a book containing more of the instructions of the Order; but he must make no extracts. Yet from this reading he must derive all his knowledge; and he must give an account in writing of his progress.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 67)
Members are Spies
“I shall therefore press the cultivation of science, especially such sciences as may have an influence on our reception in the world; and may serve to remove obstacles out of the way…Only those who are assuredly proper subjects shall be picked out from among the inferior classes for the higher mysteries…And in particular, every person shall be made a spy on another and on all around him.”
“Nothing can escape our sight; by these means we shall readily discover who are contented, and receive with relish the peculiar state-doctrines and religious opinions that are laid before them; and, at last, the trustworthy alone will be admitted to a participation of the whole maxims and political constitution of the Order.”
“In a council composed of such members we shall labor at the contrivance of means to drive by degrees the enemies of reason and of humanity out of the world, and to establish a peculiar morality and religion fitted for the great Society of mankind.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 77)
Illuminati Black Op Tools Found
[Letter found in handwriting of Zwack] “It will be of great service, and procure us both much information and money, and will suit charmingly the taste of many of our truest members, who are lovers of the sex.”
…“There are, in the same handwriting, Description of a strong box, which; if forced open, shall blow up and destroy its contents
– Several receipts for procuring abortion – A composition which blinds or kills when spurted in the face – A sheet, containing a receipt for sympathetic ink – Tea for procuring abortion – Herbœ quœ habent qualitatem deleteriam – A method for filling a bed-chamber with pestilential vapors – How to take off impressions of seals, so as to use them afterwards as seals – A collection of some hundreds of such impressions, with a list of their owners, princes, nobles, clergymen, merchants, etc.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 79)
Illuminati Plans Eternal Reign
[Spartacus to Cato, March 1778] “By this plan we shall direct all mankind. In this manner, and by the simplest means, we shall set all in motion and in flames. The occupations must be so allotted and contrived, that we may, in secret, influence all political transactions.”…“I have considered,” says Spartacus, “everything, and so prepared it, that if the Order should this day go to ruin, I shall in a year re-establish it more brilliant than ever.” (Robison, John - Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 84)
“There must (a la Jésuite) not a single purpose ever come in sight that is ambiguous, and that may betray our aims against religion and the state. One must speak sometimes one way and sometimes another, but so as never to contradict ourselves, and so that, with respect to our true way of thinking, we may be impenetrable.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 85)
“This can be done in no other way but by secret associations, which will by degrees, and in silence, possess themselves of the government of the States, and make use of those means for this purpose…” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 106)
“…the Order will, for its own sake, and therefore certainly, place every man in that situation in which he can be most effective. The pupils are convinced that the Order will rule the world. Every member therefore becomes a ruler.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 123)
A New Religion
Weishaupt explains, “Indeed I afterwards throw away this name, and substitute Reason. But I assure you this is no small affair; a new religion, and a new state-government, which so happily explain one and all of these symbols, and combines them in one degree, you may think that this is my chief work; but I have three other degrees, all different, for my class of higher mysteries; in comparison with which this is but child’s play.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 85)
“Who would imagine that I was to be the founder of a new religion.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 86)
“We must, lst gradually explain away all our preparatory pious frauds. And when persons of discernment find fault, we must desire them to consider the end of all our labour…2d. We must unfold, from history and other writings, the origin and fabrication of all religious lies whatever; and then, 3d. We give a critical history of the Order.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 89)
[Spartacus to Cato] “Nothing can bring this about but hidden societies. Hidden schools of wisdom are the means which will one day free men from their bonds. These have in all ages been the archives of nature, and of the rights of men; and by them shall human nature be raised from her fallen state.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 91)
Weishaupt Impregnates Sister-in-Law
[Spartacus to Marius, September 1783] “I am now in the most embarrassing situation; it robs me of all rest, and makes me unfit for everything. I am in danger of losing at once my honor and my reputation, by which I have long had such influence. What think you – my sister-in-law is with child.”
“…We have tried every method in our power to destroy the child; and I hope she is determined on everything – even d – . (Can this mean death?) But alas! Euriphon is, I fear, too timid (alas! poor woman, thou art now under the disciplina arcani) and I see no other expedient.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 94)
Using Feminism to Breakdown Society
“There is no way of influencing men so powerfully as by means of the women. These should therefore be our chief study; we should insinuate ourselves into their good opinion, give them hints of emancipation from the tyranny of public opinion, and of standing up for themselves; it will be an immense relief to their enslaved minds to be freed from any one bond of restraint, and it will fire them the more, and cause them to work for us with zeal, without knowing that they do so; for they will only be indulging their own desire of personal admiration.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 111)
Schools for Indoctrination
“We must win the common people in every corner. This will be obtained chiefly by means of the schools, and by open, hearty behavior, show, condescension, popularity, and toleration of their prejudices, which we shall at leisure root out and dispel.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 111)
Controlling the Media
Even back in the late 1700’s, Weishaupt understood the power in controlling information, and wrote, “By establishing reading societies, and subscription libraries, and taking these under our direction, and supplying them through our labours, we may turn the public mind which way we will.”
“In like manner we must try to obtain an influence in the military academies (this may be of mighty consequence), the printing-houses, booksellers shops, chapters, and in short in all offices which have any effect, either in forming, or in managing, or even in directing the mind of man: painting and engraving are highly worth our care.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 112)
Illuminati members also understood how powerful controlling newspapers could be to smear their enemies. [In Cato’s handwriting] “We get all the literary journals. We take care, by well-timed pieces [articles], to make the citizens and the Princes a little more noticed for certain little slips.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 113)
The Destruction of Christianity
“It surely needs little argument now to prove, that the Order of Illuminati had for its immediate object the abolishing of Christianity (at least this was the intention of the Founder), with the sole view of overturning the civil government, by introducing universal dissoluteness and profligacy of manners, and then getting the assistance of the corrupted subjects to overset the throne. The whole conduct in the preparation and instruction of the Presbyter and Regens is directed to this point.”
“Philo says, I have been at unwearied pains to remove the fears of some who imagine that our Superiors want to abolish Christianity; but by and by their prejudices will wear off, and they will be more at their ease. Were I to let them know that our General holds all Religion to be a lie, and uses even Deism, only to lead men by the nose.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 124)
The Order to Replace All Governments
“The Order must possess the power of life and death in consequence of our Oath; and with propriety, for the same reason, and by the same right, that any government in the world possesses it: For the Order comes in their place, making them unnecessary. When things cannot be otherwise, and ruin would ensue if the Association did not employ this mean, the Order must, as well as public rulers, employ it for the good of mankind; therefore for its own preservation.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 124-125)
“Of all the means I know to lead men, the most effectual is a concealed mystery. The hankering of the mind is irresistible; and if once a man has taken it into his head that there is a mystery in a thing, it is impossible to get it out, either by argument or experience. And then, we can so change notions by merely changing a word.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 129)
“Far be from us the dangerous maxim, that it is sometimes useful to depart from these, and to deceive men, in order to insure their happiness.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 134)
Infiltration of Freemasonry
One of the primary vehicles the Illuminati has used to conceal and further their agenda is Freemasonry. Already an occult organization, Weishaupt had goals of using the fraternity for his own means, and in July 1782, he infiltrated Continental Freemasonry where he introduced what he called Illuminated Freemasonry. (Ridley, Jasper – The Freemasons p. 181)
Using the existing structure of Freemasonry, he created factions which were dedicated to his cause. With their ruthlessness and obsession, they quickly took control of the highest levels.
Word of the Illuminati’s goals had spread, and many Freemasons not affiliated with Weishaupt or Illuminated Freemasonry were afraid Roman Papal authorities were closely watching Freemasons for this very reason.
When the French revolution of 1787 broke out, some people said it was the work of the Illuminati because of their association with the Freemasons. Interest in the Illuminati, and the stories of them being the secret center of world revolution, was revived after the Russian Revolution of 1917 and the other revolutionary outbreaks which followed the First World War. (Ridley, Jasper – The Freemasons p. 115)
In his own words, Weishaupt explains the importance of using Freemasonry as the ideal cover, saying, “None is fitter than the three lower degrees of Freemasonry; the public is accustomed to it, expect little from it, and therefore takes little notice of it.”
Weishaupt wrote, “I declare and I challenge all mankind to contradict my declaration, that no man can give any account of the order of Freemasonry, of its origin, of its history, of its object, nor any explanation of its mysteries and symbols, which does not leave the mind in total uncertainty on all these points. Every man is entitled therefore, to give any explanation of the symbols and a system of the doctrine that he can render palatable.” (Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 63) (See Freemasonry)
Skull and Bones Connections
In Proofs of a Conspiracy, Robison also describes the initiation ceremony into the “Regent Degree” of Illuminism. It bears a striking resemblance to the satanic ritual for entry into Skull and Bones at Yale. During the ceremony, the initiate must face a skeleton, and at its feet are a crown and a sword. He is then asked “whether that is the skeleton of a king, nobleman, or a beggar.”
Despite his choice, the president declares, “The character of being a man is the only one that is important.” The writing inside Skull and Bones “Tomb” at Yale reads, “Wer war der Thor, wer Weiser, Bettler oder Kaiser? Ob Arm, ob Reich, im Tode gleich.” In English it says, “Who was the fool, who was the wise man, beggar or king? Whether poor or rich, all’s the same in death.” (Millegan, Kris – Fleshing Out Skull and Bones p. 17)
Coincidence? More like the same doctrine. (See Skull and Bones)
Communism
The Communist Manifesto, widely believed to be authored solely by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels in 1848, was actually commissioned by a Communist league formerly called the “League of Just Men” which was part of the Illuminati. In the preface to the 1872 German edition, it is made clear that Marx and Engels were chosen basically as secretaries to document and publish the manifesto.
It reads, “The Communist League (formerly called the “League of Just Men”)…which could of course only be a secret one…commissioned the undersigned [Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels], at the Congress held in London in November 1847, to draw up for publication a detailed theoretical and practical programme of the Party. Such was the origin of the following Manifesto, the manuscript of which traveled to London to be printed, a few weeks before the February Revolution.”
Eugene H. Methvin reports in Rise of Radicalism: The Social Psychology of Messianic Extremism that in October of 1842 Friedrich Engels visited Moses Hess, a communist who inspired Engels and brought communism back to his circle of influence.
Occultist Benjamin Crème admits, “Marx was indeed a member of the Hierarchy, of a certain degree. Looking at the effect of his work over the years — that could only have been the work of a disciple of some degree, an initiate of some level: first to have the vision, and secondly to have the capacity to embody that vision so that the work could spread.” (Crème, Benjamin – The Reappearance of the Christ and the Masters of Wisdom p. 190-191)
The Catholic Church
Aside from controlling political, financial, and media institutions of the world, the Illuminati also control religious ones as well. The Catholic Church has long been intertwined with the Illuminati, and its society of Jesus (the Jesuits) are the Vatican’s foot soldiers attempting to make the Catholic Church the world’s leading religious authority. In 2007, Pope Benedict XVI announced that the Catholic Church was the only way to salvation, and that all other denominations are not true churches.[130]
Since the Antichrist will be a political figure, and the false prophet a religious one who (wrongfully) confirms to the world that the Christ has returned when the Antichrist announces he is God, whoever the pope is at this time will likely be the false prophet telling the world that the long awaited savior has arrived.
Anyone who thinks the Catholic Church and the Vatican are following the teachings of Jesus just need to look into the murder of Roberto Calvi, or the pedophilia scandals that have plagued the church for decades to realize that the organization is corrupt to the core. (See Catholic Pedophile Priests)
The Inner Circle
In Circle of Intrigue, Texe Marrs explains, “In the first circle, there is Satan, or Lucifer, and his demon spirits who comprise a spiritual hierarchy…Next, just outside the Luciferian point of light, we discover an exclusive and tight-knit Inner Circle, made up of a handful of elite and usually unseen men who actually rule the planet. Finally there is the ‘outer circle,’ comprised first of illuminated bloodlines which are not of the first rank and then, following them, are the several thousand servants who willingly bow down and kneel before their human masters in order to gain material riches.” (Marrs, Texe – Circle of Intrigue p. 39-40)
“Illuminati bloodlines, including those of such family names as Astor, Bundy, Dupont, Kennedy, Onassis, Rothschild, Rockefeller, Lord, Habsburg, Mellon, Oppenheimer, Sassoon, and Sinclair…Though unselected, nevertheless, they preside and reign over mere elected politicians and administrators who perform the mundane, everyday tasks of government and society.” (Marrs, Texe – Circle of Intrigue p. 38)
The Inner Circle is essentially a small group of families who can trace their ancestral bloodlines back hundreds of years and consider themselves to be members of an aristocracy. Many also believe they are a super race, are divinely endowed with the knowledge of good and evil, and are destined to rule the world. This same ideology fueled the Third Reich’s racist beliefs and murderous rampage. (See Nazism)
“Don’t think for a moment you are going to vote the Illuminati out of office. They control the major and minor political parties. They control the process of government, they control the process of information flow, they control the process of creating money, and finally they control Christendom. (God however controls the hearts of His people. And the perfect love of His followers cast out fear, for a spirit of fear does not come from the God.” (Springmeier, Fritz – Bloodlines of the Illuminati p. 2)
25 Tenets of Evil
The Illuminati’s self-confessed goals are primarily the removal of all established monarchies and governments, and to create a new primary system of government using tyranny and high tech surveillance on the populations where the Illuminati is in control of every aspect. By owning the international banks, they control the economy, and by owning the media, they control information. They intend to create a world of penniless, uneducated, immoral people who they can feed off of as a source of labor and servants.
From Weishaupt’s writings, 25 clear tenets emerge. They reveal the core beliefs of the organization, and while written in the late 1700s, many are clearly being achieved today. William G. Carr’s book, Pawns in the Game (1978) reveals in detail what these 25 tenets are, and a brief summary of them follows on the next two pages.
The Illuminati’s 25 Tenets
1) Men are inclined to evil rather than good.
2) Preach Liberalism.
3) Use ideals of freedom to bring about class wars.
4) Any and all means necessary should be used to reach their goals as they are justified.
5) Believe their rights lie in force.
6) The power of their resources must remain invisible until the very moment that they have gained the strength so that no group or force can undermine it.
7) Advocates a mob psychology to obtain control of the masses
8) Promotes the use of alcohol, drugs, moral corruption, and all forms of vice to systematically corrupt the youth of the nation.
9) Seize citizens’ private property by any means necessary.
10) The use of slogans such as equality, liberty, and fraternity are used on the masses as psychological warfare.
11) War should be directed so that the nations on both sides are placed further in debt and peace conferences are designed so that neither combatant retain territory rights.
12) Members must use their wealth to have candidates chosen to public office who would be obedient to their demands, and would be used as pawns in the game by the men behind the scenes. The advisors will have been bred, reared, and trained from childhood to rule the affairs of the world.
13) Control the press, and hence most of the information the public receives.
14) Agents and provocateurs will come forward after creating traumatic situations, and appear to be the saviors of the masses, when they are actually interested in just the opposite, the reduction of the population.
15) Create industrial depression and financial panic, unemployment, hunger, shortage of food, and use these events to control the masses and mobs, and use them to wipe out those who stand in the way.
16) Infiltrate Freemasonry which is to be used to conceal and further objectives.
17) Expound the value of systematic deception, use high sounding slogans and phrases, advocate lavish sounding promises to the masses even though they can’t be kept.
18) The art of street fighting is necessary to bring the population into subjection.
19) Use agents as provocateurs and advisers behind the scenes, and after wars use secret diplomacy talks to gain control.
20) Establish huge monopolies towards world government control.
21) Use high taxes and unfair competition to bring about economic ruin by controlling raw materials, organized agitation among the workers, and subsidizing competitors.
22) Build up armaments with police and soldiers who can protect and further Illuminati interests.
23) Members and leaders of the one world government will be appointed by the directors of the Illuminati.
24) Infiltrate into all classes and levels of society and government for the purpose of teaching the youth in the schools theories and principles known to be false.
25) Create and use national and international laws to destroy civilization.
Illuminati Setting Stage for Antichrist
“It is only in the later stages, and when the time has come for those returning into recognized physical expression of the Christ, leading to the definite restoration of the Mysteries, that certain of the senior Members of the Hierarchy will appear and take outer and recognizable physical control of world affairs.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 570)
“Members of the Hierarchy, whether working in the early stages or later when the true externalization takes place, will work as members of the human family and not as proclaimed members of the kingdom of God or of the souls, known to us as the Hierarchy; they will appear in office of some kind or another; they will be the current politicians, business men, financiers, religious teachers or churchmen; they will be scientists and philosophers, college professors and educators; they will be the mayors of cities and the custodians of all public ethical movements. The spiritual forcefulness of their lives, their clear, pure wisdom, the sanity and the modern acceptableness of the proposed measures in any department in which they choose to function, will be so convincing that little impediment will be set in the way of their undertakings.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 570-571)
“But it is not the event or the stage of Christ’s appearing with which we are now dealing, but the preparatory stages and with the task of fitting the world (which means in this case, preparing human consciousness) for the presence in physical activity and manifestation of the Hierarchy—in full force and with its esoteric equipment.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 576)
“…the unconvinced, yet hopeful, wishful thinking of believers (and also unbelievers), will soon give place to certain knowledge, to visual recognition, to provable signs of executive work, and to the reorganization (by men of unusual potency) of the political, religious, economic and social life of the planet.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 600)
Hidden in Plain View
“Occult philosophy seems to have been the nurse or god-mother of all intellectual forces, the key to all divine obscurities and the absolute queen of society in those ages when it was reserved exclusively for the education of priests and of kings.” (Levi, Eliphas – Transcendental Magic p. 1)
“It is in public evidence without being known to the public; no one suspects its existence and no one dreams of seeking it where it actually is.” (Levi, Eliphas – Transcendental Magic p. 3)
“There is indeed a formidable secret, the revelation of which has once already transformed the world, as testified in Egyptian religious tradition…This secret constitutes the fatal Science of Good and Evil, and the consequence of its revelation is death.” (Levi, Eliphas – Transcendental Magic p. 9-10)
Dan Brown’s Angels and Demons
Published in the year 2000, Dan Brown’s Angels and Demons is a fictional novel revolving around the Catholic Church and the Illuminati, and is a prequel to the Da Vinci Code which was later published in 2003. The common theme in the Da Vinci Code, as many know, is that the Catholic Church allegedly has been trying to cover up a family tree containing the bloodline of Jesus and Mary Magdalene which still exists today.
According to Brown and supporters of this widely discredited theory, numerous secret societies have been protecting this bloodline from the Catholic Church, who allegedly will do anything to keep this ‘secret’ from getting out and ruining Christianity and the Vatican’s grip on power.
Also in Angels and Demons, the Illuminati is set out to destroy Vatican City as retribution for suppressing them and forcing them deeper underground.
The stories are either a purposeful whitewash of the real Illuminati, or the result of a creative writer seizing on topics of interest in the underground and making them mainstream. Either way, his writings and subsequent films which followed can only be seen as a deliberate attack on Christianity and muddying the water for real researchers of the Illuminati.
Thanks to Brown, the brainwashed masses of people think that when someone discusses the Illuminati and the very real effects the organization has on society and Bible prophecy, that one is too wrapped up in Angels and Demons. Those who have become victims of the Illuminati’s agendas don’t even believe such a thing exists.
Resist the Illuminati
Since its creation in 1776 by Adam Weishaupt, until today, the Illuminati mafia has continued to be the willing pawns of Satan, and have been carrying out Weishaupt’s doctrine for world domination in order to create the foundation for the Antichrist to easily emerge. While rarely discussed at Churches and Bible studies early in the 21st century, it is likely more Christians will learn, not only of the historical Illuminati, but of the Illuminati’s activities today.
The Illuminati mafia continuously embraces and creates two opposing forces which clash and compete. The Hegelian strategy of problem, reaction, solution is employed and taken full advantage of to advance their agenda. Like a mob boss who would own both boxers in a fight and then decide which one would win, the Illuminati controls both Republicans and Democrats, both communist countries and democracies, both arms dealers, and the country being attacked. They have rigged the game so no matter what happens, they win.
While it’s sometimes difficult to name names of individual Illuminati members and the families which have carried on the tradition, identifying the work of the organization is much more clearly visible. (See The New World Order)
Fritz Springmeier, author of an exhausting study of the families involved with the Illuminati throughout history explains, “Many find it hard to believe that something so outrageous and so evil could actually be happening, and cannot comprehend why someone would want to take over the world on Satan’s behalf. It doesn’t seem real, it’s like some sort of crazy Hollywood fantasy. But the documentation is there to prove it, both secularly and Biblically. The elite rulers of this world are part of a Satanic conspiracy to enslave the human race.”[131]
One wonders if the Illuminati know that Satan and the Antichrist will ultimately lose in the end, and if they think he’s doing all this for them and willing to sacrifice himself for his followers paralleling Jesus’ sacrifice for others. But then what happens to them? What about their souls? The most reasonable conclusion is that the Illuminati do not believe in any kind of an afterlife whatsoever and fear no Divine retribution for their crimes against humanity. They take all they can in this life and live for worldly pleasures and riches, while robbing others of their rights and opportunities.
The final phases of the Illuminati’s plan are near completion as they parallel Biblical prophecy. The globalization of governments is growing at a tremendous rate with civil liberties being systematically eliminated. The family structure has nearly been destroyed, religion and God have been eliminated from the public sphere, and soon, the only thing that fallen humanity will have to turn to for help and guidance is the New World Order, along with the global bureaucratic high tech surveillance Beast that is designed to destroy us. Power to The Resistance!
At the time of this writing, not many people have heard of the Georgia Guidestones, or have an insight into their true origin and meaning. Just outside the tiny town of Elberton, Georgia, stands an unusual granite monument with mysterious engravings and origins. The monument is called “America’s Stonehenge” and mainly “the Georgia Guidestones.” Engraved in the 19 foot tall granite slabs are 10 bizarre commandments in eight different languages.
This is not a “normal” monument to promote environmentalism or an “Age of Reason” as the stones suggest. Unbeknown to many of the citizens of Elberton, and the world, the Guidestones have a deep satanic origin and message. (See Satanism)
The origin of the stones is clouded in mystery because no one anywhere claims to know the identity of the man who ordered and paid for their construction. All that is reported at the Elberton County Museum is that in June of 1979, a man went to the office of the Elberton Granite Finishing Company and said that he wanted a monument created to “transmit a message to mankind.” He identified himself as Mr. R. C. Christian, a pseudonym.[132]
Nobody really knows who the man is that went into the Elberton Granite Company that day, but through a little research a few things become apparent, and the New World Order is written all over them.
The 10 new commandments of the Guidestones are as follows:
The Commandments
1. Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature.
2. Guide reproduction wisely – improving fitness and diversity.
3. Unite humanity with a living new language.
4. Rule passion – faith – tradition – and all things with tempered reason.
5. Protect people and nations with fair laws and just courts.
6. Let all nations rule internally resolving external disputes in a world court.
7. Avoid petty laws and useless officials.
8. Balance personal rights with social duties.
9. Prize truth – beauty – love – seeking harmony with the infinite.
10. Be not a cancer on the Earth – Leave room for nature – Leave room for nature.
Knowing the history of Satanism and the occult make several of the stones’ commandments chilling. The World Court and unified language also foreshadow the New World Order’s universal global control. Commandment number four, about ruling passion, faith, and tradition, is regarding the regulation of a One World Religion, established and run by the World Council of Churches. The commandments are overall chilling for people of any faith. What’s worse is the fact that they’ve been in place since 1980 with little opposition.
Elberton, Georgia, is the Granite capitol of the world, and many of the town’s locals have accepted the idea that the stones were built as part of a publicity stunt for the city of Elberton and the Granite Company. The Guidestones have obtained nationwide publicity, but their true nature has often been obscured.
It has only been recently, with the rise of the Communication Age, that average citizens with a curiosity for Truth can discover amazing information over the Internet. In the early 1980s it wasn’t possible for people on a large scale to piece together that R.C. Christian was a member of the Rosicrucians. (See Rosicrucians)
The message of the Guidestones is absolutely appalling. At the time of this writing in 2008, the world’s population is more than 6.6 billion.[133] The Guidestones call for a population of 500 million. That’s over 6 billion people that would have to be eliminated from the Earth. Billion with a B. The Resistance can’t fathom why the stones have not been removed, and have waged a campaign to do so.[134]
Commandment number nine refers to the “Infinite,” not Jesus, or God, “the Infinite.” Number ten coincides with the genocide ideals of the first, in that it explicitly states to not be “a cancer on the Earth,” and to “leave room for nature.”
A hole was drilled in one of the stones so that the North Star could be seen through it by an observer. Plans for the Guidestones were first revealed in the winter of 1979 in the Elberton Granite Association’s publication the Elberton Graniteer. They were unveiled March 22, 1980.
History of the Guidestones
Joe H. Fendley, retired President of the Elberton Granite Association, said the project was one of the most challenging ever for his quarrying and the monument manufacturing company. He said the story began on a Friday afternoon in June 1979 when a well-dressed and articulate man came to his office on the Tate Street Extension in Elberton and inquired about the cost of building the monument.
He confessed to Mr. Fendley that he represented a small group from outside Georgia. Fendley said the man called himself Mr. Christian because he allegedly was a Christian, but wished to remain anonymous forever. He said he chose Georgia because of the mild climate, availability of excellent granite, and that his grandmother was a native Georgian.
Upon later meetings, Mr. Christian then referred to himself as R.C. Christian and chose a five-acre plot on a farm of Wayne Mullenix for the site of the project. It is the highest point in Elberton County. He chose the location, eight miles north of Elberton on Highway 77, because it commands a view to the East and to the West, and is within a specific area in regards to the summer and winter sunrises and sunsets. The stones are oriented in these directions, and are inscribed in eight different languages on four enormous stones set in a paddlewheel formation, with the center stone carved and drilled in a precise location allowing the sun to mark the time of day and the seasons.
Whyatt C. Martin, President of the Granite City Bank, was chosen by Mr. Christian to be the intermediary for the project. When the project was finished, Martin delivered the entire file on the Guidestones to R.C. Christian, as he promised in the beginning, thus eliminating all evidence and adding to the mystery. A few weeks later money was deposited into the escrow account and work began. Mr. Martin said Mr. Christian told him the sponsors had been planning the monument for years, and that the “guides” were for conservation, for mankind and the Earth, and were carefully worded as a moralistic appeal to all people regardless of religion, political affiliation, or nationality.
A pamphlet was provided to the Elberton Museum with information regarding the stones and their creation. Years later, in 1986 a book titled, Common Sense Renewed would be delivered to the Granite Museum to be for sale in the souvenir shop. The author of the book used the pseudonym, “Robert Christian” and admits to being the individual behind the project. (This author, Mark Dice, owns a copy of this rare book.)
Elberton County is known as the “Granite Capital of the World.” The local economy was initially built on granite, a natural resource available in great quantity throughout the region. Located within a 25-mile radius of Elberton are approximately 45 quarries. Approximately 150 manufacturing firms turn rough granite into completely finished cemetery and public memorials. At least 50 other enterprises in the county contribute to some portion of the granite production stream, which annually exceeds $160 million in sales volume.
In 1996, the Elberton plants produced approximately 250,000 monuments, markers, and mausoleums. They provide jobs for 2,300 or more people, provides local payroll of over $53 million, and is the largest employer in Elberton. The current population of Elberton county is about 19,000.[135]
The Rosicrucian Connection
The R.C. Christian pseudonym that is carved in the plaque at the foot of the Guidestones stands for an individual representing the Order of the Rose Cross, a perverted occult sect of Christianity that was started in the early 1600s in Europe. (See Rosicrucians)
It is important to know that the Order of the Rose Cross is a Gnostic secret society that is connected to the other illuminated secret Orders which are explained in more detail in other sections. The Fraternity of the Rose Cross beliefs are consistent with the occult and alchemy, much like the Freemasons. (See Freemasonry)
Common Sense Renewed
In 1986 a little known book was published titled Common Sense Renewed. The author used the pseudonym “Robert Christian,” and admitted to being the man behind the mysterious monument. The book explains, “Robert Christian” is the pseudonym of a private American citizen who is concerned about the growing evidence of a decline in the political and economic strengths of our country. It goes on to explain that the first two printings of Common Sense Renewed were sent to several thousand political officials and shapers of public opinion throughout the world, and all members of the United States Congress.
Aside from admitting “Robert Christian” is the author and sponsor of the Georgia Guidestones, he explains that he “has chosen to remain anonymous in order to avoid useless controversy and better focus attention on his thoughts rather than on himself.”[136]
The book is dedicated to Thomas Paine (a Deist); author of Common Sense, hence the title. On page six, the author explains one of the purposes for the monument saying, “The hearts of our human family must be touched and warmed to welcome a global rule by reason.” (Christian, Robert – Common Sense Renewed p. 6)
8 Languages
The wording of the message proclaimed on the monument is in 8 languages. English, Russian, Hebrew, Arabic, Hindi, Chinese, Spanish, and Swahili. Indications show the monument’s creator originally planned for 12 languages to be used, including the archaic languages of Sanskrit, Babylonian Cuneiform, Egyptian Hieroglyphics and Classical Greek. The plot of land the stones sit on is well capable of additional structures being added. Thankfully, none have.
The Commandments Explained
1) Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature
Current world population in 2008 is over 6.6 billion. This reduction of the world’s population fits perfectly into the philosophies of the Illuminati and the New World Order. The conclusion is simple. They believe there are just too many people on the planet and killing the majority of the “useless eaters” is a benefit to the New World Order.
2) Guide reproduction wisely – improving fitness and diversity
This coincides with the first commandment of population control. Obviously guiding reproduction means controlling reproduction and forced sterilization for some.
3) Unite humanity with a living new language
At the fall of the tower of Babylon the Lord scattered the languages to confuse mankind. The stones suggest uniting the language again so the whole world can communicate with each other. It is assumed that English will continue to be the dominant language in the world. The English language adopts words and phrases from other languages and most languages are considered “living” in that they change, grow, and incorporate new parts.
4) Rule Passion – Faith – Tradition – and all things with tempered reason
This of course is suggesting the judicial control over matters of faith and religion. Our traditions reflect our religion, and this commandment is suggesting the need of the government to rule over these things. As Christians, we currently face increased opposition to our beliefs.
5) Protect people and nations with fair laws and just courts
This suggests that the courts and government must protect the people, and it is the government’s responsibility to do this, the stones claim.
6) Let all nations rule internally resolving external disputes in a world court
This chilling commandment overtly suggests the New World Order’s world court should oversee all matters. Resolving the “external disputes” involves the global reach of the governing powers.
7) Avoid petty laws and useless officials
By eliminating “petty laws” the New World Order could streamline the legal code lending all power of interpretation to the individuals who hold the power.
8) Balance personal rights with social duties
In a socialist New World Order, individuals will have to give up personal rights in order to support their “social duties” of contributing large amounts of their earnings and labor to the system.
9) Prize truth – beauty – love – seeking harmony with the infinite
While saying to prize truth, the words God Almighty or Jesus are not mentioned. Instead one is instructed to “seek harmony with the infinite.” What exactly is the infinite? Does it mean Lucifer?
10) Be not a cancer on the Earth – Leave room for nature – Leave room for nature
This last commandment resonates with the same evil of the first. The first satanic commandment was to keep the world’s population under 500 million, and the 10th satanic commandment reiterates this point while telling us the vast population of planet Earth has become a consuming cancer.
Weights and Dimensions
Overall Height: 19 feet, 3 inches
Amount of Granite 951 cubic feet
Weight (Grand Total) 237,746 pounds or approximately
119 tons
Four Upright Stones 6 feet, 6 inches wide
16 feet, 4 inches high
1 foot, 7 inches thick
42,437 pounds each (ave)
169,750 pounds total
One Center Stone
(The Gnomon Stone) 3 feet, 3 inches wide
16 feet, 4 in. high
1 foot, 7 inches thick
20,957 pounds
One Cap Stone 6 feet, 6 inches wide
9 feet, 8 Inches long
1 foot, 7 inches thick
24,832 pounds
Four Support Stones
(Bases) 7 feet, 4 inches long
2 feet, 0 inches wide
1 foot, 4 inches thick
Weight 4,875 pounds each
19,500 pounds total
One Support Stone
(Base) 4 feet, 2 1/2 inches long
2 feet, 2 inches wide
1 foot, 7 inches thick
Weight 2,707 pounds
Lettering Over 4,000 sandblasted letters
each aprox 4 inches high
Astronomical Aspects
Ÿ The four large upright blocks pointing outward are oriented to the limits of the migration of the moon during the course of the year.
Ÿ An eye-level, oblique hole is drilled from the South to the North side of the center, Gnomon stone, so that the North Star is always visible, symbolizing constancy and orientation with the forces of nature.
Ÿ A slot is cut in the middle of the Gnomon stone to form a window which aligns with the positions of the rising sun at the summer and Winter Solstices and at the Equinox, so that the noon sun shines to indicate noon on a curved line.
Ÿ The cap stone includes a calendar of sorts, where sunlight beams through a 7/8 inch hole at noon, and shines on the South face of the center stone. As the sun makes its travel cycle, the spot beamed through the hole can tell the day of the year at noon each day. Allowances are made because of variations between standard time and sun time to set the beam of sunlight at an equation of time.[137]
Organized Genocide
The Illuminati have been planning a massive depopulation for decades, which will one day manifest itself in the form of massive plagues, a series of biological attacks, or any number of other means to eliminate most of the people inhabiting the planet. The rationale that the elite globalists use for their plan is two-fold. First, they believe humans are depleting too many natural resources. Natural resources they want to keep and use for themselves.
The second rationale is that most of the ‘work’ requiring manual labor on planet Earth is finished. Freeways cover the planet, and other infrastructure such as communication systems, water facilities, and institutions have been completed and only need minor maintenance. Much of the natural resources have been mined, cultivated, and stockpiled in warehouses and store shelves around the world.
Since most of the ‘work’ has finished in constructing the New World Order, now the workers are simply in the Illuminati’s way, and consuming resources that they want for themselves. Since most of us are now of no use to them, they plan to eliminate billions in accordance with the first commandment of the Georgia Guidestones’ 500 million population cap.
Directions to the Guidestones
The Georgia Guidestones are located on the farm of Mildred and Wayne Mullenix on Georgia State Highway 77, 7.2 miles North of Elberton, Georgia, 1.3 miles South of Hart-Elbert County Line, 7.8 miles South of Hartwell Georgia.
On 3-19-05, this author (Mark Dice) interviewed Wayne Mullenix about the stones. To test him I accused him of being involved in the hoax, and I asked him to finally come clean. He was insulted that I made those insinuations, and claimed that he was out of town when Mr. Christian first came to Elberton. He said I was, “barking up the wrong tree” if that’s what I believe, and he insisted the official story is true. He only offered the spot on his land so “Mr. Christian” would go forward with the project.
The monument sits on 4.93 acres of land, 800 feet from highway 77. The deed book 127 in the County of Elberton on page 261 gives the exact land specifications, and detail. Mr. Mullenix sold that plot of land to Frank Coggins who then deeded it to the county.
Located on a farm of Mildred and Wayne Mullenix
on State Highway 77 in Elberton, Georgia 30635
7.2 Miles North of Elberton
1.3 Miles South of Hart-Elberton County Line
7.8 Miles South of Hartwell
Resist Occult Monuments
We are waging an incessant campaign to have the Guidestones removed and destroyed. This is only one of many battles we fight. The Guidestones are empirical evidence of the Illuminati’s agenda and they show the powerful hidden forces at work. Their very acceptance shows the complacency of Americans. The inclusion of the pseudonym “R.C. Christian” in the design of the stones shouts Rosicrucians and Illuminati loudly.
Only when someone fully understands the overlapping elements in the Rosicrucians, Freemasons, Knights Templars, and the other Orders, can one start to develop a clear conceptual map of all the complexities at play in the development of the Illuminati philosophy.
Whatever their origin, whether a clever publicity stunt for the Granite Association and the town of Elberton, or the creation of the Illuminati, their meaning remains the same, and as “Mr. Christian” said in his book, “The hearts of our human family must be touched and warmed to welcome a global rule by reason.” (Christian, Robert – Common Sense Renewed p. 6)
In closing, one more strange note about Elberton is the county’s high school sports teams are called the Blue Devils, another blatant example of supporting Satanism and the New World Order philosophy. Power to The Resistance!
Studying the geometric layout of Washington D.C. is of critical importance in that it is empirical evidence of the levels of Luciferian influence behind the power structure controlling and shaping world policies and events. This is some of the most objective and blatant evidence of the level of control that the philosophies of the Illuminati have on society, by outwardly manifesting their symbols into the civil engineering of the capital of the United States of America.
Through our investigations into the satanic influences that permeate our world, it should be of no surprise to see blatant satanic influences at work within the United States government, the most powerful government in the world.[138] Many people have natural tendencies to want to disbelieve unpleasant or frightening truths, believing the false interpretation that has been spoon fed to them from the media. An understanding is needed of Masonic symbols and the intentional misleading of lower level Freemasons and also non-members as to the “truths” behind Freemasonry and the meanings of their symbols. (See Freemasonry)
The details of the architecture in Washington D.C. reveal many mysteries, and leads people to question the motives behind those involved in its design. Many researchers have uncovered numerous instances of unique or bizarre aspects of these elements within the city. We will briefly cover some of the most obvious in the following pages.
A topical examination from either aerial photographs or satellite images show that intricately included in the layout of the streets, cul-de-sacs, and monuments surrounding the U.S. Capitol building and the White House, are numerous occult and Luciferian symbols.
How could this be? In 1791, the civil engineer Pierre Charles L’Enfant drew up the design of Washington D.C. L’Enfant was, of course, a Freemason.
Pierre Charles L’Enfant
Pierre Charles L’Enfant was the French architect and engineer responsible for the design of Washington, D.C. The plan of the city is based on using long avenues joined at key points marked by important buildings or monuments, and was specifically designed to be a symbolic representation of power radiating from a central source.
On September 11, 1789, he wrote to President George Washington in order “to solicit the favor of being employed in the business” of designing the new city. He envisioned “that the plan should be drawn on such a scale as to leave room for that aggrandizement & embellishment which the increase of the wealth of the Nation will permit it to pursue at any period however remote.”[139]
After showing L’Enfant’s manuscript to Congress, the president kept the original drawing until December, 1796, when he transferred it to the City Commissioners of Washington, D.C. One hundred and twenty-two years later, on November 11, 1918, the map was presented to the Library of Congress to preserve it. To commemorate the two hundredth anniversary of the plan in 1991, the Library of Congress, in cooperation with the National Geographic Society, the National Park Service, and the United States Geological Survey, published a computer drawing of the original plan.
The first symbol that demands attention is an upside down satanic pentagram that is clearly designed in the street layout of the city. There are five strategic points which are connected by straight roads, which make up the lines of the pentagram. The five points that make up the Pentagram are, Washington Circle, Dupont Circle, Scott Circle, Logan Circle, and Mt. Vernon Square.
The effect of strategically placing circles at several of the points of the pentagrams also serves an interesting function of the appearance of an eye at the top of each pyramid formed where the two lines meet at the tips of the pentagram.
With that said, notice that the bottom point of the Pentagram lies directly on top of the White House. (Recall the section on Baphomet and the significance of the placement of the Pentagram) (See Satanism)
Where Connecticut Avenue and Vermont Avenue meet is the spiritual point in the mind of the spirit of Satan. For those who know the hidden agenda of the Illuminati, the covert meaning of this architecture is very disturbing.
The United States Government and the One World Government were designed to yield to the authority of Satan. The president of the United States has the authority to give a presidential pardon to anyone he chooses. Nearly every president in history has used (abused) these executive powers. This power, as many well know, has the ability to set anyone free who has been convicted of a crime no matter how horrendous.
Every time there is a scandal in an administration leading to indictments and convictions, the current president, or the next, gives a laundry list of presidential pardons. Then all major parties involved in any crimes or conspiracies are set free. This is, in a Luciferian sense, the ability to forgive sins. Crimes against humanity, illegal drug and arms trafficking, securities and exchange fraud, murder, etc.
Five Points of the Pentagram
1. Washington Circle, far left
2. Dupont Circle, upper left
3. Logan Circle, upper right
4. Mt. Vernon Square, far right
5. The White House, bottom
Compass, Square, and Rule
The three most common symbols of Freemasonry are the Compass, the Square, and the Rule. Look at the United States Capitol, and you will see that it is laid out in the form of a circle. This represents the top of a professional compass, which is circular. Pennsylvania Avenue, running from the Capitol to the White House, represents one leg of the compass. Maryland Avenue, running from the Capitol to Thomas Jefferson Memorial, represents the second leg of the compass.
In this instance, you have to draw a line from the Capitol to the Jefferson Memorial to see the full effect, because Maryland does not run straight through. The street leads in that direction then ends, and starts up again further toward the Memorial. One can easily see that the general direction is exactly toward the Jefferson Memorial, forming the compass of Freemasonry.
The Freemason’s square begins at Union Square, with Louisiana Avenue forming one arm and Washington Avenue the other. Again, you will have to draw a line down Louisiana Avenue and Washington to see the fully formed square, because Louisiana ends at Pennsylvania and Washington ends at Maryland. The critical 900 degree angle of the square is pictorially missing; however, once you draw the natural continuation of Louisiana and Washington beyond their ending points you will see the 900 degree square perfectly formed.
The Freemason’s rule, or straight-edge, is clearly seen if you draw a straight line south from the center of the White House to the base of the Washington Monument and then straight East to the Capitol forming all three of the sacred instruments of Freemasonry in the layout of these streets and structures.
The Owl
Look again at the United States Capitol from a satellite or aerial photo. At the extreme eastern side of the Capitol there are two cul-de-sacs both of which have an odd shape. If you make an outline around these cul-de-sacs, and around the Capitol, the appearance of a horned owl, with the cul-de-sacs as its ears becomes fairly clear.
An owl is another symbol used in the occult. This is the same symbol used to signify Molech at Bohemian Grove. It is not necessarily a symbol of wisdom, but an occult symbol representing darkness and the underworld. (See Bohemian Grove)
The Pentagon
Inside the center of a pentagram is a pentagon. The Pentagon building in D.C. has been the center for military operations since its creation, and while shown in a logo on a podium or on a wall plaque during press conferences, the 5 pointed figure points upward. An aerial view, or a look on a map, reveals that the point actually points downward, south.
Phallic Symbol
Let us now analyze the towering Washington Monument, which stands directly west of the Capitol building standing approximately 555 feet 5 1/8 inches (169 m) high. The Washington Monument is one of the most important monuments in America to occultists, while most Christians and non-occultists are unaware of any hidden meaning. Occultists see the monument as an enormous phallic symbol.
“Every morning when the United States President wakes up he can look out the window, see the Masonic obelisk and be reminded of who controls America. If the President has any training in the Mystery Religion of Egypt, he will also know what body part is symbolically erected in the Washington Memorial. (If the U.S. were ever to return to serving God, that monument would be a good one to destroy. God asked the Israelites not just simply to avoid worshiping such abominations, He asked His people to destroy them, for their very creation was an abomination.) (Springmeier, Fritz – Bloodlines of the Illuminati p. 191)
At the time of this publication there are only three known major obelisks in the world, and two of them are in the United States. According to Ralph Epperson in his book, The New World Order, the first major obelisk was constructed in St. Peter’s square in Rome. The second obelisk was brought to America in 1881 from Alexandria, Egypt, and was placed in Central Park in New York City where it stands today. The third obelisk is the Washington Monument, built with the overt message to commemorate our First President, George Washington, a fellow Freemason. To the Illuminati, this obelisk represents the penis Baal.
Statue of Liberty
The Statue of Liberty, which was given as a gift to America by French Freemasons, also incorporates Illuminati symbols as is stands tall overlooking Manhattan in New York Harbor. Long called a symbol of American Liberty, to the Illuminati the torch represents the light of Lucifer and the torch is that of Prometheus.
“The allegory of Prometheus, who steals the divine fire as to allow men to proceed consciously on the path of spiritual evolution, thus transforming the most perfect of animals on Earth into a potential god, and making him free to take the kingdom of heaven by violence.” (Blavatsky, H.P. – The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 244)
A mirror image of the statue stands in France, also on an island, in the Seine River in Paris. The crown placed on the head symbolizes the rays of the sun and spirit radiating from the mind as knowledge.
The Statue of Liberty is essentially a modern version of the Colossus of Rhodes, which was a depiction of the Greek sun god Helios (Helios being Greek for sun). The Colossus was created in the 3rd century B.C. and depicted Helios holding a torch high in one hand and standing on the island of Rhodes facing the water. Helios was also represented as an all-seeing eye.
“This gigantic gilded figure, with its crown of solar rays and its upraised torch, signified occulty the glorious Sun Man of the Mysteries, the Universal Savior.” (Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 189)
One Dollar Bill
Many have noted and questioned the pyramid with one eye appearing at the top that is found on the back of the one dollar bill. This unique symbol has been the topic of much speculation by students of truth, and ordinary people who have never heard of the Illuminati.
The designer was Charles Thomson, a Mason of course, who served as secretary to the Continental Congress. At the base of the pyramid are the Roman numerals MDCCLXXVI or 1776, the year of the founding of America, and also coincidentally, the Illuminati. (See The Illuminati) Thompson explained, “The pyramid signifies strength and duration: the eye over it & the motto allude to the many signal interpositions of providence in favor of the American cause.” The phrase “Annuit Coeptis” means “Providence has favored our undertakings” or “Providence favors our undertakings.”[140]
They say it is the eye of providence on top of the pyramid, when a Freemason designed it, and clearly knew the history of the all-seeing eye. It is that of the Egyptian Mystery schools, and the occult, and is none other than the eye of Horus.
Albert Pike says, “The Blazing Star [Upside Down Pentagram] has been regarded as an emblem of Omniscience, or the All-seeing Eye…Originally it represented Sirius, or the Dog-star…then it became the image of Horus, the son of Osiris himself symbolized by the sun…who was the universal nature, himself the primitive matter, inexhaustible source of Life, spark of uncreated fire, universal seed of all beings.” (Pike, Albert – Morals and Dogma p. 15)
The phrase Novus Ordo Seclorum (Latin for New Order of the Ages or New Order for the Ages) appears on the reverse of the Great Seal of the United States, first publicly revealed in 1782 and printed on the back of the American one dollar bill since 1935.
The eagle on the back of the dollar bill also holds a double meaning with occultists. “It requires very little imagination to trace in this first so-called eagle the mythological phoenix of antiquity. What is more, there is every reason why a phoenix bird should be used to represent a new country rising out of an old.” (Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 279)
A phoenix has been used by occultists to represent Lucifer rising from his ashes after he fell from heaven. Manly P. Hall explains, “…it is reasonably certain that the modern Masonic eagle was originally a phoenix….In the Mysteries it was customary to refer to initiates as phoenixes or men who had been born again, for just as physical birth gives man consciousness in the physical world, so the neophyte, after nine degrees in the womb of the Mysteries, was born into a consciousness of the spiritual world.” (Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 281-282)
He goes on to say, “European mysticism was not dead at the time the United States of America was founded. The hand of the mysteries controlled in the establishment of the new government for the signature of the mysteries may still be seen on the Great Seal of the United states of America. Careful analysis of the seal discloses a mass of occult and Masonic symbols chief among them, the so-called American Eagle...only the student of symbolism can see through the subterfuge and realize that the American eagle upon the Great Seal is but a conventionalized phoenix…” (Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 282)
Fasces
Fasces have long been a symbol of power in cultures around the world. The term comes from an axe made with a blade and a bundle of wooden rods tied together as the handle. Benito Mussolini chose the symbol of the fasces for his fascist dictatorship, hence the name fascism. The fasces and fascist philosophy have been closely linked ever since.
A close look at the speaker’s podium in the U.S. House of Representatives chamber at the United States Capitol reveals two fasces prominently placed, one on each side of the podium. At the Lincoln Memorial in Washington D.C., Abraham Lincoln’s seat of state clearly shows two on the front of the chair’s arms.
Republican Elephant
The red, white, and blue elephant logo commonly used by the Republican Party has had a very disturbing, yet little noticed, change made to it from its original design. The logo features three white stars set in a blue background, with the bottom half of the logo red. Many people are familiar with it, and it is a common pin used by Republicans.
What many people don’t know, Republicans included, is that the most common design incorporates three upside down pentagrams. The symbol is modeled after the American flag with the stars in white, only on the American flag the stars point up, not down. Older versions of this elephant logo also featured the stars pointing up.
It is not known when exactly this upside down version of the pentagram became popular with the logo, but now a large majority feature the upside down satanic pentagrams, and nobody seems to notice, or even care.
Resist Occult Symbols
How much more blatant could Satan’s signature be? The symbols discussed in this chapter are only some of the most obvious and well known. As with each topic in this Manifesto, the details and examples fill volumes. Two of the most well-known works which are extremely detailed are The Secret Architecture of our Nation’s Capitol by David Ovason and The Talisman of the United States: The Mysterious Street Lines of Washington D.C. by Charles L. Westbrook.
The film, Riddles in Stone – Secret Mysteries of America’s Beginnings Volume II: Secret Architecture of Washington, D.C., (2007) which was directed by Christian J. Pinto, is an amazing analysis of this subject and allows one to visually see the symbols with their own eyes.
It should come as no surprise that the double speak and spin convince most people these symbols aren’t occult, they are just symbols from history and different cultures, or so they think. We know Satan is the father of lies, and those who know the truth can see right through them. Power to The Resistance!
While examining and exposing the numerous cults and pagan organizations that cover themselves with a Christian veneer would be exhausting, one such organization which commands attention is the Mormon Church, also known as the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints. Due to its enormous membership and wealth, the LDS deserves deconstruction, with regards to The Resistance and the New World Order. While the Mormon Church cleverly cloaks itself as a Christian organization, at the core, it is far from it.
The Book of Mormon is so childish and blatantly fraudulent, that most people not involved in Mormonism can see the organization for what it is. The Mormon Church is one of the largest and wealthiest cults in the world. Mormon beliefs and practices are deeply rooted in the occult and Freemasonry.
The founder of Mormonism, Joseph Smith, claimed a supernatural being appeared to him first in 1820, when he was 14 years old, after he had prayed and asked God which church he should join. He claimed the being told him to join none of the churches, because they were all corrupt. Three years later, in 1823, he claimed that an angel named Moroni appeared to him and told him where some gold tablets were buried near his home in upstate New York. These gold tablets, he claimed, had a written history of an ancient Christian culture that lived in North America between 600 B.C. and 400 A.D.
From these alleged plates he supernaturally translated the Book of Mormon, which was then first published in 1830. Smith claimed a prophet named Mormon compiled the teachings in the tablets from ancient wisdom, and they were supposedly written in ancient Egyptian hieroglyphics, hence his need to supernaturally translate them using two magical stones called the Urim and Thummim.
Mormons have three books other than the King James version of the Bible that they believe are Scripture. The Book of Mormon, The Pearl of Great Price, and the Doctrine and Covenants. All claimed to be authored or translated divinely by, or “through” Joseph Smith.
Adding tremendously to the perpetuation of Mormonism was the death of Smith in Carthage, Illinois, on June 27, 1844 by an angry mob. Mormons insist Smith was martyred. After his death, Mormons then split into two factions. One of his wives (early Mormons practiced polygamy) and son created the Reorganized LDS Church (RLDS), and Brigham Young led a pilgrimage of the original followers westward to the Salt Lake valley, which would later become the State of Utah. While the Mormon Church today does not condone polygamy, both Joseph Smith and Brigham Young had multiple wives. The practice of polygamy can largely be attributed to much of the early growth of the cult.
The Resistance does not deny that good moral teachings can come from the LDS. Good moral teachings also come from Disney films. This does not change the fact that the foundation of the LDS is based on an absurd lie that has been carried on for generations. Nor do moral teachings circumvent the dark undertow of the LDS movement. The distortions of Scripture by the Mormons are too numerous to extrapolate here, and their aid in the New World Order is tremendous.
The evidence of Joseph Smith’s close connection with occultism and Freemasonry, and how this influenced the origin and development of the LDS Church, is not well known outside of scholarly circles. Masonry’s influence on Mormonism and Joseph Smith has been noted by a number of historians, and is expanded in the pages that follow. (See Freemasonry)
It is interesting to note that in The Satanic Bible, it lists the name Mormo as the God of the Ghouls.[141] This means his followers would be called Mormons. (See Satanism)
Ed Decker, the director of Saints Alive (also known as Ex-Mormons for Jesus) said in his book The God Makers, “I was involved in this group for 19 years…and I consider it to be one of the most dangerous and deceptive organizations in the world! Mormonism is a modified form of paganism which is so carefully camouflaged with a façade of Christian terminology that it even deceives most Mormons.” (Decker, Ed – The God Makers p. 20)
While Mormons claim to be Christian, there are no crosses displayed on, or in, any Mormon Temple. The most prominent symbol in Christianity is nowhere to be found in Mormonism. As with Freemasonry, Mormonism is designed to mislead those who are involved at the lower levels, and who aren’t aware of the organization’s dark secrets.
Instead of a cross being displayed on top of Mormon temples, there is a figure blowing a trumpet, which Mormons claim is the Angel Moroni declaring the Kingdom of God. The Book of Revelation describes the figure quite differently.
“The first angel sounded his trumpet, and there came hail and fire mixed with blood. A third of the Earth and trees were burned up, and all the grass.” (Revelation 8:7)
“The evidence indicates that the creation of Mormonism may have been a well-orchestrated plan by several families to set themselves up as the priest-prophet rulers of the New World that they claimed was theirs years before Joseph Smith, Jr. ever announced his angelic visits.” (Springmeier, Fritz – Bloodlines of the Illuminati p. 387)
Temple Rituals
Several disturbing facts surround Mormon temples. The first is that only “temple approved” Mormons are even allowed inside, and most of the rituals performed inside are kept a close secret. Jesus specifically stated, “I spoke openly to the world; I always taught in the synagogue and in the temple where the Jews always resort, and in secret I have said nothing.” (John 18:20)
For decades the temple rituals performed were highly secret and only those involved knew what went on. Former veil worker Chuck Sackett secretly recorded the ceremony and published the transcript in What’s Going On In There? (1982), marking one of the first times someone made such information available to the public.
Mormon temples are among some of the most beautiful and awe-inspiring buildings in existence. No expense is spared in making each Temple, with costs exceeding millions of dollars. The Mormon temple is supposedly meant to represent the original Jewish Temple in Jerusalem.
A disturbing fact is that there is no evidence that Christians in the past performed the pagan rituals now performed in the Mormon Temples. Mormons are taught to believe that Joseph Smith’s “true Christianity” had been practiced in temples throughout the New World, 2000 years ago by people called “Nephites” who were supposedly Jews. There has been no trace found of the 38 major cities with large “Christian Temples” that were described in The Book of Mormon by Smith.
It is important to note that Smith was inducted into the Masonic brotherhood in March 1842. Just months later he created the secret Endowment ceremony for his cult, which took large portions from the Masonic rituals he had learned. Mormons have eliminated or changed various elements of the ceremony over the years, likely due to criticism, and the disclosure of its secrets.
Dr. Reed Durham, who was president of the Mormon History Association said, “There is absolutely no question in my mind that the secret Mormon ceremony which came to be known as the Endowment, introduced by Joseph Smith to Mormon Masons, had an immediate inspiration from Masonry. It is also obvious that the Nauvoo Temple architecture was in part, at least, Masonically influenced. Indeed, it appears that there was an intentional attempt to utilize Masonic symbols and motifs. . . .” (Martin, David C – Mormon Miscellaneous p. 11-16).
Cult members who participate in the “sacred” Mormon Temple rituals must swear to have their throats slit from ear to ear, tongues torn out, and hearts and vitals ripped out from their bodies if they tell anyone what goes on during the rituals. These are simply occult rituals, pure and simple.
Magic Underwear
Many people laugh when they hear about the Mormon magic underwear or “sacred garments,” as the Mormons call them. Before participating in the secret Endowment ceremony, “Temple patrons” as they are called, are led to the “washing and anointing” room. There, temple workers ceremoniously “wash” various parts of the person’s nude body with water, reaching under the open “shield,” as it is called, and “anoint” the person with oil in a similar manner. As former Mormon Ed Decker explains, “this is the preparation for being dressed in the “Garment of the Holy Priesthood,” a sort of “magic underwear” with Masonic markings sewn into it.”
Then, even more bizarre, the Mormon is given a new secret name. Decker recalls the ceremony, “With this garment I give you a new name, which you should always remember, and which you must keep sacred, and never reveal except at a certain place that will be shown to you hereafter. The name is _____.” (Decker, Ed – The God Makers p. 188)
The Golden Plates
Central to the myths of Mormonism are the supposed golden plates that Smith “found.” These plates, written in ancient hieroglyphics, as the story goes, are the tablets that make up The Book of Mormon. Smith cleverly claimed that an angel had reclaimed them after he was finished “transcribing” them. This is why they aren’t on display in a Mormon Temple or museum of history.
Various theories exist regarding the actual origin and authorship of the Book of Mormon. It’s clear that Smith and several of his friends wrote the book, and plagiarized large portions from other texts. One such book was published prior to Smith supposedly finding the golden plates, titled View of the Hebrews by Ethan Smith. This book was published in 1823, (7 years prior to The Book of Mormon being published) and many scholars have concluded that this was a major source of information for Smith and the authors of the Book of Mormon since it proposed the theory that the Native Americans were actually Israelites.
Joseph Smith Senior, who was known to be involved with Freemasonry, also helped concoct the scheme. Any unbiased researcher will conclude that the Mormon texts are clearly not divinely inspired, they are not a Testament of Jesus Christ, and they are simply a fraud.
It is believed that one of Smith’s accomplices was Oliver Cowdery, a former blacksmith, who most likely created the plates, if they ever in fact existed at all. Cowdery was an alleged counterfeiter at the time, leading many to believe this was the case.
“It was only natural that its origin should be linked with the very “glass-looking” and “money-digging” that had obsessed him and his family for years. It seems probable that what began as a money-making scheme (hoping to publish and sell the “translation” of an ancient record “discovered like a treasure in the ground”) gathered momentum in another direction and led to the formation of a new religion and finally to the grandiose dream of a theocracy that would one day rule the world.” (Decker, Ed – The God Makers p. 105)
Joseph Smith allegedly used a magical “seer stone” in his hat to read each character from the gold plates, and beneath it appeared the English translation, which he read to Oliver Cowdery, who wrote them down. I know it’s hard not to laugh at this, but this is what millions of Mormons believe.
Legend of Enoch
In the Masonic legend of Enoch, treasures were discovered, including gold and brass plates engraved with Egyptian hieroglyphics containing the history of the world and ancient mysteries of God. Many scholars note the entire Mormon mythology about the gold plates greatly resembles the details of the legend of Enoch, and that no rational person could deny their connection as being inspiration for Smith.
“In the rituals of the 13th, 14th, and 21st degrees of Masonry, the legend (derived from cabalistic sources) is told of Enoch’s gold plate. The resemblances to Joseph Smith, Jr.’s story about finding the gold plates is interesting. The stories are basically identical, which suggests Mormonism may have been founded from the beginning on a Masonic Legend.” (Springmeier, Fritz – Bloodlines of the Illuminati p. 388)
Rosicrucian Connection
The Mormon fables of finding the golden plates also parallels with the story about the Rosicrucian manifestos. In the early 1600s, a manuscript was said to have been discovered at the tomb of a man named Christian Rosencreutz. The book claimed to contain ancient wisdom that he had acquired from a journey to far off lands, and described how people could receive magical occult powers. (McIntosh, Christopher – The Rosicrucians p. xvii-xix)
Joseph Smith knew the influential power he would have by claiming to have found a Divine text. The Book of Mormon can be considered a 19th century Rosicrucian manifesto, the work of the occult, and simply a fraud. It is a fictional fairy tale that was accepted by easily deceived followers who were fairly uneducated. Still today many people do not know the story behind the fraternity of the Rose Cross, and in Joseph Smith’s day, little was likely known by the public in North America about the history of this occult organization and their legend of discovering an ancient book of wisdom. (See Rosicrucians)
DNA vs. Book of Mormon
The Book of Mormon describes a story of Jews leaving ancient Palestine under the direction of God to migrate to America as the new Promised Land. Mormons believe that these Jews became what we now call Native Americans. The problem is, that with modern technology, a number of studies have been conducted to examine the origin of Native Americans, and they provide overwhelming support that Native Americans came from Asia, not the Middle East.
There are no Native Americans which share ancestry with the Israelites. At the time Joseph Smith and the Mormon cult was formed, they couldn’t have imagined that DNA evidence would one day prove their claims false. A great film on the topic produced by former Mormons can be found on Google Video, and is titled, DNA vs. The Book of Mormon.
False Prophets
The apostle Paul warned about false Prophets saying, “The Spirit clearly says that in the later times some will abandon the faith and follow deceiving spirits and things taught by demons” (1 Timothy 4:1). He goes on to warn, “For the time will come when men will not put up with sound doctrine. Instead, to suit their own desires, they will gather around them a great number of teachers to say what their itching ears want to hear.” (2 Tim 4:2-4)
2 Peter 1:1-2 is one of the clearest warnings about people like Smith saying, “But there were also false prophets among the people, just as there will be false teachers among you. They will secretly introduce destructive heresies, even denying the sovereign Lord who brought them – bringing swift destruction on themselves. Many will follow their shameful ways and will bring the way of truth into disrepute.”
Pagan Beliefs
Every faithful Mormon believes that the work of Jesus and the Apostles failed and had to be “restored” by Joseph Smith, that Smith was a true prophet of God, and that the Mormon Church is the only true church. Many researchers cite the similarities between pagan religions and Mormonism and conclude they cannot be explained away as coincidence, but are evidence of a common source of inspiration.
Joseph Smith claimed he had received divine revelations about humans’ premortal state. He said humans were created by god-men who allegedly put us on Earth and that these creators live on a distant planet near a giant star called Kolob. (Pearl of Great Price: Abraham 3:3)
On this planet Kolob, it is taught, “that Jesus and Lucifer, two elder “brothers” (sexually begotten sons of God as we all are), vied before the “council of gods” for the honor of becoming the Savior of mankind. The plan that Jesus proposed was approved by the council’s majority vote. In anger, Lucifer drew one-third of the brothers and sisters into rebellion against the council’s decision. He then became the Devil and his followers the demons.” (Decker, Ed – The God Makers p. 26)
Mormonism, like Freemasonry, Gnosticism, and Satanism believe that God enslaved humanity, and it was Satan who “saved mankind,” again believing that the Fall of Man was actually setting man free. On June 8, 1873, from the pulpit of the Mormon Tabernacle in Salt Lake City, President Brigham Young Declared, “The belief that Satan told the truth and that Adam and Eve did the right thing in following him instead of God comprises the very heart of Mormonism.” (Decker, Ed – The God Makers p. 30)
Equally blasphemous and bizarre, Brigham Young, second President of the Mormon Church and Joseph Smith’s successor, had earlier declared, “…no man or woman in this dispensation will ever enter into the Celestial Kingdom of God without the consent of Joseph Smith.” (Decker, Ed – The God Makers p. 41)
Historic Inaccuracies
In the Book of Mormon, the “Prophet” Nephi allegedly wrote in 600 to 500 B.C., but somehow was able to quote the books of Matthew, Luke, Peter, and Paul from the New Testament verbatim, centuries before they were even written. In Alma 46:15, in The Book of Mormon, believers are called Christians in 73 B.C., when Acts 11:26 in the Bible says they were first called Christians at Antioch in about 43 A.D.
Also the word “Christ” is used in The Book of Mormon, without explanation why Jews living in America would use a Greek word instead of the Hebrew word “Messiah.” Bees are said to be in America at around 2000 B.C. in Ether 2:3, only they were first brought to the New World by the Spanish explorers.
The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints continues to praise The Book of Mormon because it has gone far out on a limb by saying that the message was translated divinely from the gold plates, and is the foundation of Mormonism. At this point it isn’t possible to back down graciously.
The Mormon cult continues to be in an uncomfortable position of having to take seriously the story of Joseph Smith, and the false doctrines he concocted.
Works for Salvation
The concept of forgiveness of sin by grace alone is found only in Biblical Christianity, and is opposed by all pagan rivals. The free gift of eternal life by grace to those absolutely unworthy of it is precisely what distinguishes Christianity from all other religions. Freemasonry and Mormonism place an emphasis on personal worthiness, works, and proof of dedication to the organization. One has to be “worthy” to be initiated higher into the mysteries, just as one must be “worthy” to enter either the Mormon Temple or a Masonic Lodge.
Perfect Pawns
Since members of the LDS cult must perform two years of missionary work after graduating high school, they have three qualities the CIA wants; foreign language ability, experience in a foreign country, and former residence in a foreign country. Utah, and particularly Brigham Young University (BYU), has been one of the prime recruiting grounds for the CIA.[142]
A disproportionate number of Mormons achieve high levels within the CIA, FBI, Military Intelligence, and nearly all levels of city, state, and federal governments. The Senate, the House of Representatives, as well as the White House staff are full of Mormons.
“Zion”
Christians know that Israel, (Jerusalem) will be the focal point of end times prophecy as the Promised Land, yet Mormons believe that this spot is in the United States of America, located in the city of Independence, Missouri to be exact.
Article 10 of the Mormon Articles of Faith says, “We believe in the literal gathering of Israel and in the restoration of the Ten Tribes; that Zion (the New Jerusalem) will be built upon the American continent; that Christ will reign personally upon the Earth; and, that the Earth will be renewed and receive its paradisiacal glory.”
Independence, Missouri, “Zion” is at the heart of Mormon “restoration” groups today. They believe the ultimate temple must be built on “Temple lot” in this city. The Mormon belief in an American Zion fits into the New World Order’s plan perfectly. Mormons believe the Constitution of the United States will “hang by a thread” and the Church will save it by establishing its own theocracy. This goal is the ultimate deception within the cult of the Latter Day Saints by fooling would-be Christians into supporting the New World Order’s agendas. This “full government of God” is called the “United Order.”
These “revelations” came from Smith, who predicted a theocratic communist type government where all property was owned by the Church and income and goods were distributed according to peoples’ needs. In one secret oath within the temple, the patron “consecrates” all they own and earn to, “the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints for building up the Kingdom of God on the Earth and for the establishment of Zion.”
Resist Mormonism
As all evidence indicates, the temple ceremonies performed by the Mormons have nothing to do with the grace of God or the sacrifice of Christ for our sins. They involve secret names, rituals, handshakes, and symbols of classic occultism and ritual magic, where the initiate must ascend the ladder of the hierarchy to gain access to the ancient knowledge and secrets.
Another scary aspect of this cult is that the leader is called “the Living Prophet,” who can speak the Word of God. No other books are needed, only the words of the Living Prophet who can speak new divine revelations at any time, and they will be followed and obeyed by the millions of those who have been brainwashed.
It is not surprising that there is an overlap between the occult and Freemasonry within Mormonism, since Freemasonry itself comes from the occult. Even the most sensitive critics of Mormonism regard Joseph Smith as a fraud who deliberately deceived his followers into joining a church whose doctrines and rituals were borrowed from Freemasonry and other pagan religions, where Smith himself was the leader and “Prophet.”
Finally, yet critical and obvious, is again the fact that no crosses exist inside or outside of any Mormon temple. The one symbol that represents the sacrifice of Jesus for the benefit of us all isn’t seen anywhere in Mormonism. What makes this cult so dangerous is the fact that it cleverly disguises itself as Christian, when it simply is not.
The enormous wealth and influence of the Mormon cult is being used to perpetuate the ideologies and policies of the New World Order, and nearly the entire state of Utah is controlled by the church. This is one cult that is dangerous to Christianity and the world, in that its ultimate goal is to convince its members that they are the only church that teaches the truth, and all other churches are apostates.
Mormons are instructed to have one year’s supply of food and water, as well as guns and ammunition to prepare for the Tribulation. The preparation for a cataclysmic disaster, and the belief that the Mormon Church will install a theocracy to save humanity, plays perfectly into the hands of the Antichrist, as the entire cult and its resources will be in the hands of the Prince of Darkness. Power to The Resistance!
We’ve all heard the jokes when we were kids. “Don’t be alone with a priest or he might molest you!” We laughed and joked, not really knowing as kids the horrific truths behind those urban legends. There have been grotesque tales of abuse and cover-ups that have made the news, and charges proven in hundreds upon hundreds of cases.
It is nauseating to imagine how many other cases there are that have been systematically perpetuated, and yet denied. The tip of the iceberg reveals an appalling reality, deeply evil, not only within the Vatican, but infecting countless members in the church hierarchy rising to the very top. This is going to hurt for some of you, especially if you are Catholic. So please, take a deep breath.
Even if you’re familiar with the sexual abuse cover-ups in the Catholic Church, most can’t imagine the full extent of it all. It goes beyond a few sick individuals in the Diocese who molested or raped hundreds of victims. It goes beyond how countless high ranking individuals could abuse countless victims over decades, and conspire to cover it up. It goes beyond what the human soul can tolerate.
Everyone must know that the Vatican had given detailed instructions to Bishops around the world to specifically cover up sexual abuse. A 69-page document typed in Latin and taken from the secret Vatican confidential archive bearing the seal of Pope John XXIII, was sent to every Bishop in the world. It gave detailed instructions and policies of strict secrecy in dealing with allegations of sexual abuse. The documents are available in Portable Document Format at www.MarkDice.com and elsewhere on the Internet. They were confirmed genuine by the Roman Catholic Church in England and Wales.
The writings went on to threaten Bishops who speak out with excommunication from the Church. This is of a disgusting nature beyond expression, and can only fall in the realm of Satanism. (See Satanism)
Details focus on sexual abuse initiated as part of the confessional relationship between a priest and a member of his congregation. The instructions also cover what it calls the worst crime, described as an obscene act perpetrated by a cleric with “youths of either sex or with brute animals (bestiality).”
Bishops were instructed to pursue these cases “in the most secretive way... restrained by a perpetual silence... and everyone... is to observe the strictest secret which is commonly regarded as a secret of the Holy Office... under the penalty of excommunication.”
Locked in Secrecy
Can you believe this! They also call for the victim to take an oath of secrecy at the time of making a complaint to Church officials saying, “The oath of keeping the secret must be given in these cases also by the accusers or those denouncing [the priest] and the witnesses.”
The complaints were to be stored in the secret achieves of the Vatican. The title of the documents in Latin Crimine solicitationies, translates to “Instruction on proceeding in cases of solicitation.” The document (printed in 1962) was still policy until 2001. Lawyers for abused children called it a blueprint for deception and concealment.
Daniel Shea, a lawyer in Texas, uncovered the document as part of his work for victims of abuse in the United States. He handed it over to U.S. authorities, urging them to launch a federal investigation into the clergy’s alleged cover-up of sexual abuse, telling them, “These instructions went out to every Bishop around the globe and would certainly have applied in Britain. It proves there was an international conspiracy by the Church to hush up sexual abuse issues. It is a devious attempt to conceal criminal conduct and is a blueprint for deception and concealment.”[143]
Richard Scorer, a lawyer in the UK for abused children said, “We always suspected that the Catholic Church systematically covered up abuse and tried to silence victims. This document appears to prove it. Threatening excommunication to anybody who speaks out shows the lengths the most senior figures in the Vatican were prepared to go to prevent the information getting out to the public domain.”
Resist Pedophiles
Pedophile priests have become such a problem that the Los Angeles police department set up a clergy abuse hotline for victims to report abuse. The Los Angeles Archdiocese has also been the subject of a grand jury investigation, and thank God, District Attorney Steve Cooley has vowed to stop at nothing in searching for a conspiracy to hide abusive priests.
The fact that the documents date back to 1962 shows that the Catholic Church clearly lied and covered up the issues for decades, claiming the issue of sexual abuse was a modern day phenomenon. The Vatican sent a letter to Bishops in May 2001, clearly stating the 1962 instruction was in force until then. The letter is signed by Cardinal Ratzinger, who would later become the Pope.
Many statements made by lawyers must be politically correct, but what this really is, is Satanism at the very top levels of the Catholic Church. Structured, institutionalized, Satanism. The Judgment of God for this will be great. The Catholic Church and the Vatican have long been suspected of being infiltrated and corrupted by the Illuminati, and such appalling behavior validates such fears. Power to The Resistance!
Of all the prophecies, one of the most talked about and feared is the mark of the Beast. Many have pondered as to what the mark would be, and exactly who and what is the number 666 and the Beast. As civilization and technology continues to advance, the inevitable consequences are endless, and have been addressed throughout the Manifesto. With today’s technological capability, we now have the reality of “chips” being implanted under the skin in peoples’ hands, and even in their brains.
These chips are designed specifically to be used for identification, financial exchanges, and keeping inventory on everything we do. Could Revelation 13:16-18 have been any more specific? “And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads, and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.”
Now, if you are not familiar with the precursors to the mark of the Beast, their histories will be examined here, as well as logical progressions soon to come and their implications. It is historical to note that VeriChip is the world’s first implantable Radio Frequency Identification Device (RFID) microchip for humans. Similar devices had been used on pets and livestock in the years previous, but this device opened Pandora’s Box for the invasion into the public sector and into humans. This is the precursor to the mark of the Beast. The prototype. It was designed and created by Applied Digital Systems in Florida, USA. (NASDAQ: ADSX)
In 2004, the company received approval from the FDA to market the device in America for the purposes they had outlined regarding personal identification.[144] Earlier that year, 160 security officials in Mexico, including the Mexican Attorney General, had received the chips as a security measure for accessing certain buildings and rooms.[145]
Harvard Medical School’s chief information officer, Dr. John Halamka, had himself injected with a VeriChip identification microchip in December 2004. And a nightclub in Spain has been offering chip implants since April 2004.
Another nightclub called Bar Soba in Glasgow, Scotland, began offering to implant its customers so they could leave their wallets at home, and the trend continues. In April 2005, Chief of Police in Bergen County, New Jersey, Jack Schmidig, received the VeriChip, marking the first time in history a U.S. official received the chip.[146]
The first version of the chip is the size of a small piece of rice and can carry up to 6 lines of text encoded inside. The chip is read with a scanner waved a few inches from the hand. While still a primitive device, this prototype will rapidly advance to include megabytes of information or more, as well as GPS tracking and other medical and physiological connections to the body. Exceeding this will be neurological connections hardwired in the brain. (See Neural Interfaces )
The groundwork has already been laid to interface a human brain with a computer system. This is no longer science fiction. This is fact. This is the scary new reality. The ramifications chill the spine.
What’s worse is the acceptance by many. Advancement, security, and safety are the terms used to push these devices onto the public. Dangerous, scary, and evil are ignored. The well-publicized “first family ever to be implanted with microchips” was cleverly packaged and the so-called safety benefits were broadcast nationwide on television in May 2002.[147]Of course, they had to minimize the stigma attached to receiving the chip, and a fine family concerned about Homeland Security after the September 11th terrorist attacks served the purpose well. (See the September 11th Inside Job) An enthusiastic host seemed to marvel at the idea.
“Everybody uses computers in their everyday life, and as people get more and more close to computers, people can’t even live without computers for one day,” one receiver said. “So I think it’s just another step closer in the evolution of man and technology,” he concluded.
The report went on to highlight the benefits for one member with medical issues and quoted him saying, “The VeriChip could be a lifesaver.” There is no doubt that there appear to be benefits to the technology. Not having to carry a wallet, ID, or cash is very convenient and appealing. An authentic identification verification system is beneficial for entry to secure areas, and beyond. The applications seem limitless with benefits, while the dark undertow strengthens. The potential for abuse grows at an unstoppable rate.
Is VeriChip “The mark of the Beast?” The consensus is that VeriChip, released in 2004, is the precursor and foundation of the mark. When exactly “the mark” will be here isn’t known. Is it acceptable for Christians to receive VeriChip? That is a personal decision. Let it be emphasized, that this is dangerous territory in which we are entering. Knowing what constitutes “the” mark of the Beast will be of great debate and denial.
Being damned by “accepting the mark” may not be caused from simply accepting the VeriChip or similar device. Accepting the mark may be belief in the Beast, and the worship of him and his system. The rejection of Jesus and what He stands for, and identifying with the Beast in your heart and soul, may be the commitment that is made which decides our eternal fate.
Where does an individual draw the line in regards to implanting chips into the body? Much like an ankle bracelet worn by offenders on house arrest, these devices dehumanize us all and reduce us to pieces of inventory and nothing but worker bees and slaves. This volatile Pandora’s Box must remain a primary focus! The marks are critical parts of the Beast’s electronic surveillance grid. With the advancement of Nanotechnology, this hair trigger will become less stable and more invasive.
One major unseen side effect will inevitably be the violent removal and theft of chips by cutting them out and attaching them to the sleeve of an individual in order to purchase items, or gain entry somewhere. Ruthless Satanists will likely steal chips and re-implant them into their own arms and may result in some victims losing their lives over their chips. Those who insist chips will save children from being kidnapped ignore the fact that the devices can easily be removed or destroyed. Chips will not be the only form of reliable identification for these reasons. Multiple biometric confirmations will need to be made. (See Biometrics)
These systems carry the same potential for abuses, if not more, as they extend their prying eyes into nearly every corner of the world.
“For instance, there are adepts who are authorities upon modern financial matters, and these initiates of the fourth degree are completely preparing to institute later those newer techniques and modes of financial interplay which will supersede the present disastrous methods.” (Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 569)
Applied Digital also pioneered a system for tracking and monitoring people called Digital Angel, which consists of a wristwatch or belt-worn tracking module. This is a little easier for people to accept since there is no implantation of anything in the body. It is marketed for children and the elderly. The transceiver can be tracked from any PC or portable tracking device anywhere in the world. Soon it will be an enormous inconvenience to not have the chip, or to not allow your thumb or retinal scan.
Submission to the Beast system will be needed for simple things like convenient entry to places and simple purchases of medication and other goods and services. You don’t “have to” take the chip; or get scanned, it just makes life much more convenient. Why wouldn’t you want to keep your child “safe?” supporters of this system will ask. The slope is slippery indeed.
The Digital Angel can be used to monitor a person’s body functions, such as temperature and pulse, and wirelessly transmit that data in real time to a PC or wireless device via a GPS satellite. It can be assumed that the devices will be incorporated into cell phones, wrist watches, or small clip on attachments to the sleeve of our shirts.
VeriChip
VeriChip is a Radio Frequency Identification Device (RFID) produced by the VeriChip Corporation, a subsidiary of Applied Digital Solutions, a Florida company traded on NASDAQ. VeriChip is the first implantable subdermal RFID. It is about the size of a grain of rice and contains a unique verification number that is sent to a receiver when scanned. Once inserted just under the skin, this Beastly device is invisible to the naked eye. The chips have been implanted in people’s hands and in the tricep area. The brief outpatient procedure has been dubbed “getting chipped” and takes only a few minutes and some local anesthetic.
In October, 2002, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) ruled that VeriChip did not need to be regulated with regard to its security, financial, and personal identification applications, and that only VeriChip’s health-care information applications needed to be regulated by the FDA. At the time of this writing, VeriChips are rapidly being implemented into identification and financial systems around the world.
The chips work like most RFIDs with a small amount of radio frequency energy passing from a scanner to energize the dormant chip, which then emits its own radio frequency signal to transmit the identification number.
Company Requires VeriChip
As many in The Resistance suspected for years, in February, 2006, news reports surfaced of a U.S. company requiring several of their employees to get implanted with the chip. A sad case, which will only follow with more companies doing the same thing. The video surveillance company CityWatcher.com had several employees injected with the chip in order to access secure areas.[148] CityWatchers is a government contractor which specializes in surveillance, including cameras spying on the public streets of Cincinnati, Ohio.
“It’s wrong to link a person’s paycheck with getting an implant,” Katherine Albrecht said, coauthor of Spy Chips (2006). “Once people begin ‘voluntarily’ getting chipped to perform their job duties, it won’t be long before pressure gets applied to those who refuse.”
“Obviously, nobody wants their employer coming at them with a giant hypodermic needle,” she said. “But when people realize it takes a scalpel and surgery to remove the device if it gets hacked, they’ll really think twice. An implant is disgusting enough going in, but getting it out again is a bloody mess.”
Wisconsin Bans Mandatory Chipping
In June 2006, Wisconsin Governor Jim Doyle signed a law making it illegal to require an individual to be implanted with the VeriChip or similar RFID microchip. The bill was authored by Rep. Marlin Schneider and approved by the governor.
“I don't think most people had thought about this as an issue, but it’s scary. It’s reality now,” said Michael Schoenfield, an aide to Schneider. “Companies can or will be ordering their employees to have chips implanted. We want to stop that before it begins.”[149]
Chipping Immigrants?
Since the people behind the VeriChip would like everyone in the world to be implanted with their Orwellian tracking device, they didn’t forget to target immigrants and so called “guest workers.” Since the U.S. government had been dragging its feet to secure the country’s borders for years after 9/11, Scott Silverman, chairman of the board of VeriChip Corp, thought he would promote the idea that his company’s implants could be used to register workers at the border and verify their identities at their work place.[150]
Alvaro Uribe, the President of Columbia, allegedly told U.S. senators Jeff Sessions, R-Ala., and Arlen Specter R-Pa., that the chips could be used to track seasonal workers.
“President Uribe said he would consider having Colombian workers have microchips implanted in their bodies before they are permitted to enter the U.S. for seasonal work,” Specter told Congress April 25, 2006.[151]
RFIDs
Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) is a method of remotely storing and retrieving data using small devices called RFID tags. An RFID tag is a small device that can be attached to products or items by using an adhesive sticker, building them directly into the packaging, or by being implanted under the skin. RFID tags contain miniature antennas allowing them to communicate with RFID scanners and transceivers which relay the encoded data into a network for numbering, verification, or identification purposes.
The tags are fairly inexpensive to produce. As the cost drops and the availability increases, we will see the complete invasion of RFIDs in nearly every walk of life, with abuses surfacing as their use becomes depended upon by modern society.
With the implementation of integrated circuits, (ICs) the amount of information stored on tags will dramatically increase. Analysts from independent research companies such as Gartner and Forrester Research have reported that in 2010, with RFID prices at pennies each, the widespread invasion will occur.
In August, 2004, the Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction (ODRH) approved a $415,000 contract with Alanco Technologies to track inmates using wristwatch type transmitters, which of course signals the system if the inmate attempts to tamper with the device.[152] Facilities in California, Illinois, Michigan, and many other states have been adding this technology to their prisons, similar to ankle bracelets used by people on house arrest.
Some household uses suggested, and being engineered, are tags that signal the expiration date of foods in the refrigerator and cabinets. Large corporations such as Procter and Gamble, Wal-Mart, and Kraft Foods have been pioneers in updating their equipment to accommodate RFID tags with their inventory systems and many more companies are to follow as they become industry standards.
It is anticipated that instead of unloading your groceries onto the conveyor belt at the cashier, and then loading them back into your shopping cart, that you will simply push your cart through a scanner, and all items will be identified without removing them at all.
In 1999, Katherine Albrecht founded CASPIAN, Consumers Against Supermarket Privacy Invasion and Numbering, and has been a major critic of RFID. Her website, Spychips.com keeps up-to-date information posted about the technology. Albrecht has been a leading consumer privacy advocate with regards to the emerging tracking technology. She has testified on RFID technology before the Federal Trade Commission, the California State Legislature, the European Commission, the Federal Reserve Bank, and many more prominent organizations in attempts to prevent the use of this technology from getting out of control.
RFIDs on Students
Not long after schools in Japan started using RFIDs to track students, in January 2005, Brittan Elementary school in Sutter County California became one of the first U.S. schools to implement such a system. The immediate backlash to the tags caused headlines nationwide, and it wasn’t more than days before the plan was abandoned.
The system was implemented and enforced without parental input, and the Superintendent of the single-school district told the parents that their children could be disciplined for boycotting the badges. School officials hoped to “simplify attendance-taking,” potentially “reduce vandalism,” and of course, as they say, to “improve student safety.” Luckily many parents objected. “There is a way to make kids safer without making them feel like a piece of inventory,” said one of the parents, quoted in the Associated Press article.
All the students were required to wear identification cards around their necks with their photo, name, grade, and a wireless transmitter that sent their ID number to a teacher’s handheld computer every time they passed under an antenna posted above classroom doors. Principal Earnie Graham told the Associated Press that he hoped to add a barcode to the RFID tag to allow the children to pay for meals at school and to check out library books. When the tags were first implemented in January, 2005, the school’s weekly bulletin announced the RFID tags could be used to help identify any missing children in the event of an emergency.
A letter sent home to parents from the school said, “It is important the badge be worn at all times during school hours. This additional step will help keep your child safe while at school.” The letter concludes, “Students who lose or destroy their badges will be accountable for the cost of replacing them.”
One concerned parent at Brittan Elementary asked, “Are we trying to bring them up with respect and trust, or tell them that you can’t trust anyone, you are always going to be monitored and someone is always going to be watching you?”
Parents complained to the school authorities and civil liberties groups about the tags, and the Electronic Frontier Foundation and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) stood up for the students and parents.
This radio frequency ID technology was developed by InCom, which agreed to pay the school several thousand dollars for participating in the RFID experiment. It was reported on February 10, 2005, by the Associated Press that the company cofounder Michael Dobson promised the school a royalty from future sales if the system was implemented into other schools.[153]
Soon afterward, State Representative Lois Kolkhorst (R-Brenham) of Texas introduced an amendment that would not allow schools to track students without parental approval. “I will not allow that to happen in school districts unless parents approve it,” she said. “I will not have our children treated like parolees from the Texas prison system.”[154]
More officials like Kolkhorst need to introduce similar legislation before the systems are implemented nationwide.
GPS & Digital Angel
Another blasphemous element of the Beast system created by Applied Digital is the Digital Angel. This was the first GPS tracking system that was worn by a person. The device was originally designed like a watch and attaches around the wrist. Upon the system’s release, Richard J. Sullivan, chairman of Applied Digital, boasted Digital Angel had uncovered a marketplace worth more than $70 billion.[155] Early demonstrations of the system showed the monitoring of a person’s vital signs in real time, as well as the geographical tracking of the individual via any computer with Internet access or other wireless devices.
In 2008, commercial GPS devices were still too large to be implanted under the skin. Classified technology, no doubt, has surpassed this barrier, enabling the miniaturization of these devices, and it is only a matter of time before they are mass produced commercially. The Digital “Angel” is being marketed as a means to locate missing persons, and to keep children safe, while secretly being integrated into the cashless security grid.
In an interview, the chief scientist of the system, Dr. Peter Zhou, told World Net Daily he believed the implant someday, “will be a connection from yourself to the electronic world. It will be your guardian, protector. It will bring good things to you.” Zhou added, “We will be a hybrid of electronic intelligence and our own soul.”[156] (See Neural Interfaces)
GPS tracking devices have been used in automobiles for years in systems such as OnStar and LoJack. Cell phones have also had similar GPS tracking devices in use, with little public awareness. (See Echelon) The Digital Angel/Beast system was historic, in that it was the first system of its kind created specifically for keeping inventory on human beings, and was the first system to bring the possibility of this technology to most people’s consciousness.
Multi-Technology Automated Reader Card (MARC)
Since the Illuminati is at the heart of such systems, it should be no surprise that the Department of Defense is primarily responsible for such technology. Yet another blasphemous element of the Beast was the creation of the MARC card (Multi-technology Automated Reader Card) for the Department of Defense in the early 1970s.[157] This technology became known as the MARC, (blatantly a referral to the mark of the Beast) and is now widely available. The MARC is the first example of a chipped ID card and what would later become known as RFID.
It was implemented primarily, they say, to increase the effectiveness of the Army’s overall logistics tracking capability. The MARC is a portable, credit card-sized “smart card” capable of storing and updating personnel data on a particular service member or DOD employee. The MARC utilizes a magnetic stripe, a two-kilobyte (2KB) integrated circuit (IC) chip, and a bar code to update and store data. It holds printed information (including a digital photograph), embossed name and social security number.[158]
“The MARC program is responsible for evaluating the concept of providing a multifunctional, cross-service utility card that satisfies multiple requirements within the DOD for a portable, updateable medium.” This system, which was developed in the 70’s, is the clear precursor to current RFID technology so common today.
The fact that this system spells “mark,” and is a primary element in the Beast system, speaks volumes. It reminds us of the coming events and of this device’s role in those events. It also shows that the entire plan for RFID, VeriChip, and a cashless society was designed, funded, and created by the U.S. Military.
The program was tested from November, 1993, through 1994 at Fort Bragg, North Carolina. Its success led to distribution in the 25th Infantry Division (Light) US Army Hawaii, 45th Support Group, and the 703rd Military Intelligence Brigade in October, 1994. The card was then issued to all Marines in Hawaii in September 1995. This is the new National ID Card, or Real ID card now being forced on the population.
“Contactless Chips”
In March, 2005, the Department of Homeland Security started using the term “contactless chips” to describe RFIDs they were requiring in department ID badges and new passports. Joseph Broghamer, Homeland Security Director of Authentication Technology says, “We prefer that the terms RFID and RF, not be used at all. [When referring to the RFID tagged smart cards] Let’s get RFID out of it all together.”[159]
Spring of 2005, the Department of Homeland Security began issuing RFID tagged employee ID cards to tens of thousands of its employees. This blatant double-speak by Big Brother is obvious to those with a discerning look. A “contactless chip” is an RFID tracking device pure and simple.
Tracking Vehicles
Vice Chairman of the Transportation Committee in Texas, Larry Phillips, first proposed a bill requiring the use of RFID tracking devices on all vehicles, claiming it would reduce the number of uninsured drivers on the roads. The bill also calls for the transponders to be used with toll roads and other DOT systems including VIN numbers and title information. Once implemented, such a system will be used to track and find drivers if their insurance runs out, if they miss a car payment, or if authorities simply want to know where an individual’s vehicle is located at any given time.
Beth Givens, director of Privacy Rights Clearinghouse, said, “This is an appalling application of RFID technology. As with any information technology, there will be many other uses found for the RFID tag located on the vehicle. And tracking could be one of them.”[160]
Passive Tags
There are two main types of RFIDs; active and passive. Passive RFID tags do not have their own power supply. Their power comes when the device is scanned and the electrical current is generated by the capacitor which provides enough power to get a response. Due to a lack of power supply, passive RFIDs can usually only hold an identification number (GUID), or several lines of text. Having no power supply enables the device to be fairly small which encourages the implantation of VeriChip.
As of 2008, the smallest devices commercially available are thinner than a piece of paper, and are so small they can barely be seen by the naked eye. Most passive RFID tags can be detected by a scanner from direct contact, or read from as far away as across a room. Passive tags are, of course, less expensive to produce since they do not include a battery. Most RFID tags in existence in the early 21st century are passive.
Active Tags
Active RFID tags must have their own power source, which obviously leads to several other applications. Active tags have longer ranges for transmission and larger memory capacities than passive tags. Where passive tags can only have information retrieved from them, active RFIDs can have information saved to them via a transceiver. They are fairly durable and their self-contained power supply can provide a battery life for several years.
Upon publication of this Manifesto the smallest known active tags are approximately the size of a coin. Many active tags have operational ranges of hundreds of feet to many miles.
Four Frequency Ranges
There are currently four different kinds of tags categorized by their radio frequency. For those in The Resistance, who are gifted in electronics, a full explanation of this technology can be found in the RFID-Handbook, 2nd edition: Fundamentals and Applications in Contactless Smart Cards and Identification by Klaus Finkenzeller. Similar books examine these systems in detail, as well.
Low frequency tags (between 125 to 134 kilohertz)
Low-frequency RFID tags are the type originally used for identifying livestock. Automobile anti-theft systems use the devices in the key and ignition system. Low-frequency RFIDs are also the type many pets have been implanted with for years so the animals could be identified and returned to their owners if they were ever lost or ran away. In the United States, two RFID low frequencies are used: 125 kHz (the original standard) and 134.5 kHz, (the international standard). The VeriChip’s frequency was originally 134.2 kHz.
High frequency tags (13.56 megahertz)
High-frequency RFID tags have been commonly used in merchandise anti-theft tags, library book tags, pallet tracking, and more. High-frequency tags are the type commonly used in identification badges.
UHF tags (868 to 956 megahertz)
UHF RFID tags are most commonly used commercially for tracing containers and pallets of merchandise, and for tracking trucks and trailers in shipping yards. UHF tags currently cannot be used globally due to the lack of regulation regarding their frequencies.
Microwave tags (2.45 gigahertz)
Microwave RFID tags are the type used for transmitting long distances and are commonly used for tracking vehicles such as the OnStar system introduced by General Motors. Various toll booths on interstate highways use microwave tags. Illinois I-Pass system and California’s FasTrak system both use this technology to read tags as vehicles pass the sensors. This allows the vehicle to drive past the toll without stopping and the debit is made electronically. Microwave RFIDs have countless other applications for easily collecting data remotely from various locations or devices.
Smart Labels
There are three parts to a typical inductively coupled RFID tag often called a “smart label.” A silicon microprocessor, a metal coil, and encapsulating material. An inductive tag is powered by the magnetic field generated by the reader.
Silicon microprocessor. Motorola’s BiStatix RFID stores 96 bits of information and allows trillions of unique numbers that can be assigned to products.
Conductive carbon ink. Special ink printed on paper acts as the tag’s antenna.
Paper. The silicon chip is attached to printed carbon-ink electrodes on the back of a paper label. These tags are disposable.
Smart Key
The “Smart Key” is an Active RFID circuit which allows drivers to open doors and start their cars from standing several feet away from the vehicle without having to take the keys out of a pocket or purse.[161] In 2004, several Lexus and Toyota models had Smart Key systems available, and other models had systems planned. It was created by Mercedes-Benz in 1999.[162]
HTML Tags
Another company creating RFIDs is Intermec. The information stored on the Smart Tags will most likely be written in Product Markup Language (PML) which is based on eXtensible Markup Language (XML).[163] PML allows all systems to communicate with any computer capable of using Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML), the language most commonly used to create Web pages.
Electronic Product Code (EPC)
Like the Universal Product Code (UPC), an attempt to internationally standardize RFIDs is headed by EPCglobal. Their Electronic Product Code (EPC) will likely be the standard for identification of any RFID, in any company, in any industry.[164] EPCglobal’s board of governors includes representatives from the Uniform Code Council, EAN International, Hewlett-Packard, Wal-Mart, Johnson & Johnson, and many more prominent organizations.
In the early 21st century the infrastructure is being built and rapidly applied to industries around the world. Some RFID systems use a different standard based on the ISO-classification 18000-6.[165] The likely backbone of the EPC is the EPCglobal gen 2 standard which was approved in December 2004.
Resist the Mark of the Beast
Many issues regarding RFIDs must be analyzed. Will the purchaser of an item will be aware of the presence of the tag? Will we be able to remove or deactivate tags? Can the tags be read at a distance without the knowledge of the individual? If a tagged item is paid for by credit or debit card, would it be possible to track that specific item and link it to the identity of the person who purchased it? Can the cost, and time and date it was purchased be linked to the person, as well? These questions and others must be addressed.
These devices could easily be used by cyber stalkers to track victims. With the commercial RFIDs available and the ability to track them on a computer or cell phone, the possibilities for abuses are endless. With inexpensive RFIDs which are so small they could hardly be detected, the horrors are limitless. People will be able to secretly track anyone they come into physical contact with by simply attaching an RFID tag onto them or their belongings.
An RFID could easily be stuck on someone’s clothes or vehicle without them even knowing. Then, they could be watched and tracked by whoever placed the RFID bug. The dangers to privacy that picture phones posed when they first hit the market will likely be dramatically eclipsed by RFID abuse. Jealous boyfriends, husbands, or wives will no doubt abuse these devices to secretly monitor the movements of others. Not to mention Big Brother will be using them on ordinary citizens to make sure they aren’t “terrorists.”
We must demand that cash be accepted as a legal tender everywhere, and that its use is not made an inconvenience or impossibility. Any attempt by a retailer to dissuade the use of cash in any way must and will be met with great opposition. Also, we must implement Anonymous Digital Wallets— RFIDs or SmartChips that people can deposit cash onto, and which doesn’t require verification by logging into the system when used.
These Anonymous Wallets are modeled after retail gift cards. Their use doesn’t require identification or registration with the system and is legal tender for all transactions. Any and all discrimination or opposition against The Resistance for noncompliance, with regards to the use of cash or Anonymous Wallets, will be met with exponential increases in resistance until our demands are satisfied.
We will not participate in this complete surveillance grid! Devices must be manufactured to turn off RFIDs, to reprogram them at the user’s will, and to shield and scramble the signals. We must be in control of the technology; we can’t let the technology control us. It is the duty of members of The Resistance who are gifted in electronic engineering to obtain schematics of all devices used by the Beast and if necessary, manufacture components for The Resistance to ensure our rights. We can’t rely on consumer products to fulfill our needs. Power to The Resistance!
Echelon is the largest, most sophisticated electronic spy system ever created, capable of tapping phone calls, faxes and more from around the world from almost any individual.[166] It is estimated to be capable of intercepting several billion communications every day. Elements of Echelon are similar to Carnivore, a system used to track Internet traffic, and are likely used in conjunction with each other. (See Carnivore)
The system is operated by the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand. It had been rumored to have existed for decades, and continuous denials followed any inquiry.
Echelon was allegedly created to monitor communications in the Soviet Union, but it can reasonably be assumed that the system is currently being used to monitor suspected enemies of the State, using the Patriot Act, or by circumventing any kind of oversight whatsoever. (See The Patriot Act)
Many critics claim the system is also used for commercial theft and large scale invasions of privacy, such as for political spying, commercial espionage, and blackmail. Knowing the history of surveillance abuses, one learns such criticisms are an uncomfortable reality.
Echelon Exposed
A report released by the European Parliament in January, 1998, titled An Appraisal of Technologies of Political Control, was compiled by independent researchers, and showed the existence of a massive spy system which would later be known as Echelon.[167]
James Bamford discussed such technology in his 1983 book, The Puzzle Palace. Several sources have also cited that electronic-intercept stations and satellites are able to capture almost every radio, satellite, microwave, cellular, and fibre-communication signal from around the world.[168]
The captured signals are processed through a series of supercomputers and algorithms known as dictionaries, which are programmed to search each communication for targeted destinations, key words or phrases, or even individual voices.
The governments of Australia, New Zealand, and the Netherlands have also confirmed that Echelon exists. R. James Woolsey, former Director of the CIA, admitted using the system to uncover information about what he called foreign companies using bribes to win contracts.[169]
An article in Techworld describes how Echelon was built by Lockheed Martin, Raytheon, and Zeta Associates.[170] Margaret Newsham claims that she designed the software for the system at Lockheed Martin in Sunnyvale, California, under the code name P415. The two main programs are called SILKWORTH and SIRE.[171]
The workhorse of the system is digital signal processors of the SAM brand from Texas Memory Systems SSD division, combining a solid-state memory (SSD) and a high capacity DSP so that each unit can work independently on one datastream each. The processing facility uses solid state disks that can store several terabytes each. Some of the system’s equipment is located in the Sugar Grove facility in West Virginia.
Echelon Detected Pre 9/11 Threats
One of the most respected newspapers in Germany, the Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung (FAZ), reported that the Echelon system had collected information at least three months before 9/11 that Middle Eastern terrorists were planning to hijack aircraft and use them as weapons against symbols of American and Israeli culture.[172] Add this to the long list of warnings that went ignored and investigations which were blocked, in order to ensure the attacks were to happen. (See The 9/11 Inside Job)
Voiceprint Identification
Echelon is not only a system for National Security. It is part of the Beast’s system of sorting and capturing signals and is just one of the many systems used to keep the population in line. Other systems used by the Beast system include sophisticated bugging and communications interception techniques, satellite tracking, automatic fingerprinting and even systems that can recognize genes, odors, or retina patterns.
VeriChip can track every purchase and entry point, RFIDs in vehicles track a person’s car, and Echelon’s voice print technology can track a person whenever they pick up a phone.
Using voiceprint technology, if it isn’t possible yet, it soon will be able to pick out a voiceprint no matter whose phone the person is talking on. Once a person is targeted, Echelon is programmed with that person’s voiceprint. Then, whether it’s a payphone in Mexico, or a stranger’s cell phone, once the person’s voice is transmitted through the system, their voiceprint is identified as well as the location of the phone they are using. Of course, the conversation is recorded, and extensive cross referencing is done on the individual the target has called.
Phone Jamming
The former head of a Republican consulting group was sentenced to five months in jail in 2005 for using a low tech phone jamming system. Allen Raymond and others jammed Democratic lines that voters would call to receive rides to the polls in Manchester, Nashua, Rochester, and Claremont.[173]
A computer generated system placed more than 800 calls on November 5, 2002, as voters decided elections for governor, U.S. senator, and hundreds of other offices. The type of system that placed the calls in this case was likely a simple computer program on a laptop, and was able to achieve its goal. Think of the possibilities for a system like Echelon.
Synthetic Voice Modulators
It has now become nearly impossible to determine whether or not what appears to be an audio recording of someone’s voice is actually them, or a computer generated voice. Back as far as the 1990s, scientists for the Department of Defense have been able to take audio samples of someone speaking, and then in real time use a computer to say whatever they want, in the same voice and speech pattern as the individual whom the audio samples were taken from.
In a demonstration of the system in 1999, the voice of General Carl W. Steiner, of the U.S. Special Operations Command, was made to say, “Gentlemen! We have called you together to inform you that we are going to overthrow the United States government.”[174]
So imagine, someone now can make a phone call to someone you know, and by speaking through a computer system, they could tell them the craziest, most absurd thing, while making them think it was you. You could also receive a phone call from someone who was using this system, and you could give them personal and private information thinking it was your wife, husband, or friend.
In case you didn’t know, a simple computer system is also capable of causing any name and number the user wants to show up on your caller ID, so you think it’s the person they are impersonating.[175]
Cell phones are Bugs
While it has been fairly well known that Echelon can listen to anyone’s phone conversation, and has archives of countless hours of phone calls, it was surprising to learn in 2006 that law enforcement and intelligence agencies can activate the microphone on someone’s cell phone and use it as a directional bug, even when the phone is turned off, to listen to conversations in the surrounding areas.[176]
The power can be off, and with the push of a button, someone can secretly activate the microphone, while the phone still appears to be off. They can also do this without probable cause, and without a warrant. The only way to prevent this, is to take the battery out of your phone. The microphone on your computer can be used the same way.
Resist Electronic Snooping
As with RFID, biometrics, and other information technology, it is of utmost importance to monitor this surveillance grid and understand how the components dictate our lives. It can’t be stressed enough that the physical makeup of these systems must be known and understood. It is the duty of Resistance members gifted with skills in information technologies to monitor and resist the vice grip of this technology.
It is also the duty of these members to convey in simple terms how these devices function to other members within The Resistance. All members must implement strategies for combating these invasions and create our own technology to protect ourselves from the Beast.
We must continuously attempt to civilly protect our rights and privacy with the changing times through the appropriate channels. With vast electronic surveillance systems in place and expanding, this invasion may be difficult to resist, but we must stay strong in the face of Big Brother. Power to The Resistance!
Carnivore is the name given to a system created and implemented by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) that is similar to wiretapping, except it is email and the Internet that is being monitored instead of telephone conversations. It is a form of police-ware and is legal spy-ware used by the government to patrol cyberspace.
It’s important to understand the electronic surveillance mechanisms of the Beast. Not only how they control our lives, but the physical makeup of such systems must be known and understood by The Resistance. Knowing exactly how these devices function and control our lives is critical in protecting ourselves from them and their abuses.
In January, 2005, the FBI released a statement saying it had effectively abandoned its custom-built Internet surveillance technology, known as Carnivore. This action was likely taken after prolonged negative coverage in the media and by critics. According to FBI documents submitted to Senate and House Oversight Committees, the FBI changed the name of its system from “Carnivore” to the more benign name, “DCS1000.”[177] DCS is reported to stand for “Digital Collection System.” The system has the same functions as before.
It was also reported that the FBI had switched to commercial software to eavesdrop on computer traffic during investigations, and has been increasingly asking Internet providers to conduct wiretaps on targeted customers on the government’s behalf, reimbursing companies for the costs. Assistant FBI Director Donald Kerr told a Congressional panel, “The Carnivore device works much like commercial “sniffers” and other network diagnostic tools used by ISPs every day, except that it provides the FBI with a unique ability to distinguish between communications which may be lawfully intercepted and those which may not.”
A sniffer is a specialized network analyzer which runs as an application program on a normal personal computer using Microsoft Windows. It works by “sniffing” portions of network packets and copying and storing those packets which match a defined filter system.
Bugging the Internet
The FBI, which once claimed Carnivore was “far better” than commercial products, said it had used the technology only 25 times between 1998 and 2000. They would not disclose how much was spent to produce the surveillance software they no longer use, saying part of the budget was classified.
Outside experts said the government probably spent between $6 million and $15 million on the system. The congressional oversight reports were obtained under the U.S. Freedom of Information Act by the Electronic Privacy Information Center, a civil liberties group that criticized the surveillance software after it was first disclosed in 2000.[178]
FBI spokesman Paul Bresson said the bureau switched to popular commercial wiretap software because it was less expensive and had improved in its ability to copy e-mails and other communications of a targeted Internet account.
“We see the value in the commercially available software; we’re using it more now and we’re asking the Internet service providers that have the capabilities to collect data in compliance with court orders,” Bresson said.
Experts said the life span of roughly four years for the bureau’s own surveillance technology was similar to the shelf life of cutting-edge products in private industry. “It’s hard to criticize the FBI trying to keep pace with technology,” said James Dempsey of the Washington-based Center for Democracy and Technology. “There is just a huge amount of innovation and development going on in the private sector.”[179]
Henry H. Perritt Jr., who led an oversight study of Carnivore in 2000 for the Justice Department said the FBI originally built its own surveillance system because commercial tools were inadequate. Perritt, a professor at the Chicago-Kent College of Law, said he was unaware of any commercial wiretap software that included enough filters and safety mechanisms to convince a federal judge that e-mails from innocent Internet users wouldn’t be captured by “mistake.”
“You’d like to have a package that supervisors within a field office and in Washington could do an audit and make sure they’re using the tools compliant with the court order,” Perritt said.
The FBI laboratory division, which produced Carnivore, was headed by Donald M. Kerr, who left the FBI in August 2001 to become the head of the CIA’s science and technology directorate. Kerr told lawmakers in 2000 that Carnivore was “far better than any commercially-available sniffer.”
Reading Emails
In 1997, the FBI created a program called Omnivore. The system was designed to search through email traffic over a specific Internet Service Provider and capture emails from the targeted source. In late 1999, Omnivore was replaced with the DragonWare Suite, enabling the tracking of downloads and Web page traffic.
U.S. government officials will neither confirm nor deny details of physical or logical workings of such systems, but there are some basic facts that are generally agreed upon by those in the field. In order to be monitored, a computer must be physically installed at an ISP or other location where it can “sniff” traffic on a LAN segment to look for email messages in transit. Getting the cooperation of the ISPs or the owner of the LAN can either be voluntary or by court order. (See Patriot Act)
Once a system is in place, they claim, it is not allowed to simply capture every email that passes through the system, and that they must obtain a warrant or court order naming specific people or email addresses that may be monitored. When an email passes through that matches the filtering criteria, the message is logged along with information on the date, time, origin and destination.
Of course we know that the stated criteria for monitoring are only to fool the public into thinking that there are limits to the invasion of privacy these systems enable.
Any packet sniffer can be set up to look for certain patterns of characters or data. Without probable cause, no government agency is supposed to be able to monitor a person’s online activity, but we all know with the technology available, it is continuously being used without the proper restrictions.
Network administrators have used packet sniffers for years to perform diagnostic tests on networks to ensure they are functioning properly. A packet sniffer is basically a program that can see all information passing over a network that it is connected to. As data travels back and forth across the network, packets of information are analyzed or “sniffed.” Packet sniffing can show the following:
Here are several specifications for early versions of Carnivore. The capabilities of the modern systems are limitless. Top secret hardware specs of current versions can only be speculated, and probably exceed one’s imagination.
There is much speculation and concern regarding the implementation, usage, and abuses of Carnivore-type systems. Average citizens and patriots alike are concerned about the high potential for abuse, and see through the rhetoric and propaganda of those ensuring us it’s ‘for our safety.’
Again, it is not only necessary to monitor the electronic surveillance of the Beast system and understand how it dictates our lives, but the physical makeup of such systems must be known and understood by members of The Resistance. Those skilled in electronics and information technologies must study and participate in reconnaissance missions to monitor this vice grip of technology.
Knowing how these devices function and control our lives is critical to The Resistance, and the creation of technology to ensure our protection and privacy is necessary. Power to the Resistance!
In Chapter 9 of the Book of Revelation when the fifth angel blows his trumpet and locust-like horses march into battle, it easily could be interpreted that the locusts are mechanical killer robots. “And they had breastplates, as it were breastplates of iron; and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots of many horses running to battle.” (Revelation 9:9)
The wings may be none other than the turbines or fan blades used to levitate these aerial killing machines.
Chapter 9 verse 7 says, “On their heads they wore something like gold crowns, and they had human faces.” Could the gold crowns be crowns of metal and part of the killer robot? The reference to their faces being like a human face suggests that the advanced robots will resemble the human form, possibly for aesthetics as many prototypes have attempted. When will they be completely autonomous and free from any human intervention or control? What will happen when Cybernetic computer networks are the components of these devices? (See Cybernetic Organisms)
What happens when people commit crimes with robots such as theft and even mass murder, or if the robots go berserk and become a threat to all and everything in their path?
National Defense Magazine reported in August, 2003, that robots were outfitted with weapons, and in the 2004 November 29th edition of Time Magazine, the Weaponized TALON Robot was called one of the “Most Amazing Inventions of 2004.”
The article stated, “Insurgents, be afraid. An armed, unmanned ground vehicle that never gets tired, hungry or scared is headed your way. The Sword has night and thermal vision, four cameras and a 7.62-mm machine gun. It can climb stairs and is utterly silent-until it opens fire. A live video feed enables its “driver” to operate the vehicle from up to 1 mile away. The U.S. Army has ordered 18 to deploy in Iraq.”[181]
A prototype system was successfully tested by a brigade in Kuwait, in December, 2003. It’s interesting to note the Foster-Miller company, who manufactures the units, is owned by the QinetiQ Group, a joint venture between the UK’s Ministry of Defense and the Carlyle Group.
On February 16, 2005, The New York Times reported in an article titled, Pentagon has sights on robot soldiers, that the U.S. military was near a frightening goal. The article uncovered what many Americans had feared for years. The Department of Defense was designing robotic killing machines. The $127 billion project called Future Combat Systems was the largest military contract in U.S. history to date.[182]
While once just the plotline of science fiction movies, the probability that robots will become artificially intelligent and fully autonomous has many experts worried. The fact that robots for military applications will be heavily armed, has others scrambling to prevent a robotic induced holocaust of the human race.
Robots with ‘Ethics’
In 2007, computer and robotic experts in South Korea and Japan started drawing up plans for moral codes in robots. Park Hye-Young from the South Korean Industry Ministry said, “Robots are becoming more and more intelligent every year to the point where they are virtually thinking for themselves. For this reason we need a code of ethics which all robots manufacturers must build into their machines. The starting point for these ethics should be Isaac Asimov’s three laws.” [183]
Isaac Asimov’s Three Laws of Robotics
A science fiction writer from the 1940’s named Isaac Asimov created what he called the three laws of robotics which he envisioned were necessary to prevent robots from turning on their makers. Now it seems scientists are using his three laws as a blueprint to prevent robots from turning against their creators. The three rules follow:
1) A robot may not injure a human being or, through inaction, allow a human being to come to harm.
2) A robot must obey orders given it by human beings except where such orders would conflict with the First Law.
3) A robot must protect its own existence as long as such protection does not conflict with the First or Second Law.
Robot “Rights”
As robots become more intelligent, some experts fear that it will become harder to decide who is responsible if and when they injure someone. They ponder whether the designer will be to blame, the user, or even the robot itself. Experts have also debated whether robots could one day be granted certain rights.
A report in the BBC detailed questions about whether robots would one day actually be allowed to own property and foresaw drawing up legislation to prevent people from abusing robots saying, “These questions might sound far-fetched, but debates over animal rights would have seemed equally far-fetched to many people just a few decades ago. Now, however, such questions are part of mainstream public debate.”[184]
The Robotic Takeover
Birthed from Future Combat Systems were synthetic Hunter-Killers capable of being dispatched at a moment’s notice. These TALON robots were the first generation of the killing machines and in the form of miniature tanks approximately 3-4 feet high. By April 2005, armed robots capable of firing 1,000 rounds a minute were ready for use in battle. The robots were controlled by soldiers with laptops and were the first machine of their kind to take up a front-line infantry position with a live weapon, ready to terminate enemies.
These machines, operated by cybernetic computers will lead to the complete technological militarization of the world. Robots will be patrolling the city streets and the halls of the public schools as permanent fixtures. The signs are ominous. Armies of robots move at the will of those who give the orders. “They don’t get hungry,” said Gordon Johnson of the Pentagon’s Joint Forces Command. “They’re not afraid. They don’t forget their orders. Will they do a better job than humans? Yes,” he said.
The Pentagon predicts that robots will be a major fighting force in the U.S. Military before 2015, hunting and killing enemies in combat. The Pentagon projects by 2035 that robots will be able to think, act, and fight like a human soldier. Military planners say robot soldiers will be remarkably like humans. In the early 21st century, the robots were remote-controlled and looked like miniature tanks. As cybernetic technology develops and their intelligence grows, so will their autonomy and their human-like appearance and characteristics, again fitting in with Revelation 9:7.
Robots in battle, as envisioned by their builders, may look and move like humans or hummingbirds, tractors or tanks, cockroaches, or crickets. With the development of nano-technology (the science of very small structures that can self-replicate) they may become swarms of smart dust. The Pentagon intends for robots to haul munitions, gather intelligence, search buildings, and to blow things up. Many systems are developed at the Naval Warfare Systems Center in San Diego, California.
Bill Joy, co-founder of Sun Microsystems, has warned that robotics and nanotechnology may become “so powerful that they can spawn whole new classes of accidents and abuses. As machines become more intelligent, people will let machines make more of their decisions for them,” he wrote in Wired magazine. “Eventually a stage may be reached at which the decisions necessary to keep the system running will be so complex that human beings will be incapable of making them intelligently. At that stage, the machines will be in effective control,” Joy concluded.[185]
The leader of the robotics programs at the Joint Forces research center in Suffolk, Virginia said, “The lawyers tell me there are no prohibitions against robots making life-or-death decisions.”
Bart Everett, technical director for robotics at the Space and Naval Warfare Systems Center in San Diego, said his personal goal is to create “an android-like robot that can go out with a soldier to do a lot of human like tasks that soldiers are doing now.” He brags of the TALON’s deadly capabilities, “It’s the first robot that I know of that can find targets and shoot them.”[186]
The Hunter-Killer robots at the Space and Naval Warfare Systems Center are one of several categories of military robots, all of which include psychological warfare to intimidate people or populations. New systems continue to be created and advanced.
Four Primary Categories of Robots
1. Hunter-Killers 2. Reconnaissance Scouts 3. Transportation Vehicles 4. Flying Drones
Robot Cop
Japan made a robot police chief for a day as part of a campaign to promote safe driving in April, 2005. Hakata police officially named a T63 Artemis security robot the chief, marking the first time a robot was assigned to head a police station. The robot wore a police hat and campaign banner, and “has light and sound sensors, and can throw colored balls at anyone it deems to be acting suspiciously.”[187]
This symbolic event will be overshadowed as much more sophisticated systems are developed and are officially given authority to monitor public and private property.
iRobots
A company called iRobot developed what they call the PackBot program which was created specifically to develop machines for urban operations. The program was sponsored by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), and created several prototypes that were so durable they could be thrown into buildings, through windows, and even fall from a balcony without being damaged.
These were just some of the tests the Special Forces and Marines put the units through. Their feedback into operational scenarios and usage patterns were addressed when updating the PackBot and similar systems.
Colin Angle is the chief executive and co-founder of iRobot, a private company which created Roomba, a robot vacuum cleaner which was sold on a popular series of TV commercials starting in 2002. The robot has sold more than 1 million units since its debut, making it the most successful domestic robot at the time.
SUGV
SUGV is an upgrade from iRobot’s PackBot system, operating in the same fashion. It is being deployed and operated by human soldiers with laptops, and is more sophisticated and durable. It is shockproof at high impacts, and can operate while completely submerged under water. The robot can easily climb stairs and explore rough terrain in a variety of environments.
In 2005, the unit was capable of handling seven different payloads and weighed less than 30 pounds. It was designed to fit into the U.S. standard issue MOLLE or ALICE back pack that is carried on the soldier’s back. iRobot has played a large role in the creation of killing machines with the prototype PackBot and SUGV systems.
Killing Machines In Iraq
The Associated Press reported that the U.S. military was planning to deploy robots with machine guns to battle insurgents in Iraq in the spring of 2005. Eighteen of the machines were originally scheduled to be dispatched. Officials noted that when the robots are not needed, they can simply be stored in a warehouse. The reports noted the robots would have to rely on its human operator for orders to open fire.
Bob Quinn, a manager with Foster-Miller said the only difference for a soldier is that “his weapon is not at his shoulder, it’s up to half a mile away.”[188]
SWORDS
The killing machines first sent to Iraq were named SWORDS, short for Special Weapons Observation Recon-naissance Detection Systems. It was based on the TALON robot, which had for years been used by police and military to disarm bombs and for reconnaissance to dangerous areas. A U.S. officer who helped test the robot’s electronic firing system said it was a more accurate shot than an average soldier.
“It eliminates the majority of shooting errors you have,” said Staff Sgt Santiago Tordillos.[189] Bob Quinn, manager of Foster-Miller, reported there were plans to use a virtual-reality type system, replacing the computer screen, joysticks and keypad. The military also plans for a computer chip to be implanted in the brain, which will then be used to operate such machines. (See Neural Interfaces)
Specs
Ÿ Can be fitted with standard-issue M249 or M240 rifle Ÿ Has four cameras, night-vision and zoom lenses Ÿ Can travel over rocks and barbed wire Ÿ Batteries run for up to 4 hours at a time Ÿ Remote control unit has two joysticks and video screen Ÿ Costs $200,000 per unit
TALON Robots
Foster-Miller has built mobile robotic units for the military, police, and even fire/rescue applications. A TALON robot is basically a battery powered, track-based mobile unit specifically designed for a wide range of applications, specifically on rough terrain. They can be configured into different sizes and use various payloads, depending on the operation.
TALON robots have been used in Special Operations missions and reconnaissance operations in Afghanistan, Iraq, and Bosnia. They were also used in search and recover missions at the World Trade Center after the Sept 11, 2001 attack. (See the September 11th Inside Job)
The robots are designed as all-weather platforms capable of functioning in the desert and in the snow. They easily climb stairs, survive long falls and stabilize themselves, and can be lowered to the ground from helicopters, dropped from moving vehicles, or thrown overboard from a boat where they can climb on the seafloor making their way to land. The TALON was the first mobile platform certified by the Department of Defense for using remote controlled live firing of lethal weapons.
Over 80 different payloads have been developed or adapted for the units. Some are lethal, some non-lethal. The creation of the TALON was essentially the creation of the first killer robot. The technology and deadliness will only continue to increase until resisting the killing machines will be almost impossible, as they will be autonomous and nearly in-destructible.
Several Payloads
Security Ball
A large black ball, originally designed by Swedish scientists for use on Mars, was reportedly being developed to function as a high-tech security guard, detecting intruders using radar and infrared sensors.[190] Once alerted, it can sound an alarm, call the police, and even pursue the intruders, taking photos, video, and audio during the entire ordeal. The device was developed at the University of Uppsala. It’s capable of traveling at 20mph, and able to chase intruders over mud, snow, and water.
Nils Hulth, co-founder of Rotundus, the company which started marketing the ball, suggested it could easily be used to patrol the perimeter of fences around buildings.
The prototype was 2 feet in diameter, and weighed about 10 pounds. “It is extremely light, which is why it moves so fast,” Hulth said. While the first version could only sound an alarm and take photos, the devices could soon be adapted to corner an intruder if the customer wanted, Mr. Hulth added. This is just one more type of killing machine in the making. The addition of weapons will turn these roving security cameras into deadly security guards, whose wish is their owner’s command.
Robot Guards
The Defense Ministry in Korea announced a robot surveillance system for the defense of the inter-Korean border by 2011.[191] Robotic systems called Aegis Robot has a temperature and image sensor that can track targets. Such systems will soon be autonomous with automatic firing capabilities.
Robo-Dogs
The U.S. Army is even planning to make an alternative transportation system to possibly replace the popular tank tread system of the TALON robot, making them able to walk on mechanical legs. On January 7, 2004, it was reported in Wired News that a robotic dog could one day accompany soldiers in battle.[192]
Robotic engineers are concerned that robots with treads or tires won’t be able to follow their human masters across mountainous terrain or through deeply forested areas. The Army’s Tank-automotive and Armaments Command or TACOM, paid $2.25 million to two robotics firms to create prototypes of mechanical type robotic dogs for the purpose of carrying supplies, food, and ammunition into the battlefield.
The Defense Department scientists have even studied swarms of bees and packs of wolves for ideas on how to model their drones’ behavior. These walking robots may be available a short distance in the future. TACOM has provided various applications for the U.S. Armed Services for military projects, and likely current and future applications include using Cybernetic computers with either animal cortexes or artificially grown brain cells from cultures. (See Cybernetic Organisms)
Armed Robotic Vehicles (ARVs)
The military is also hoping to eliminate the need for drivers in many vehicles in exchange for a robot. The Armed Robotic Vehicle (ARV) comes in two variants: the Assault variant and the Reconnaissance, Surveillance and Target Acquisition (RSTA) variant. The two variants share a common chassis. The Assault variant remotely provides reconnaissance capability, deploys sensors, fires weapons, assesses battle damage, acts as a communications relay, supports the forces in the assault with direct fire and anti-tank (AT) weapons, and occupies key terrain.
The Reconnaissance, Surveillance and Target Acquisition (RSTA) version will remotely provide reconnaissance capability in Urban Military Operations in Urban Terrain (MOUT) and other battle space, deploy sensors, fire weapons, locate or bypass threat obstacles in buildings, bunkers, tunnels, and other urban features. It will also act as a communications relay, and provide battle damage assessment (BDA).
Three classes of unmanned ground vehicles are the Armed Robotic Vehicle (ARV), Small Unmanned Ground Vehicle (SUGV), and the Multifunctional Utility/Logistics and Equipment Vehicle (MULE).[193]
Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs)
Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs) provide soldiers with Reconnaissance, Surveillance, and Target Acquisition (RSTA). Early models weighed less than 15 pounds, and operated in nearly any environment from urban to jungle terrains using a vertical take-off and landing style.
The Class I uses autonomous flight and navigation, but needs to interact with the network and a soldier to update routes and target information as it provides reconnaissance support to Units of Action (UA). The systems are capable of being worn on a soldier’s backpack when not in use or during a recharge, and can be dispatched at a moment’s notice. The machines are durable and can operate at daytime or night and even during adverse weather conditions.
It can be expected that armed UAVs will be patrolling the skies in major cities before long. The UAV’s cameras will no doubt be equipped with biometric scanners able to hunt for their targets through the air like vultures. (See Biometrics)
Drones in Los Angeles
In 2006 the Los Angeles County sheriff’s department planned to field test drones to “track criminals” and look for lost hikers. The drones cost between $20,000 and $30,000 each. “We’re really beyond the cutting edge,” said Commander Sid Heal, the head of the sheriff’s department’s technology exploration project. “We think this has great potential.”[194]
The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) wouldn’t authorize the drones until they investigated the potential hazards to other aircraft in the sky or other dangers. “I wouldn’t want to term us as peeved, but we were definitely surprised,” said FAA spokeswoman Laura Brown.[195]
FAA officials told the sheriff’s department that they needed their authorization before flying the drones, and threatened disciplinary action over the demonstration.
Beth Givens of the Privacy Rights Clearinghouse asked, “do we really want to live in a society where our backyard barbecues will be open to police scrutiny?”
Police, of course, said the concerns are unwarranted. “You shouldn’t be worried about being spied on by your government,” said Commander Heal. “These days you can’t go anywhere without a camera watching you, whether you’re in a grocery store or walking down the street.”[196]
Sound Masking
There has been a lot of research on active noise suppression technology involving loudspeakers which feed sound waves back 180 degrees out of phase with the noise that it’s aimed at to suppress. It’s been applied in a variety of applications from mufflers in vehicles to systems in aircraft to reduce engine noise.
Sound masking also uses an electronically generated, broad band, low level background sound precisely contoured to cover conversations and unwanted background noise in commercial settings, such as offices and conference rooms. It sounds much like a gently blowing breeze, and is used to increase privacy in conversations by preventing voices from carrying over long distances.
Advanced sound masking systems can quiet and nearly eliminate sound waves that are projected outward from aircraft or from vehicles making them virtually silent as they travel through the air or on the ground.
Visual Stealth
While aircraft have used radar Stealth on F-117, B2, and F-22 aircraft for some time now, a new kind of Stealth has become a reality. Visual Stealth. This system uses a skin derived from an electro magnetically conductive polyaniline-based radar-absorbent composite material. It’s transparent except when electrically charged, and can change brightness and color like an LCD screen.[197]
Photo-sensitive receptors are mounted on the entire external surface of the aircraft and read the light and color of the sky and ground. A computer adjusts the brightness, texture, and color of the skin to match the sky above or on the ground below it, rendering the aircraft virtually invisible to the human eye.
The U.K. revealed a secret program working on Visual Stealth systems, appropriately named Chameleon, and used manned and unmanned aircraft to test Visual Stealth technology.[198] Light-diode and fiber-optic panel technology can virtually mask an entire airplane against the bright daylight sky. Such craft likely use low-noise engines, sound masking, and radar-absorbing skin to make the object nearly undetectable.
In the early 21st century, Visual Stealth has not received the public attention of other anti-radar technology, as much of the work has been classified. It has reportedly received a boost in funding in recent years, and these Visual Stealth aircraft and experiments may explain many recent reports of UFO sightings around the world.
Future Combat Systems
Future Combat Systems (FCS) is a U.S. Army program which uses various communication systems in real time for controlling manned and unmanned vehicles with goals of completion by 2010. Future Combat Systems integrates all military services in what they call the “System of Systems,” one large system made up of 18 individual systems, the network, and the Soldier.
The U.S. Army’s website Army.mil, said “FCS combines advanced technologies, organizations, people, and processes with concepts to create new sources of military power that are more responsive, deployable, agile, versatile, lethal, survivable, and sustainable.”
Future Combat Systems includes 18+1+1 systems consisting of unattended ground sensors (UGS), two unattended munitions, the Non-Line of Sight – Launch System (NLOS-LS), and the Intelligent Munitions System (IMS).
Unit of Action (UA)
All New World Order soldiers in the Unit of Action (UA) are part of what the military terms the Soldier as a System (SaaS). This New World Order Soldier as a System dehumanizes the soldier and defines everything the soldier wears, carries, and consumes. This dehumanized System includes radios, special weapons, and equipment to ensure the execution of their orders.
All UA systems are integrated into the System of Systems (SoS). The Soldier as a System is becoming the baseline requirement and shows how intimate technology has become with the soldier. These are just more parts of the New World Order’s Soldier Teams, FCS, and the Future Force.
And as we see in the Department of Defense’s own documents, Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability (1996) we know that connecting the soldier to the system via a Neural Interface is being implemented.
The document reads, “An implanted microscopic chip does not require security measures to verify whether the right person is connected to the IIC, whereas a room, helmet, or sunglasses requires additional time consuming access control mechanisms to verify an individual’s identity and level of control within the Cyber Situation…The implanted microscopic brain chip performs two functions. First, it links the individual to the IIC creating a seamless interface the user and the information resources. In essence, the chip relays the processed information from the IIC to the user.” (p.35) (See Neural Interfaces)
Units of Action (UA) have days or weeks of food and supplies for self-sustainment and are aided by the advanced Beast system. “The FCS-equipped UAs will be the Army’s future tactical war fighting echelon; a dominant ground combat force that complements the dominant joint team optimized for offensive operations,” the Army insists.
Robotic Exoskeletons
Mechanical exoskeletons are not just a plotline in films like Iron Man (2008), or Aliens (1986). In the 21st century, they are a reality. An exoskeleton consists of a robotic suit that an individual puts on, which then enhances that person’s strength, enabling them to lift hundreds of pounds without straining.
A company called Sarcos Inc (a division of Raytheon) is working with the U.S. Army to develop robotic exoskeletons that will give soldiers superhuman strength in combat zones. The current suits weigh 150 pounds and have sensors placed over the body to detect the direction of any movement of the limbs. Then, using hydraulic valves, similar to muscles and tendons, the suit amplifies the movements instantly.
Sarcos hopes that they will help soldiers to unload and carry gear when in the field. As of 2008, the estimated cost for each suit is, “within the range of the price of a small car,” according to Stephen Jacobsen, the chief designer.[199] The company also claims the suit is agile enough for the person wearing it to play sports such as soccer.
A Japanese company called Cyberdyne, Inc is currently creating a sleeker version of an exoskeleton suit that they are planning to build. In fact, they are scheduled to start mass-producing 500 suits beginning in October 2008.[200] The exoskeleton suit is called the Hybrid Assistive Limb (HAL), and weighs just over 50 pounds (23 kilograms) and is powered by a 100 volt AC battery that currently lasts up to five hours.
It’s interesting to note that Cyberdyne, the creator of the HAL suit, is the name of the company that built Sky-Net in the Terminator films which ultimately became self-aware and turned on humans. Equally bizarre is the fact that the name of the suit, HAL, is the name of the computer system in the science fiction film 2001: A Space Odyssey, which also turned against humans and started killing them because they became a “threat” to its existence. On Cyberdyne’s website, the company claims that the HAL suit can also operate autonomously, without a person wearing it.[201]
Prophet
Another element of the Beast is the U.S. Army’s blasphemous “Prophet” Next Generation Electronic Warfare System. Prophet is said to be the Army’s main Signals Intelligence (SIGINT) and Electronic Warfare (EW) system. It transmits near real-time images of any enemy electronic transmissions on the battlefield. The system provides the ability to detect, locate, track, identify, and jam electronic transmissions from the enemy as well as relaying damage assessments.
Naming such a system “Prophet” is heresy, and the system will likely be a nerve center for the Beast as it continues to gain strength and then targets those who resist.
Sex with Robots is Scientist’s Dream
The top story on FoxNews.com on Monday, October 15th 2007 was one about robotics engineers and artificial intelligence scientists predicting that by 2050 people will be marrying and having sex with robots.[202]
Instead of these pathetic scientists designing high-tech blow up dolls, you would think they might research human relationships and figure out how to encourage them and make them grow so people could have a happy and healthy marriage and a fulfilling sex life with a fellow human being.
The New World Order continues to attempt to ruin normal relationships and destroy the family and society. The scientists who are making these things must be such losers that they can’t even carry on a conversation with a woman, let alone get one to marry them or have sex with them.
It’s important to note that one of the goals of Anton LaVey, the founder of the Church of Satan, was to create realistic robots that people could have as sex slaves. “A humanoid always looks perfect, never has bad breath or any obnoxious habits that are suffered in human companions purely for reasons of sex or habit,” he said.
“How many people enter into emotionally unsatisfying or intellectually barren relationships just for sexual reasons?” asks LaVey. “With an artificial human companion, the sexual aspect would be completely satisfied, and a prospective mate would have to come up with something more enticing than just sex.” (Barton, Blanche – The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey p. 187) (See Satanism)
Resist Killing Machines
The creation of killer robots is a strong arm of the New World Order that cannot be easily opposed or avoided. The billions of dollars and the man-power put into the killer robot program by the Department of Defense has been continuously building its army of soldiers around the clock.
We must continuously be aware of dangers the killing machines hold, whether semi or fully autonomous robots. These dangers will multiply with the expansion of cybernetic “living” computers. We must remember that robots are not human. They are machines. They have no rights. They have no authority. And they must be resisted. Power to The Resistance!
Tinkering with the laws of nature has unveiled many secrets to the Universe. Most of these have been a great benefit to mankind, while some have been disastrous. The secrets that have been discovered and are kept from public scrutiny, hold the most potentially dangerous implications to the world at large. While laws are created to provide an ethical framework of which to work, many scientists simply ignore the ethical implications of their work in the name of science. Most researchers do not realize when a Pandora’s Box is about to be opened, and don’t see unknown and irreversible effects of the work they are doing.
The horrific effects of this Frankenstein science must be firmly resisted. The satanic scientists who combine human DNA with animal DNA are spawning serious threats to decency and humanity. The examples of abuse are endless.
Esmail Zanjani at the University of Nevada at Reno, grew “mostly human” livers in sheep by injecting adult stem cells into sheep fetuses taken from bone marrow, or embryonic stem cells from the federally approved stem cell colonies. Bioethicist Joseph Fletcher once actually suggested that it would be ethical to create hybrid beings to do dangerous or tedious jobs.[203] The term Parahuman is being used to describe these bizarre creatures that have now become a reality.
Scientists are currently investigating how to add human characteristics to “animals” (parahumans), such as the ability to walk and to verbally communicate with language, and have already created mice which contain human brain cells. Plans are to use cells from aborted human fetuses to create an animal whose brain cells are 100% human.[204] This satanic research must be stopped! The Resistance will not tolerate such perversions of God’s creations! Ethics and morality have been disregarded, and the rhetoric applied gives promises of saving lives and curing disease, while mutilating Mother Nature.
The implications of such creations, combined with Neural Interfaces and cybernetic computers is enough to scare anyone. (See Neural Interfaces) (See Cybernetic Organisms) This Pandora’s Box may have already been opened. The objectives now are to control and suppress this satanic science as much as we can before these creations escape into Nature and disrupt the entire structure of the world.
Chimeras
In 2003 at the Shanghai Second Medical University, Chinese scientists successfully fused human cells with rabbit eggs and was reported to be the first animal-human hybrid successfully created.[205] The embryos were called Chimeras, and developed for several days in a laboratory dish before being destroyed to harvest their stem cells by the scientists. The term Chimera comes from a monster in Greek mythology that has a lion’s head, a goat’s body, and serpent’s tail. How appropriate for them to choose this name for their creations.
The satanic effects of this technology are unlimited. Using this technology, if it hasn’t already been done, the engineering of mice or other animals to produce human sperm and eggs may be achieved, and then an in vitro fertilization to a real human female could produce a child whose father is a an animal such as a mouse or a monkey. This is just the beginning of the demonic creations these technologies can bring. Imagine what would happen if such creations escaped from the lab and got into the environment.
Everyone remembers the human-like ear that was grown on a mouse’s back in the mid-1990s.[206] This was only the beginning of the biologically engineered creatures that would come. In the years ahead, such custom creations may become popular pets, with characteristics from multiple different animals, and containing either real, or synthetic DNA. These “pets” may even capable of communicating verbally with their masters.
Leather Jacket Grows in Dish
Oron Catts and Ionat Zurr, of the Tissue Culture & Art Project based at the University of Western Australia, have been growing objects using tissue culture for years. The scientists said they were inspired by the famous mouse with an ear grown on its back. Catts and Zurr have been growing ‘meat’ and ‘dolls’ from the biotechnology.
In 2004, the group grew a tiny leather jacket by using human and mouse cells.[207] In 2003, they cultured frog muscle cells and grew frog steaks for a feast held in Nantes, France. The group plans on growing full size leather jackets and other creations, including wall coverings and artistic uses of the organic material.
Canada Bans Hybrids
In 2004, Canada passed the Assisted Human Reproduction Act, banning the creation of Chimeras. Specifically, it prohibits the transferring of nonhuman cells into a human embryo and putting human cells into nonhuman embryos. These kinds of restrictions must be put in place across the globe to minimize the abuses, although with secret labs and creations, we may have little control.
Hybrid Creations Continue
In 2008, the British Parliament voted overwhelmingly in favor of research that will allow the creation of animal-human embryos. MPs voted 336-176 for the new research.[208] Religious leaders had been campaigning for a ban, arguing that the creation of such hybrids fundamentally breached the sanctity of human life. Researchers aim to create a new class of hybrids called “cytoplasm hybrids” or “cybrids.”
Resist Chimeras
While public awareness and outrage could possibly lead to banning such research, it is likely that covert studies and experiments are producing such creatures for unknown purposes. The design and creation of Chimeras, Parahumans, Hybrid Humans, Mutants etc., combined with Neural Interfaces and Cybernetic computers need to be resisted at all costs.
We must not become intimately involved with such systems, and we must rely on God’s given architecture of Man. After all, we were created in His image. We cannot allow our minds and bodies to be connected to external devices or to be genetically mutated to fit an image the New World Order impresses upon society. Fight the satanic scientists! Power to The Resistance!
The idea of computers becoming “conscious” or “alive” always seemed far-fetched and was found only in science fiction stories until recently. Even many modern Artificial Intelligence experts doubted the possibility, citing the sheer complexity of the most simple tasks performed by humans, and the complexities of the human brain. Now, what can be seen as the pivotal point of change has occurred. “Living computers” are now being built, and back as far as 2004, one was able to fly a flight simulator for an F-22 fighter jet.[209]
The “living computer” was cultivated from 25,000 neurons extracted from a rat’s brain and assembled in a grid of electrodes in a petri dish. The brain cells were alive and grew to reconnect themselves, forming microscopic inter-connections which make up the “living computer.” After the brain was linked up to an F-22 jet flight simulator, it established a two-way connection similar to how neurons receive and interpret signals from each other to control our bodies.
Dr. Thomas DeMarse, professor of biomedical engineering at the University of Florida said, “It’s essentially a dish with 60 electrodes arranged in a dish at the bottom, over that we put the living cortical neurons from rats, which rapidly begin to reconnect themselves, forming a living neural network — a brain.”
At the time the article was published on November 4, 2004, on CNN.com, it was said that “living networks” could one day be used to fly unmanned aircraft. This brain began to “learn” to control the flight simulator, and this was only using 25,000 neurons! The human brain has billions, but gauging by the condensing of transistor and microprocessor technology, it is not far off before these cybernetic “living computer brains” are faster than ours, and are interconnected to the very infrastructure we rely on. On top of that, many people will physically connect their brains to this system via Neural Interfaces. (See Neural Interfaces) This is truly scary.
When stories like these are reported in the mainstream news they are dramatically downplayed. Many insist that the computer brain falls far short of the complexity of the human brain, which has billions of neurons. Steven Potter, a biomedical engineer at the Georgia Institute of Technology claimed a brain in a dish flying a real plane was still a long way off.
Hybrot
A group of researchers at the Georgia Institute of Technology created a new kind of robot they call the Hybrot, which looks like many other experimental robots with an exposed circuit board above a chassis containing motors and batteries. But this robot uses the new “living computer” chip.[210]
They called it Hybrot (hybrid robot) because the chip is a hybrid of living cells and non-living material. It uses thousands of living neurons cultured from a rat’s cortex placed on a petri dish on top of an array of 60 micro-electrodes. A patented sealed incubator system contains the living rat brain cells, the same system that was flying the F-22 flight simulator, only this time the brain was connected to a physical interface in the form of an electronic body.
The neural activity is recorded by the electrodes and transmitted to the physical extremities of the robot, where they move following their command. Then, information is sent back from the robot’s sensors to the brain in the form of electrical stimulation. As the neurons in the brain react to the external stimuli, the research team is studying the changes in the way the cells configure themselves, with the aims of creating a human-like hybrid brain that is capable of learning.
“Learning is often defined as a lasting change in behaviors, resulting from experience,” said Potter, the bio-medical engineer. “In order for a cultured network to learn, it must be able to behave. By using multi-electrode arrays as a two-way interface to cultured mammalian cortical networks, we have given these networks an artificial body with which to behave.”
Using high speed cameras and high tech laser-scanning microscopes, the scientists hope to find evidence for “growth and learning patterns in biological systems.” (Aka actual learning in the hybrid brain) This is a real Artificial Intelligence system like none other.
Resist Cybernetic Organisms
Before this new hybrid technology was created, computers had hit a wall in regards to their ability to become as “intelligent” as people had speculated for decades, limiting further increases in capabilities. This barrier has now been broken. This is the time we are living in now, my friends. Living cybernetic computers, Neural Interfaces, and animal-human hybrid beings and body parts are now a reality. Imagine the ramifications of these systems if unregulated.
With the explosion of technology in the recent decades, and with the creation of Cybernetic hybrid computer chips containing countless actual living neurons, the possibility for some kind of phenomenon that we have not had to face could suddenly strangle society. If this new “technology” can be controlled, we know who will be controlling it. This Beast will be the ultimate slave of whoever is the master. And we know who that is—the Illuminati and pawns of Satan. Power to The Resistance!
A Neural Interface is any type of data link between the human nervous system and an external device, such as an electronic or Cybernetic computer or machine. Such links allow the transmission of information to and from the human nervous system to the external devices. Bioelectric signals are obtained from the body or brain via implanted electrodes or computer chips and are converted from an analog to a digital format.
Early innovations with Neural Interfaces allowed users to control cursors, play video games, or control electronic devices such as robots. Amputees will one day be able to use Neural Interfaces to control advanced prostheses. At the Palo Alto Rehabilitation Research and Development Center, developers have been working on the Nerve Chip, a device that provides a direct interface to peripheral nerves within an amputee’s nerve stump and detects electrical signals able to control prosthetic limbs.
Such devices will no doubt be a benefit to the physically handicapped, allowing them greater mobility and control over their environment. One such benefit specifically highlighted is that by using Neural Interfaces to obtain control signals from undamaged sensor-motor areas of the brain to control neuroprosthetic devices (such as artificial arms or wheel-chairs), paralyzed people can regain certain motor functions. But, once Neural Interfaces have reached the complexity and capability of controlling the emotions, memories, and thoughts of people connected to such devices, the potential for abuse is limitless.
It’s been admitted that the CIA has been involved with experiments and research involving brainwashing and torture. Many of the Nazi scientists who experimented with mind control in Germany were secretly brought into the U.S. under Project Paper Clip, where their work continued. (See Mind Control)
The findings and devices that have come out of such research only begin to expose the depths of these satanic experiments on unknowing and unwilling subjects. These devices play an intimate role in the Beast’s system of slavery as Neural Interfaces open the door to the last sacred place on Earth, the human mind.
Physicist Stephen Hawking, for example, believes that we should “develop as quickly as possible technologies that make possible a direct connection between brain and computer, so that artificial brains contribute to human intelligence rather than opposing it.”[211]
The mysterious creator of the Georgia Guidestones alluded to the combination of man and machine in the 1980s, saying, “We suggest that scholars throughout the world begin now to establish new bases upon which later generations can develop a totally new universal language for men and machines. It will be adapted to our speech mechanism and to the language faculties and patterns impressed in our nervous systems. Its spoken and printed forms will be capable of accurate interchange by electromechanical means.” (Christian, Robert – Common Sense Renewed p. 14-15) (See Georgia Guidestones)
History of Neural Interfaces
Dr. Jose Delgado, a neurophysiologist at Yale University in the 1960s, carried out experiments involving electronic stimulation of the brain by implanting a small electrode in the brain of animals. Using a device he called a stimoceiver, which operated using FM radio waves, he found it was possible to electrically control a wide range of emotions in his subject.
In his book Physical Control of the Mind, Dr. Delgado said in the early 70’s:
“The technology for nonsensory communication between brains and computers through the intact skin is already at our fingertips, and its consequences are difficult to predict. In the past the progress of civilization has tremendously magnified the power of our senses, muscles, and skills. Now we are adding a new dimension: the direct interface between brains and machines.”
“Although true, this statement is perhaps too spectacular and it requires cautious clarification. Our present knowledge regarding the coding of information, mechanisms of perception, and neuronal bases of behavior is so elemental that it is highly improbable that electrical correlates of thoughts or emotions could be picked up, transmitted, and electrically applied to the suitable structure of a different subject in order to be recognized and to trigger related thoughts or emotions. It is, however, already possible to induce a large variety of responses, from motor effects to emotional reactions and intellectual manifestations, by direct electrical stimulation of the brain.”
“Also, several investigators have learned to identify patterns of electrical activity (which a computer could also recognize) localized in specific areas of the brain and related to determined phenomena such as perception of smells or visual perception of edges and movements. We are advancing rapidly in the pattern recognition of electrical correlates of behavior and in the methodology for two-way radio communication between brain and computers.” (Delgado, Jose – Physical Control of the Mind p. Page 95 - 96)
Delgado acknowledges that people expressed fears that this new technology was a threat to possible unwanted and unethical remote control of the cerebral activities of Man by other men, but wrote that he believed the dangers are outweighed by the expected clinical and scientific benefits.
The Washington Post reported in 2003 that scientists in North Carolina had built a brain implant that lets monkeys control a robotic arm with their thoughts, marking the first time in history that mental thoughts and intentions had been harnessed. These thoughts were able to move the mechanical arm and perform various tasks, such as grabbing objects and adjusting the grip.[212]
The researchers, no doubt, had in mind that soon the technology would be able to help people who had been paralyzed or had spinal cord injuries by enabling them to operate machines with their thoughts as naturally as others do with their hands. It was also planned that paralyzed people could have movement to their own arms or legs restored. The scientists also planned that the technology would soon allow soldiers to control wireless robots which will be used during war and for other operations. (See Killing Machines)
Neurobiologist Miguel Nicolesis from Duke University Medical Center in Durham, North Carolina, and his colleagues had been able to demonstrate the recording and analysis of brain waves and the ability to decipher different signals from different animals.
These advanced experiments, led by Nicolesis and published in the journal PLoS Biology, were more examples of progressions of science fiction-like studies, in which animals and humans had learned to use their brain and thoughts to operate external mechanical devices. Until Nicolesis’ achievements, such interactions had been limited to making a cursor move on a computer screen or other non-mechanical type operations.
Later came the creation of the system where monkeys could consciously control the movement of a robotic arm attached to a Neural Interface. The researchers implanted hundreds of electrodes the diameter of human hairs into areas of the brains of rhesus macaque monkeys that were known to produce signals which control the movement of various muscles and limbs. The signals from the electrodes were downloaded and analyzed by a computer in order to develop recognizable patterns of signals which represented particular movements by the arms of the monkeys.
“It’s quite plausible that the perception is you’re extended into the robot arm, or the arm is an extension of you,” said the University of Washington’s Eberhard E. Fetz, a pioneer in the field of brain-controlled devices.
In 2005, the BBC reported that a robot arm controlled by a Neural Interface created at the University of Pittsburgh was fully mobile from the shoulder and elbow and had a gripper that works like a hand. “It moves much like your own arm would move,” said Dr Andrew Schwartz of Pittsburgh University. But before long, the scientists said, they would upgrade the system so that the users could transmit their mental commands to machines wirelessly.
“For something basic like grasping a cup of coffee or brushing your teeth, apparently you could do almost all of this with this kind of prosthesis,” said Idan Segev, director of the Center for Neurocomputation at Hebrew University in Jerusalem.[213]
Surgery
The surgeries on the monkeys were painstaking, taking nearly ten hours. The monkeys had bundles of wires protruding from their heads and had glue used to fill in the bits of missing bone in their skulls. When asked about the abuse of the monkeys, Miguel Nicolelis insisted they liked the experiments saying, “If anything, they’re enjoying themselves playing these games. It enriches their lives.” He added, “You don’t have to do anything to get these guys into their chair. They go right there. That’s play time.”[214]
Nicolelis and others pursued approval from the Food and Drug Administration to do experiments on humans. Human tests have already shown corresponding patterns of brain signals linked to limb movements. The algorithm sends the messages from the brain to the robotic arm, which carries out the actions the monkey intended to perform with its own limbs. The monkeys in the experiment were able to grasp and hold food with the robotic arm, while their real arms were restrained.
“We can use the population vector to accurately predict the velocity and direction of normal arm movement,” said Dr Schwartz. “It moves much like your own arm would move,” he added.[215] Dr Schwartz said his team was working to develop prostheses with realistic hand and finger movements.
Testing on Humans
John P. Donoghue, a neuroscientist at Brown University, had been developing a similar system for paralyzed patients, saying one of the first benefits of the interface would be the ability of people to type and communicate on the Internet by simply thinking. The list of potential applications is endless. “Once you have an output signal out of the brain that you can interpret, the possibilities of what you can do with those signals are immense,” said Donoghue co-founder of Cyber-kinetics Inc. of Foxboro, Massachusetts.[216]
Cyberkinetics, built a Neural Interface system in 2005 named Brain-Gate which allowed the user to control a Pong paddle, draw with a cursor, operate a TV, and open email.[217] Cyberkinetics is only one of several labs working on Neural Interfaces, and many of them are funded by more than $25 million in grants from the U.S. Department of Defense, which is currently working on such systems being implemented with soldiers.[218] (See Killing Machines)
Military Applications
Published documents from the Department of Defense show that in the mid-1990s, plans were being drawn up to use Neural Interfaces, not only on our troops, but on the civilian population. It is outlined in Chapter 4 of Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability contained in Volume 3 of Air Force 2025 by the U.S. Department of Defense (1996).
Air Force 2025 is a report on a study conducted by the U.S. Department of Defense, which identified the technologies and practices that will need to be implemented by the year 2025, in order for the United States to “remain the dominant air and space force in the 21st century.”
Of course, an element of that technology is the Neural Interface. The documents explain, “The implanted microscopic brain chip performs two functions. First, it links the individual to the IIC creating a seamless interface between the user and the information resources. In essence, the chip relays the processed information from the IIC to the user, second the chip creates a computer generated mental visualization based upon the user’s request.” (Information Operations p. 35)
And what is the key reason for supporting the implantable brain chip? Security, they say. “An implanted microscopic chip does not require security measures to verify whether the right person is connected to the IIC, whereas a room, helmet, or sunglasses requires additional time-consuming access control mechanisms to verify an individual’s identity and level of control within the Cyber Situation.” (Information Operations p. 35)
This document published in 1996 foresaw resistance to such ideas, citing “Implanting ‘things’ in people raises ethical and public relations issues. While these concerns may be founded on today’s thinking, in 2025 they may not be as alarming” and goes on to say, “The civilian populace will likely accept any implanted microscopic chips that allow military members to defend vital national interests.” (Information Operations p. 36)
Aside from military applications, Information Operations describes possible commercial uses. “This capability will have extraordinary commercial applications from medical advances. These advances will help restore patients with damaged neural, audio, and visual systems as well as enable them to achieve the ultimate virtual reality trip.” (Information Operations p. 25)
The documents actually say, ‘ultimate virtual reality trip’ pointing to the use of uploading information into the human mind in the form of the five senses by being physically connected to the system.
Depression Implant
It is widely reported that nearly 10% of Americans suffer from depression, and the widespread drugging of the population has resulted from such claims, aiding the pharmaceutical industry while sedating the population. In February 2005, the FDA conditionally approved a Neural Interface system to treat chronic depression.[219]
The system targets the Vagus Nerve and is called VNS Therapy, and consists of a pacemaker-like device which is implanted under a person’s chest which gives electrical impulses to the brain through an electrode connected to a nerve in the person’s neck.
The manufacturer, Cyberonics, has sold a similar device for reducing seizures in people with epilepsy. It costs about $20,000 including surgical and hospital expenses, said Cyberonics Chief Executive Skip Cummins. The FDA said approval was conditional on final labeling, protocols for a post-marketing dosing study, as well as resolution of manufacturing issues and any outstanding clinical trial issues.
In June 2004, an FDA advisory panel voted 5-2 to recommend approval of the device for chronically depressed patients who had failed other treatments. The agency, however, turned down the company’s application earlier that year. Cyberonics then submitted an amended application, hoping to overcome FDA concerns about the device’s safety and effectiveness for relieving severe depression.
Types of Neural Interfaces
Electrooculogram (EOG)
Signals are obtained from eye movements with sensors that are in contact with the skin on a user’s face. Electrical signals are generated by movements of the eyeballs, which then radiate throughout the facial skin and are captured by sensors.
Electromyogram (EMG)
Signals are obtained from muscle movements with sensors that are placed on the skin. The contracting and relaxing of muscles produces electrical signals that are detected by sensors.
Electroencephalogram (EEG)
Signals are obtained from brainwaves with sensors located on a user’s scalp.
Electrocardiogram (EKG)
Signals are obtained from the heart, allowing devices to respond to changing heart rates.
Neural Electrode
Signals are obtained directly from active neurons using electrodes. Neural electrodes provide a two-way data transmission between mind and machine.
Resist Neural Interfaces
Neural Interfaces are dangerous, to say the least. Paralleled with other medical advances and benefits, such as helping the handicapped, are dangers that until recently have only been discussed in a science fiction context. With the incremental expansion of technology and the creation of cybernetic organisms, we are approaching the end of mankind’s scientific achievements. (See Cybernetic Organ-isms)
The nightmare scenarios that are unfolding all point to the fig tree blossoming as the Beast’s system gains strength.
Besides the technology that is made known and available to the public, one wonders what is actually being hidden from public view and scrutiny. With military technology decades ahead of the publics, many wonder what kind of cybernetic technology is being held in secret. What is it capable of? What is it doing right now? What will it do in the coming years? What will this technology ultimately do to mankind as the Beast system consumes the world?
With much of the New World Order’s policies discussed and decided in secret, it is only logical that large scientific breakthroughs and experiments are concealed with the same kind of secrecy. Do not accept a Neural Interface for “enhancement” purposes.
Whether a member of The Resistance who is handicapped or has a medical condition requiring a Neural Interface and accepts it, is a personal decision, but be careful. This is dangerous territory.
Forced Neural Interfaces in prisons will likely replace medication and rehabilitation therapy. Our mind is the last safe place on Earth, and now even that is under attack. Power to The Resistance!
Understanding the technology and systems behind biometrics is pivotal in preserving our rights and liberties. Resisting the invasion of biometric scanners with facial recognition capabilities will prove to be very difficult in the coming months and years. Since the publication of the first edition of The Resistance Manifesto in 2005, a foundation for a nationwide biometric system continues to be manufactured and installed. The biometric cameras are the “all seeing eye” of Horus, the same as that on the back of the one dollar bill. (See Washington D.C.’s Satanic Symbols)
The cameras announce the Illuminati’s presence and illegal invasion. The cameras are being mounted on every corner in every town. Miniature and discrete, the Beast watches and listens.
Biometrics is the science and technology of authenticating an individual’s identity by means of measuring a person’s physiological or behavioral features. The term comes from the Greek words “bios” meaning life and “metron” meaning degree. Biometrics usually refers to technology which measures and analyzes human physiological characteristics such as fingerprints, retinal scans, facial characteristics, or voice patterns for authentication purposes.
Numerous cities around the world have thousands and thousands of cameras on the street corners watching and recording; some with facial recognition capabilities. In the name of security, our own images are captured and stolen without our consent.
The propaganda supporting this system must incessantly be matched with resistance on all fronts. While biometrics was said to be a tool used to prevent crime, it has crept into our lives and stolen our privacy. Wireless cameras with night vision lenses and voice recognition systems are the eyes and ears of the Beast and preserve vast databases of information on every single citizen and their every move within the grid.
The invasion of biometrics is not a solution to personal security, but one of the many thieves of our privacy. Inadequate safeguards for private personal information gathered about individuals, and the patterns of their behavior captured by biometric scanners in public, opens the door for unimagined abuse. As these threats grow they must be addressed and resisted.
Biometric Invasion
Biometrics are not just thumb and retina scans for secure entry to sensitive facilities, but the right arm of the Beast that can reach into nearly every corner of the Earth. The biometric eyes of the Illuminati started as ordinary security cameras with tapes which were only viewed in case of a robbery or other crime.
As technology advanced, these cameras and their infra-structure became equipped with the biometric systems that are now common. Casinos, shopping malls, sports events, and schools, are all watched by the eyes. One of the first was the Zuidplein Shopping Center in the Netherlands, with its aim of identifying shoplifters.[220]
Zuidplein’s manager, Monique van Geemert, said it was simply installed to catch thieves. The mall has an estimated ten million visitors a year and holds over 160 shops. The Information Technologies group LogicaCMG was one of the first companies who started using facial recognition technology to target known shoplifters in commercial establishments.
One of the first trials of the system at a large Rotterdam shopping center showed that 90% of regular offenders could be spotted using Logica software. Feeds taken from security cameras were transmitted to Logica’s (LOG) facial recognition system database containing photographs of volunteers acting as potential shoplifters. When they entered the mall and came in view of the security cameras and their image ran through the database, the system alerted security. This same system has been used in casinos for years to spot thieves and players banned from the establishment for counting cards or cheating.[221]
The abuses of the invasion are limitless. Imagine the whole world being able to spy on you and your family while in your own backyard, or even on vacation in the middle of nowhere. Live streaming video over the Internet watched by whoever has the authority, power, or ability to access such information. Many people have been warning about such things and tried to stop this invasion.
“You put the cameras up today, then you start adding facial recognition technology, then you start recording it, then you don’t just use them in high-crime areas,” says Ed Yohnka of the American Civil Liberties Union. “We’ve seen just an explosion in the use of these types of technologies,” he warned.[222]
In 2004, Chicago installed a system that can be accessed by police officers using laptops in their cars.[223] Police started placing mobile camera units on top of street lights in high crime areas and neighborhoods to discourage gang and drug activity and to attempt to reduce the homicide rate. The cameras are in bullet-proof surveillance pods which can rotate 360 degrees and can be aimed and focused on objects and activity several blocks away. The cameras are also equipped with night vision. They can be easily moved by authorities and can be mounted in new locations.
On November 16, 2004 in Chicago, it was reported that Mayor Richard M. Daley officially opened a new city operations center, allowing police and emergency workers to receive instant real time video and audio from any of the 2,000 cameras and microphones stationed around the city. The surveillance network was installed by the city, but private surveillance feeds can be networked into the system’s central control room.
“We’re not inside your home or your business,” Mayor Daley said when he defended the system from critics. “The city owns the sidewalks. We own the streets and we own the alleys,” he insisted.[224]
The ultimate plan was admitted as part of a grant from the Department of Homeland Security in an operation to link together thousands of cameras around Chicago and O’Hare International Airport creating a network throughout the city as a model for other cities in the future. Mayor Daley explained how this was a prototype for the rest of the country saying, “sometimes the state and federal governments—they come here to look at the technology.”
In New York, Mayor Michael Bloomberg also announced a “major upgrade” and called for the creation of a “Real Time Crime Fighting Center” to provide live feeds for tracking and analysis purposes. All such cameras and security systems will be equipped with facial recognition software, turning public streets into police line-ups. In Los Angeles in mid-2005, such systems have been installed, not to prevent assaults, robberies, or rapes, but to “catch pirated DVD sellers.”[225]
On February 6, 2002, USA Today reported several schools were testing new biometric technology that allowed students to buy lunch or check out library books by using a thumb scanner.[226] The systems would debit money from student accounts, and register books to the students automatically. In the early 21st century several dozen schools began testing the cafeteria thumb scanning program.
Another school making headlines was Pennsylvania’s Cambria School District that installed a finger scanning program which cost $4,000 to $5,000 for all hardware, software and scanners.
“Parents are able to put money into the lunch account ahead of time and be sure that it will be spent on school meals,” said Milton Miller, Pennsylvania Cambria’s director of food services. Every month, parents get a record of when the child has eaten, what they’ve eaten, and how much was spent. The school plans to expand the scanners outside the cafeteria and, “eventually, we’d like to use it for the teachers to take attendance,” said information specialist Laura Nagel.
Miller reported Pennsylvania schools planned to use the scans in buses and libraries, and to monitor security at school doors. School personnel, including teachers, will eventually use scans, too, he said.
In St. Paul, Minnesota, a school with a high ratio of non-English-speaking youngsters planned to use touch-pads on school buses, with hopes of keeping students from boarding the wrong bus, then having to struggle to communicate where they live. “It follows the national privacy acts,” says Bob Engen, president of the Caledonia, Minnesota based Educational Biometrics Technology, which had placed the $900 scanners and software in about 17 schools in three states by 2002.
Rick Bailey of the Food Service Solutions in Pennsylvania schools says the cafeteria finger scan is voluntary, and only five out of 3,000 students declined to have their fingerprint analyzed. “There isn’t a whole lot of hesitance to the Big Brother idea,” he said.
But the American Civil Liberties Union and many others think otherwise. Using finger scans on schoolchildren is “technological overkill,” said ACLU director Barry Steinhardt. Adding, “It’s a very troubling sign of things to come.”
The ACLU recently won a lawsuit against a school that sold a database of student and parent phone numbers to a bank. “To have a thumb scan on every kid in America, if it were to be routinely implemented, would be an extremely valuable database to law enforcement or the private sector,” Steinhardt said.
When Michigan politicians considered using finger scans in schools, they were shot down by Attorney General Jennifer Granholm, who ruled that scanning students’ prints violated the state’s Child Identification and Protection Act of 1985. “Although the Act does not explicitly address electronic fingerprint imaging technology, it is clear that it was enacted to generally prohibit schools and other governmental units from fingerprinting a child,” she wrote. It is expected legislators will change the law to allow for the schools to use the fingerprint scanning.
Retinal scanning analyzes the layer of blood vessels at the back of the eye to determine identity matches. Retinal scanning involves using a low-intensity light and an optical coupler to read patterns of vessels in the eye with a high level of accuracy. With current technologies, eye glasses must be removed and the eye must be placed close to the scanner while focusing on a specific point for a second or two. Most current versions require the user to keep their head still and their eye focused on the light for several seconds.
Early retinal scans were used in highly classified security applications for controlling access to areas or rooms in military installations, but the technology is creeping into the commercial sector, starting with Orlando’s Airport in May, 2005.[227]
In the year 2000 at Super Bowl XXXV in Tampa, Florida, facial recognition scanners were used to scan the crowds to spot individuals who had warrants out for their arrest. Visionics, a company based in New Jersey, is one of many developers of facial recognition systems.[228]
Local Feature Analysis (LFA) is the mathematical algorithm technique which is used by the FaceIt system to encode faces. The system maps faces and creates a “face print” which is the numeric code for each person’s face. Each face print was stored in an 84 byte file.
A human face has numerous distinguishable features which Visionics defines as nodal points. There are approximately 80 nodal points on a human face. The nodal points are measured and written into a numerical code which represents that person’s face print in the database. Only 14 to 22 nodal points are needed for the FaceIt software to accomplish identification. Back in the year 2000, the system was capable of matching face prints at a rate of 60 million per minute from memory.
ATMs are expected to apply the technology to verify identification, and numerous other applications are to follow. Several nodal points measured are:
As with other components of the Beast system, biometrics must be resisted. The sociological implications, as well as the information gathered and what is done with that information must be monitored to understand how far-reaching the effects are of this technology. The physical makeup of these systems must be known and understood by Agents whose gift it is to understand Information Technology.
This Manifesto can only give a brief outline of the systems and components involved. These are seeds of wisdom that must be taken by those who desire to study the elements of the Beast’s technological infrastructure. It is the duty of these individuals to convey in simple terms to others how the Beast functions, and how to protect ourselves from it.
It is everyone’s duty to combat this invasion and learn of its dangers. The surveillance grid must be resisted! In our struggle to control the technology, it is the responsibility of those knowledgeable in electrical engineering to obtain schematics of all devices used by the Beast and to design components for The Resistance for defensive purposes. These devices should be simple to operate and provide us the electronic protection and privacy that we deserve. Power to The Resistance!
Books
Armstrong, Karen. A History of God Ballantine Books 1993 ISBN: 0-345-38456-3
Baddeley, Gavin Lucifer Rising: Sin, Devil Worship, and Rock and Roll 1999 Plexus Publishing ISBN: 0-85965-378-1
Bailey, Alice The Externalization of the Hierarchy Lucis Publishing Company 1957 ISBN: 0-85330-106-9
Bamford, James. Body of Secrets: Anatomy of the Ultra-Secret National Security Agency from the Cold War through the Dawn of a New Century 2002 ISBN: 0385499086 Knopf Publishing Group
Bamford, James Puzzle Palace: A Report on America’s Most Secret Agency 1983 Penguin Group ISBN: 0140067485
Bardes, Barbara A., Mack C. Shelley II; Steffen W. Schmidt. American Government and Politics Today: The Essentials 1998-1999 Edition by Wadsworth Publishing A division of International Thomson Publishing. ISBN: 0-534-53901-7
Barton, Blanche - The Secret Life of a Satanist: the Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey) (1990, 1992,) Funeral House ISBN: 0-922915-12-1
Beker, Robert and Selden, Gary The Body Electric:Electromagnetism and the Foundation of Life Perennial Currents; 1st Quill 1998 ISBN: 0688069711
Beresniak, Daniel. Symbols of Freemasonry Barns and Noble Books 2003 First Published in French by Assouline Editions 1997. ISBN: 0-76074-237-5
Blavatsky, Helena .P. - The Secret Doctrine v. I & II The Theosophical Publishing Company 1888 ISBN: 1-55700-002-06
Buch, Jirah D. Mystic Masonry or the Symbols of Freemasonry and the Greater Mysteries of Antiquity Kessinger Publishing Company ISBN: 1564592715
Brooks, Keith L. The Spirit of Truth and the Spirit of Error 1 Moody Bible Institute of Chicago 1969 ISBN: 080248217-1
Bodansky, Yossef. Bin Laden: The Man Who Declared War on America Random House 2001 ISBN: 0761535810
Bowker, John. The Complete Bible Handbook: an illustrated companion DK Publishing New York 1999 ISBN: 0-7894-8154-5
Carr, William Guy. Pawns in the Game 1970 C P A Book Pub ISBN: 0913022349
Churton, Tobias. The Gnostics 1987 Barns and Noble Books 1997 ISBN: 0-7607-0478-3
Child, Heather. Christian Symbols, Ancient and Modern: a handbook for students 1979 Bell and Hyman ISBN: 0713519606
Christian, Robert Common Sense Renewed 1986 Stoyles Graphic Serves Lake Mills Iowa ISBN: 0-89279-078-4
Cirlot, J. E. A Dictionary of Symbols Philosophical Library Inc. 1962
Cory, Steven. The Sprit of Truth and the Spirit of Error 2: World Religions Moody Bible Institute of Chicago 1986 ISBN: 080248240-6
Crème, Benjamin. The Reappearance of the Christ and the Masters of Wisdom. 2007 Share International Foundation ISBN: 90-71484-32-7
Crowley, Aleister. Magick: In Theory and Practice 1979 Smith Peter ISBN: 0844654760
Crowley, Aleister. Book of the Law 1938 Ordo Templi Orientis ISBN: 087728-334-6
Decamp, John W. The Franklin Cover-up: Child Abuse, Satanism, and Murder in Nebraska ISBN: 0963215809 A W T, Incorporated 1992
Decker, Ed. The God Makers Harvest House Publishers 1984 ISBN: 0890814023
Delgado, Jose M Dr. Physical Control of the Mind: Toward a Psychocivilized Society 1969 Publisher: HarperCollins
Dines G. and Humez J. Gender, Race, Class in Media Thousand Oaks, CA; Sage Publishing 2004
Elberton Granite Museum. The Georgia Guidestones “Elberton’s Most Unusual Granite Monument” 1980 Elberton Granite Museum and Exhibit Pamphlet. Elberton, GA 30635
Epperson, Ralph. The New World Order 1990 Publius Press ISBN: 0961413514
Finkenzeller, Klaus. RFID-Handbook, 2nd edition Fundamentals and Applications in Contactless Smart Cards and Identification 2nd edition (April 2003): Wiley & Sons LTD ISBN: 0-470-84402-7
Folger, Joseph P., Marshall Scott Pool Randall K. Stutman. Working Through Conflict: Strategies for Relationships, Groups, and Organizations fourth edition. Addison Wesley Longman, Inc. 2001
Gitlin, Todd. Prime time ideology: the hegemonic process in television entertainment, in Newcomb, Horace, ed. (1994), Television: the critical view - Fifth Edition, Oxford University Press, New York.
Goldwater, Barry With no apologies: The personal and political memoirs of United States Senator Barry M. Goldwater 1979 Morrow ISBN: 0688035477
Hall, Manly P. The Lost Keys of Freemasonry: Or, the Secret of Hiram Abiff 1994 ISBN: 0880530448 Macoy Publishing & Masonic Supply Company
Hall, Manly P. The Secret Teachings of All Ages the Philosophical Research Society Press Philosophical Research Society 1999. ISBN: 0893145483
Hanson, Mike. Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy ISBN: 0595326749 iUniverse 2004
Hatch, Alden Bernhard, Prince of the Netherlands 1962 Doubleday
Howarth, Stephen. The Knights Templar Barns and Noble Inc. 1982 ISBN: 0-88029-663-1
Jeffrey, Grant R. Prince of Darkness: Antichrist and the New World Order Bantam Books New York 1994 ISBN: 0-553-56223-1
Jensen-Stevenson, Monika, William Stevenson. Kiss the Boys Goodbye: How the United States Betrayed Its Own POW’s in Vietnam 1997 DIANE Publishing Company ISBN: 078815012X
Kessler, Ronald. The Bureau: The Secret History of The FBI St. Martin’s Paperbacks 2002 ISBN: 0-312-98977-6
Knight, Christopher & Lomas, Robert - The Book of Hiram Barnes & Noble (2005) ISBN-10: 0760776334
Lee, Bruce Tao of Jeet Kune Do 1975 Ohara Publications CA ISBN: 0-89750-0482
LaVey, Anton Szandor. The Satanic Bible Avon Books an imprint of Harper Collins Publishers New York, NY. 1969 ISBN: 0-380-01539-0
Leverett, Mara. The Boys on the Tracks: Death, Denial, and a Mother’s Crusade to Bring her Son’s Killers to Justice 1999 St. Martin’s Press ISBN: 0312198418
Levi, Eliphas. Transcendental Magic: Its Doctrine and Ritual (1910) 1998 Kessinger ISBN: 0766102971
Littlejohn, Stephen W, Barnett Pearce. Moral Conflict: When social worlds collide SAGE Publications. Thousand Oaks, CA 1997 ISBN: 0-7619-0053-5
Littlejohn, Stephen. W. Theories of Human Communication Sixth Edition Wadsworth Publishing an International Thomson Publishing Company. 1999 ISBN: 0-534-54819-9
Marger, Martin N. Social Inequality: Patterns and processes second edition by McGraw Hill 1999, 2002 ISBN: 0-7674-2086-1
Marks, John. The Search for the “Manchurian Candidate”: The CIA and Mind Control, the Secret History of the Behavior Sciences 1979 Norton and Company, New York ISBN: 0393307948
Marrs, Jim. Rule by Secrecy: The Hidden History That Connects the Trilateral Commission, the Freemasons, and the Great Pyramids 2001 ISBN: 0060931841 HarperCollins Publishers
Marrs, Texe. Circle of Intrigue Rivercrest Publishing. 2000 ISBN: 1930004052
Marx, Karl and Fridrich Engels. The Communist Manifesto 1998 Reprinted Oxford University Press Inc. New York Firs published as a World’s Classics paperback in 1992 ISBN: 0-19-283437-1
McIntosh, Christopher. The Rosicrucians: The History, Mystery, and Rituals of an Esoteric Order. Weiser Books ISBN: 0-87728-920-4 1997
Millegan, Kris. Fleshing our Skull and Bones: Investigations into Americas Most Powerful Secret Society. TrineDay, LLC Walterville, OR 2003 ISBN: 0-9752906-0-6
North, Oliver. Under Fire: An American Story 21st Century Press 2002 ISBN: 971700915
Ovason, David. The Secret Architecture of our Nation’s Capitol:The Masons and the Building of Washington, D.C. 2002 Perennial Currents ISBN: 0060953683
Palmer, Monte. Comparative Politics: Political Economy, Political Culture, and Political Interdependence Second Edition F. E. Peacock Publishers, Inc. 2001 ISBN: 0-87581-427-1
Pike, Albert. Morals and Dogma of the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite Freemasonry Reprinted by Kesslinger Publishing ISBN: 0-7661-2615-3
Quigley, Caroll. Anglo American Establishment 1981 C P A Book Pub ISBN: 0913022454
Reed, Terry and John Cummings Compromised: Clinton Bush and the CIA 1995 Penmarin Books ISBN: 1883955025
Ridley, Jasper. The Freemasons: A History of the World’s Most Powerful Secret Society Arcade Publishing Inc. New York. 1999 2001 ISBN: 1-55970-654-6
Robbins, Alexandra Secrets of the Tomb: Skull and Bones, the Ivy League, and the Hidden Paths of Power Back Bay Books (September 4, 2002) ISBN-10: 0316735612
Robinson, John. Proofs of a Conspiracy 1798 Boston: Westerland Islands, 1967.
Robertson, Pat. The New World Order Word Publishing USA 1991 ISBN: 0-8499-0915-5
Rottenberg, Annette T. Elements of Argument Seventh Edition Bedford/St. Martin’s Press Boston, MA. ISBN: 0-312-39777-1
Ruppert, Michael C. Crossing the Rubicon: The Decline of the American Empire at the End of the Age of Oil 2004 New Society Publishers ISBN: 0865715408
Sackett, Chuck What’s Goin On In There? 1982 Ministry to Mormons in association with Ex-Mormons for Jesus ASIN: B0006EBIVK
Sauder, Richard Ph. D. Underground Bases and Tunnels: What is the government trying to hide? Adventures Unlimited Press. 1995 ISBN: 0-932813-37-2
Scmidt, Helmut Men and Powers: A Political Retrospective 1989 Random House ISBN: 0394569946
Scnoebelen, William. Masonry: Beyond the Light Chick Publications 1991 ISBN 0-937958-38-7
Sharp, Gene. The Politics of Nonviolent Action Porter Sargent Publishers 1979 ISBN 0875581439
Smith, Joseph Jr. The Book of Mormon 1830-1981 The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints Salt Lake City, Utah
Springmeir, Fritz Bloodlines of the Illuminati 2002 Ambassador House ISBN: 0-9663533-2-3
Stroble, Lee. The Case for Christ Zondervan, Grand Rapids Michigan 1998 ISBN: 0-310-20930-7
Stroble, Lee. The Case for Faith Zondervan, Grand Rapids Michigan 2000 ISBN: 0-310-225286
Tarpley, Webster Griffin, Anton Chaitkin, Marianne Wertz. George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography. 1991 Executive Intelligence Review ISBN: 0943235057
St. Martin’s Press. The 9/11 Report 2004 New York, NY ISBN: 0-312-93554-4
Sutton, Antony C. America’s Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and Bones Trine Day. 2003 ISBN: 0972020705
Webb, Gary Dark Alliance: The CIA, the Contras, and the Crack Cocaine Explosion 1999 Seven Stories Press ISBN:1888363932
Westbrook, Charles L. The Talisman of the United States: The Mysterious Street Lines of Washington D.C. Westcom Pr 1990 ISBN: 0962655406
Wadsworth Publishing. Patterns of Religion a division of International Thomson Publishing Inc. 1997 ISBN: 0-534-50662-3
Walvoord, John F. Armageddon, Oil, and the Middle East Crisis: What the Bible says about the future of the Middle East and the end of Western civilization Zondervan Publishing House Grand Rapids, Michigan 1974-1990 ISBN: 0-310-53921-8
Watson, Paul Order out of Chaos:Elite Sponsored Terrorism & the New World Order 2003 Alex Jones Productions ISBN 0974338109
Wilmshurst, W. L. The Meaning of Masonry Originally Published in 1922. Reprinted by Barns and Noble Books in 1999 ISBN: 0-7607-1092-9
Whittaker David J. Articles of Faith Encyclopedia of Mormonism - Macmillan Publishing Company, 1992
Williams, Paul L. Al Qaeda: Brotherhood of Terror 2001 Pearson Education ISBN: 0028643526
National Archives Documents
Operation Northwoods File can found at the National Security Archives online and is named: Chairman, Join Chiefs of Staff, Justification for US Military Intervention in Cuba [includes cover memoranda], March 13, 1962, TOP SECRET, 15 pp.
http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/news/20010430/
The Richard Clark Memo January 25, 2001, memo from counterterrorism coordinator Richard Clarke to national security advisor Condoleezza Rice -
The Phoenix Memo July 10, 2001 FBI agent Kenneth Williams
Presidential Daily Briefing August 6, 2001 bin Ladin Determined to Strike in US Declassified on April 10, 2004 after pressure from the September 11th Commission
MKUltra Documents CIA, Memorandum for the Record, Subject: Project ARTICHOKE, January 31, 1975, 5 pp.
Other Documents
Rebuilding Americas Defenses: Strategy, forces resources and for a new century. A report from the Project for the New American Century 2000
Instructions on the manor of proceeding in cases of solicitation For All patriarchs, archbishops, and other diocesan ordinaries “even of the oriental rite” The Vatican Press 1962
From PSYOP to Mindwar: The Psychology of Victory by Colonel Paul E. Valley with Michael A. Aquino Headquarters, 7th Psychological Operations Group United States Army Reserve Presidio of San Francisco, California 1980
Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability A Research Paper Presented To Airforce 2025 by LTC William B Osborne, (USA) Maj Scott A. Bethel, Maj Nolen R. Chew, Maj Philip M. Nostrand, Major YuLin G. Whitehead August 1996
Footnotes
[1] ABC News 5-01-2001 US Military wanted to provoke war with Cuba by David Ruppe
[2] People’s Daily Bush Says Bin Laden Might Be Behind Anthrax Cases October 16, 2001
[3] Associated Press Ex-CIA Chief Suggests Iraq Involved By ANNE USHER October 23, 2001
[4]Washington Post December 13, 2001 p. A16 Army Working on Weapons-Grade Anthrax by Rich Weiss and Joby Warrick
[5]The London Guardian November 7, 2001 Agents Say Bush Spiked Bin Laden Probes Before 11 September
[6]MSNBC October 1, 2001 Access Denied: FBI agents in Minneapolis weren’t given approval to search terrorist suspect’s hard drive by the Justice Department
[7]The Times of India November 7, 2001 Bush took FBI agents off Laden family trail by Rashmee Z Ahmed
[8] United Press International 5/30/02
[9] New York Times Tapes Depict Proposal to Thwart Bomb Used in Trade Center Blast by Ralph Blumenthal October 28, 1993
[10] Washington Post April 10, 2004 Briefing on Al Qaeda Included Specifics by Walter Pincus and Dan Eggen
[11]SundayHerald May 19, 2002 Britain warned US to expect September 11 al-Qaeda hijackings by Torcuil Crichton, Westminister Editor
[12]The Village Voice May 28, 2002 U.S. Ignored Warnings From French by James Ridgeway
[13]The New York Times June 4, 2002 Egypt Warned U.S. of a Qaeda Plot, Mubarak Asserts by Patrick E. Tyler And Neil MacFarquhar
[14]Los Angeles Times September 27, 2001 Italy Tells of Threat at Genoa Summit
[15]Jane’s October 5, 2001 Why was Russia’s intelligence on Al-Qaeda ignored
[16]The Times of India October 9, 2001 India helped FBI trace ISI-terrorist links Manoj Joshi
[17]News Telegraph Israeli security issued urgent warning to CIA of large-scale terror attacks By David Wastell in Washington and Philip Jacobson in Jerusalem (Filed: 9/16/2001)
[18]BBC September 7, 2002 Taleban ‘warned US of huge attack’ by Kate Clark
[19]Associated Press March 5, 2002 U.S. Knew of Suicide Hijack Threat in 1995
[20]USA Today April 18, 2004 NORAD had drills of jets as weapons by Steven Komarow and Tom Squitieri
[21]Associated Press 8-21-02 Agency planned exercise on Sept 11 built around a plane crashing into a building by John J. Lumpkin
[22] Loose Change: Final Cut (2007) Louder Than Words Productions
[23] New York Observer 6/17/04
[24]MSNBC Sept. 15, 2002 Alleged Hijackers May Have Trained at US Bases by George Wehrfritz, Catharine Skipp and John Barry
[25]Pensacola News Journal September 17, 2001 Pensacola NAS link faces more scrutiny by Larry Wheeler
[26] MSNBC 11/16/05
[27] Deseret Morning 11-10-2005 News professor thinks bombs, not planes, toppled WTC by Elaine Jarvik
[28] Deseret Morning News April 10, 2006 Physicist says heat substance felled WTC By Suzanne Dean
[29] http://www.fema.gov/rebuild/mat/wtcstudy.shtm
[30] http://wtc.nist.gov/NISTNCSTAR1CollapseofTowers.pdf
[31] http://cms.firehouse.com/content/article/article.jsp?sectionId=46&id=25807
[32] Unflinching Look Among the Ruins, NYPost.com, 3/3/04
[33] National Guard Magazine Serving on 'sacred ground' December 2001 by Guy Lounsbury
[34] National Environmental Health Association Messages In the Dust 9/2003 p. 40
[35] Langeqiesch, William American Ground: Unbuilding the World Trade Center p. 32
[36] SEAU News 10/2001
[37]http://www.9-11commission.gov/archive/hearing1/9-11Commission_Hearing_2003-04-01.htm
[38] Johns Hopkins Public Health Magazine Turning Terror's Tide with Science Late Fall 2001 Issue
[39] Knight Ridder Newspapers May 29, 2002 Recovery worker reflects on months spent at Ground Zero By Jennifer Lin
[40]Times of India 10-09-01
[41]President Bush Speaks to United Nations 11/10/2001 White House Press Release
[42]USA Today 5-10-05 Ridge reveals clashes on alerts by Mimi Hall
[43]http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2005/08/09/terror/main769440.shtml
[44]Associated Press Weldon: 'Able Danger' ID'd 9/ll Ringleader Feb 14 2006 By Kimberly Hefling
[45] http://www.cnn.com/2005/POLITICS/08/17/sept.11.hijackers/
[46] Los Angeles Times, March 21, 2006. Agent Faults FBI on 9/11 By Richard A. Serrano
[47]Videos Released Of Plane Crashing Into Pentagon By Jerry Markon Washington Post Wednesday, May 17, 2006; Page B01
[48]Scripps Howard News Service Third of Americans suspect 9-11 government conspiracy By THOMAS HARGROVE
[49] http://www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,207406,00.html
[50] USA TODAY Conspiracy film rewrites Sept. 11 4/29/2006 By William M. Welch
[51] Vanity Fair Click Here For Conspiracy August 1, 2006 by Nancy Jo Sales
[52] Time Magazine Why the 9/11 Conspiracy Theories Won't Go Away by Lev Grossman Sunday, Sep. 03, 2006
[53]ABC News May 1-2001 US Military wanted to provoke war with Cuba by David Ruppe
[54] The Associated Press House panel to probe Oklahoma City bombing June 8, 2006
[55] Salt Lake Tribune Nichols: McVeigh Had High-Level Help by Pamela Manson February 21, 2007
[56] Deseret Morning News Nichols says bombing was FBI op Geoffrey Fattah February 21, 2007
[57]Miami Herald July 5, 1987 Reagan Advisors ran ‘secret government’ by Alfonso Chardy
[58]NewsMax July 15, 2002 FEMA Preparing for Mass Destruction Attacks on Cities John O Edwards
[59]Washington Post January 2, 2005 Long-Term Plan Sought For Terror Suspects by Dana Priest
[60]Tartu Linnamuusem Tartu City Museum: Gulag
[61]http://www.answeres.com/topic/gulag
[62]Associated Press February 12, 2005 Russia slow to say Americans in gulag
[63]CBS2 New York News Pier 57 Likened To Guantanamo
[64]Military.com June 19, 2003 Congressional Continuity by Oliver Northhttp://www.military.com/NewContent/0,13190,FreedomAlliance_061903,00.html
[65] YouTube: Bill Clinton Admits Government Mind Control Experiments
[66]Why Johnny Can’t Come Home (2000) Noreen N. Gosch
[67]The Rusty Nelson-Kelly Ford Report by Ted Gunderson, FBI Senior Special Agent In Charge (ret) June 28, 2000
[68]New Scientist Magazine March 2, 2005 Maximum pain is aim of new US weapon by David Hambling
[69] The Raw Story 60 Minutes: Pentagon's raygun demonstrated on mock protesters by David Edwards and Muriel Kane June 2, 2008
[70]BBC May 15, 2003 Saving Private Lynch story ‘flawed’ by John Kampfer
[71]Washington Post May 23, 2005 Pat Tillman's parents rail at Army's 'lies' by Josh White
[72]Washington Times June 29, 1989 Homosexual prostitution inquiry ensnares VIPs with Reagan, Bush
[73]Washington Post Feb 19, 2005 Jeff Gannon Admits Past ‘Mistakes,’ Berates Critics by Howard Kurtz
[74]The Raw Story Apr. 24, 2005 Secret Service records raise new questions about discredited conservative reporter by John Byrne
[75] Washington Post When Seeing and Hearing Isn't Believing By William M. Arkin Feb. 1, 1999
[76]WorldNet daily April 4, 2005 US Intel once considered causing huge quake
[77]Time Magazine December 9, 1991 Vol. 138 No. 24 Doomsday Hideaway by Ted Gup
[78] Ibid
[79] U.S. News and World Report America’s Doomsday Project by Steven Emerson August 7th, 1989 p 26-31
[80] Newsweek “Evil, Anyone?” August 16, 1971, page 56
[81]LA Times April 2, 2005 Nuclear Terror Pact Advances by Maggie Farley
[82] Phone call posted on YouTube: Alan Colmes: North American Union a Conspiracy Theory
[83]BBC Radio 4 Club Class with Simon Cox The Bilderberers
[84]BBC Secret Rulers of the World - The Bilderberg Group by Jon Ronson
[85] PrisonPlanet.com Alex Jones Detained on Orders of Bilderberg Group by Paul Joseph Watson June 8, 2006
[86] Canadian Press Secretive, powerful Bilderberg Group meets near Ottawa by Alexander Panetta June 9, 2006
[87] Alice Bailey, Lecture on Telepathy (New York: Lucis Trust Publishing)
[88]Washington Post March 11, 1992 Keeping the U.S. first: Pentagon would preclude a rival superpower by Barton Gellman
[89] The title “doctor,” in this case, comes from a tradition of calling whorehouse piano players “Doc” and does not refer to an academic title.
[90] Deadline Live on the Genesis Communications Network September 12, 2006 Audio of the interview is on YouTube
[91] http://xeper.org/pub/gil/xp_FS_gil.htm
[92] History of the Temple, found on their official webpage, Xeper.org
[93] A copy of this paper is available at the Temple of Set’s website and can be found here: http://www.xeper.org/maquino/index.html
[94] Philadelphia Inquirer Army Officer Becomes Crime Suspect December 13, 1987, Page A20
[95] Miami Herald Army Re-Opening Probe Against Officer in Child Sex Case December 24, 1988
[96]San Jose Mercury News July 24, 1988 Child Abuse At The Presidio by Linda Goldston
[97] San Jose Mercury News Reward Set in Presidio Arson Fires Nov 6, 1987
[98]The Rusty Nelson-Kelly Ford Report by Ted Gunderson June 28, 2000
[99]These quotes, while sourced from The Rusty Nelson-Kelly Ford Report, have also been verified by this author (Mark Dice) on 4-12-05 in a telephone interview with Ted Gunderson.
[100] Ibid
[101]A Closer Look with Michael Corbin April 12, 2005
[102] The Franklin Cover-Up: Child abuse, Satanism, and Murder in Nebraska by John DeCamp 1992
[103] Washington Post February 16, 2005 Online Nude Photos Are Latest Chapter In Jeff Gannon Saga by Howard Kurtz
[104]DesMoines Register April 5, 2005 Is he Johnny Gosch? By Erin Crawford
[105]MSNBC Dietle and Daniels Date Is Gannon Gosh?
[106]KWWL June 8, 2005 Is Jeff Gannon...Johnny Gosch?
[107] http://www.pw.org/mag/pc_thompson.htm
[108] The Confessions of Aleister Crowley: An Autobiography, Bantam Books, p. 684-685
[109] FoxNews.com Tom Cruise, John Travolta: Homo-Novis Friday, April 18, 2008 By Roger Friedman
[110] The Village Voice Jason Beghe on Scientology: The Full Interview Tony Ortega April 21, 2008
[111]Associated Press 4-11-89 American Found in Mass Grave 2100EDT
[112]Bizarre Magazine The Mexican Voodoo Massacre by Johnny Sharp
[113] Northern Echo UK 2-12-2001 Horror of devil worshipper's killing of boy
[114] BBC February 13, 2001 Police probe child killer's release
[115] New York Times Yale Society Resists Peeks Into Its Crypt By David W. Dunlap November 4, 1988
[116] ABC News Did Bush's Grandfather Steal Geronimo's Skull? By MARCUS BARAM June 20, 2007
[117]CBSnews.com 60 Minutes June 13, 2004
[118] The New York Observer 4/2/01 At Skull and Bones, Bush's Secret Club Initiates Ream Gore by Ron Rosenbaum
[119] Visit: AmericanDrugWar.com or SacredCow.com
[120] CBS News Skull And Bones: Secret Yale Society Includes America's Power Elite June 13, 2004
[121]San Francisco Chronicle July 18, 2004 The Chosen Few: S.F.’s exclusive clubs carry on traditions of fellowship, culture, and discrimination. by Adair Lara
[122] A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club A Dissertation for a Ph.D. By Peter Martin Phillips B.A. (University of Santa Clara) 1970
[123]Secret Rulers of the World: The Satanic Shadowy Elite? 2001 Jon Ronson
[125]Spy Magazine November 1989 p 56-76 Masters of the Universe go to Camp: Inside Bohemian Grove by Philip Weiss
[126]New York Post July 22, 2004 Gay Porn Star Serves Moguls by Richard Johnson with Paula Froelich and Chris Wilson
[127]Washington Times June 11, 1993 Gergen quits Bohemian Club and 17 other organizations By Frank J. Murray
[128]Alex Jones Show July 21, 2004 Alex Jones Interviews John DeCamp, Author of “The Franklin Cover-up”
[129]San Francisco Chronicle April 17, 2002 Bohemian Grove commando found guilty by Kelly St. John
[130] ASSOCIATED PRESS Pope affirms Catholicism as only way to salvation By Nicole Winfield July 11, 2007
[131] Springmeier, Fritz - Bloodlines of the Illuminati p. 20
[132] Associated Press Origin of Guidestones remains secret August 23, 1998
[134] Canada Free Press Dismantling "R.C. Christian's" Monument by Judi McLeod, March 22, 2005
[135]Transatlantic Magazine 2003 Granite Capitol of the World: Elberton, county GA
[136] About the author section on inside cover of Common Sense Renewed (1986)
[137]The Georgia Guidestones “Elberton’s Most Unusual Granite Monument” - flyer from Elberton Granite Museum
[138] The dominance of the U.S. in the world may be diminishing, or end completely due to the planned economic and moral collapse of the country, fueled by the War on Terror, inflation, and eliminating manufacturing facilities.
[139] http://www.loc.gov/exhibits/treasures/tri001.html
[140] The New York Times Oct 10, 1899
[141] LaVey, Anton The Satanic Bible p. 59
[142] University Wire Central Intelligence Agency recruits BYU students March 15, 2000 By Karen Gutke
[143]The Observer August 17, 2003 Vatican told bishops to cover up sex abuse: expulsion threat in secret documents by Antony Barnett
[144]Associated Press Oct 13, 2004 FDA approves computer chip for humans
[145]AP 7-14-2005 Mexican Attorney General personally goes high-tech for security by Will Weissert
[146]Bergen County Chief Of Police Jack Schmidig leads Regional Roll-Out of VeriChip by Receiving a VeriChip April 22, 2005 All Business
[147]BBC May 11, 2002 US family gets health implants
[148] World Net Daily Employees get microchip implants Feb 10, 2006
[149] Associated Press Bill forbids mandatory microchip implant by Ryan J. Foley
[150] World Net Daily June 1, 2006 Chip-maker wants to implant immigrants
[151] LiveScience.com May 31, 2006 Proposal to Implant Tracking Chips in Immigrants By Bill Christensen
[152] ZDnet Ohio to Track Prisoners With Radio Tags Aug 2, 2004
[153]Associate Press Feb. 10, 2005 Parents Protest Student Computer ID Tags by Lisa Leff
[154]Brenham Banner-Press March 14, 2005 Kolkhorst's amendment bans schools from electronically tracking students by Arhur Hahn
[155] World Net Daily Digital Angel unveiled November 01, 2000
[156] World Net Daily March 20, 2000 Big Brother Gets Under Your Skin by Julie Foster
[157] The State High-Tech cards track soldiers July 5, 1995, Page B1
[158] Smart Cards: Big-Time Punch in a Byte-Sized Package CPT Tanya Arvay, CPT Lyle L. Ford, CPT J. Frank Melbarejo, CPT Arleen E. Tafel, CPT Christopher White, LT Robert H. Brasington, LT Eric D. Lanham http://www.quartermaster.army.mil/oqmg/Professional_Bulletin/1997/Winter/smartcard.html
[159]Wired News March 29, 2005 RFID cards get spin treatment by Mark Baard
[160]Computer World Texas Bill would replace Vehicle Inspection Stickers with RFID April 6, 2005 by Linda Rosencrance
[161] Associated Press Keep Your Keys in Your Pocket September 22, 2005 by Ann M. Job
[162] What Car? Keyless Entry June 5, 2006
[163] USA Today Checkout lines could become history 04/24/2001
[164] RFID Journal Industry Groups Study RFID at the Supply Chain's End May 14, 2008Mary Catherine O'Connor
[165] http://www.rfidjournal.com/faq/21/95
[166] The Village Voice Listening In August 18th, 1998 by Jason Vest
[167] Los Angeles Times U.S.-British Cyber-Spy System Puts European Countries on Edge August 16, 1999 by Gary Chapman
[168]Wired Magazine Jan 26, 2000 Echelon ‘Proof’ Discovered by Chris Oakes
[169] USA Today Report: Echelon exists, should be guarded against 09/05/2001
[170]Techworld Oct 15, 2004 Want to know the hardware behind Echelon? Uncle Sam using Texas' SAM. By Chris Mellon
[171]Ekstra Bladet (Denmark) Nov 17, 1999 Echelon was my baby - Interview with Margaret Newsham by Bo Elkjaer & Kenan Seeberg
[172] Biz Report Thursday September 13, 2001 Echelon Gave Authorities Warning Of Attacks
[173]Associated Press February 9, 2005 Jamming phones costs a Republican
[174] The Washington Post When Seeing and Hearing Isn't Believing Feb. 1, 1999 By William M. Arkin
[175] Associated Press Spoof services undermine Caller ID March 13, 2006
[176] CNET.com FBI taps cell phone mic as eavesdropping tool December 1, 2006 by Declan McCullagh and Anne Broache
[177] Wired Magazine Anti-Attack Feds Push Carnivore 9-12-01
[178]Associated Press 1-19-05 FBI stops using Carnivore wiretap software by Ted Bridis
[179] Associated Press FBI Tosses Carnivore to the Dogs 1-18-05
[180]HowStuffWorks.com How Stuff Worked: Carnivore by Jeff Tyson
[181] Time Magazine Hi, Robot November 29, 2004
[182]New York Times News Service Feb 16, 2005 Pentagon has sights on robot soldiers by Tim Weiner
[183] Daily Mail March 7, 2007 Robots to be programmed with 'code of morals' so they won't attack humans
[184]BBC March 9, 2007 The ethical dilemmas of robotics
[185]Wired News Apr 2000 Issue 8.04 Why the Future Doesn’t Need Us by Bill Joy
[186] New York Times 2-16-05 New Model Army Soldier Rolls Closer to Battle by Tim Weiner
[187]The Japan Times April 7, 2005 Robot cop heads Hakata police station for a day
[188] The Star-Ledger Army prepares to test mettle of robot warriors - They're bound for combat duty in Iraq January, 23, 2005 by Michael P. Regan
[189] BBC US plans 'robot troops' for Iraq January 23, 2005
[190]Telegraphy News 2-14-2005 Robotic ball that chases burglars
[191]The Korean Times 4-18-05 Robot to Take Over Border Guard Mission by Jung Sung-ki
[192]Wired News January 7, 2004 Mobile Robots Take Baby Steps by Noah Shachtman
[193] https://www.fcs.army.mil/
[195] Foxnews.com FAA Nixes L.A. Sheriff's Plans to Use Drones to Man Skies 6-23-2006
[196] The Independent (London) LA's spy-in-the-sky drone sparks privacy concerns By John Hiscock June 20, 2006
[197]Newsmax.com Feb. 11, 2005 Weapons of the Future are Here by Charles R. Smith
[198] BBC Allies plough billions into drones April, 8th 2005 by Paul Wood
[199] Yahoo Tech Robotic suit give soldiers superhuman strength May 20, 2008
[200] Scientific American Real-Life Iron Man: A Robotic Suit That Magnifies Human Strength By Larry Greenemeie April 30, 2008
[201] http://www.cyberdyne.jp/English/
[203]CBS News Feb 24, 2005 Sciences Part-Beast, Part-Human by Byron Pitts
[204]London Telegraph March 7, 2005 Mouse will have human brain
[205]National Geographic News January 25, 2005 Animal-Human Hybrids Spark Controversy by Maryann Mott
[206]CNN October 25, 1995 Scientists grow 'human' ear on lab mouse
[207]ABC Science Online Aril 15, 2005 Leather jacket grows in dish by Anna Salleh
[208]The Sydney Morning Herald MPs back human-animal embryos by Paola Totaro 5-21 2008
[209]CNN.com November 4, 2004 ‘Brain’ in dish flies flight simulator
[210] New York Times Wired to the Brain of a Rat, a Robot Takes On the World May 15, 2003 by Anne Eisenberg
[211]InformationWeek Sep 5, 2001 Stephen Hawking Warns of ‘Terminator’-Style Menace by David M. Ewalt
[212]Washington Post October 13, 2003 Monkeys Control Robotic Arm With Brain Implants By Rick Weiss
[213]BBC Feb. 18, 2005 Brain-controlled 'robo-arm' hope by Michelle Roberts
[214]Washington Post 10-13-2003 Monkeys Control Robotic Arm With Brain Implants R. Weiss
[215] BBC Feb. 18, 2005 Brain-controlled 'robo-arm' hope by Michelle Roberts
[216] Ibid
[217]Wired Magazine March 2005 Issue 13.03 Mind Control by Richard Martin
[218] Ibid
[219]Reuters: Feb 3, 2005 US OKs Cyberonics depression implant-shares soar
[220] LogicaCMG Jan, 2005 Regular Offenders can be identified by facial recognition technology
[221] The Herald Sun 5-5-05 Biometrics helps spot banned gamblers by Tom Wilemon
[222] Christian Science Monitor On Chicago streets, cameras are watching July 30, 2003
[223] Associated Press 4-30-04 Neighbors divided over Chicago’s crime-busting cameras by Mike Colias
[224] San Francisco Chronicle October 17, 2004 Public eye: Hundreds of thousands of surveillance cameras across America track our behavior every day
[225] Reuters May 31, 2005 LA Police use cameras to catch pirated DVD sellers
[226] USA TODAY 2-6-02 Finger scans let kids touch and go by Karen Thomas
[227] Florida Today May 11, 2005 Eye-scan security set for Orlando by Donna Balancia
[228] Federal Computer Week August 6, 2001 Can a picture catch a thousand criminals? by Dibya Sarkar